CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II
485APOS, 1997-02-26
Previous: ANCHOR RESOURCE & COMMODITY TRUST, NSAR-B, 1997-02-26
Next: CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II, 24F-2NT, 1997-02-26



<PAGE>
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY   , 1997
    
 
                                              1933 Act Registration No. 33-83020
                                              1940 Act Registration No. 811-8714
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON D.C. 20549
                                    FORM N-4
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933          /X/
 
                          PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.
   
                         POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 6                      /X/
    
 
                                      and
 
        REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940      /X/
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 7                              /X/
    
 
                    CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II
                           (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT)
                   CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              (NAME OF DEPOSITOR)
 
              900 Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, Connecticut 06152
              (ADDRESS OF DEPOSITOR'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
               DEPOSITOR'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE
                                 (860) 726-6000
 
                                    COPY TO:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                        <C>
Robert A. Picarello, Esquire               Edwin L. Kerr, Esquire
Connecticut General Life Insurance         Connecticut General Life Insurance
 Company                                   Company
900 Cottage Grove Road                     900 Cottage Grove Road
Hartford, Connecticut 06152                Hartford, Connecticut 06152
(NAME AND ADDRESS OF
 AGENT FOR SERVICE)
</TABLE>
    
 
            Approximate date of proposed public offering: Continuous
 
   
    An  indefinite  amount  of  the  securities  offered  by  this  Registration
Statement has  been  registered pursuant  to  Rule 24f-2  under  the  Investment
Company  Act of 1940, and the initial registration fee of $500 was paid with the
Rule 24f-2 declaration.  Form 24f-2  for Registrant's most  recent fiscal  year,
which ended December 31, 1996, was filed February 26, 1997.
    
 
                    It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
   
                    _________  immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
                    of Rule 485
                    _________  on             pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule
                    485
                    _________  60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) of
                    Rule 485
                    ___X___  on May 1, 1997, pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule
                    485
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                              PURSUANT TO RULE 481
                  SHOWING LOCATION IN PART A (PROSPECTUS) AND
                  PART B (STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION)
         OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF INFORMATION REQUIRED BY FORM N-4
                                     PART A
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4                                                          PROSPECTUS CAPTION
- -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<C>  <S>                                               <C>
 1.  Cover Page......................................  Cover Page
 2.  Definitions.....................................  Definitions
 3.  Synopsis........................................  Highlights; Fees and Expenses
 4.  Condensed Financial Information.................  Condensed Financial Information
 5.  General.........................................
     (a) Depositor...................................  The Company and the Variable Account
     (b) Registrant..................................  The Company and the Variable Account
     (c) Portfolio Company                             The Funds
     (d) Fund Prospectus                               The Funds
     (e) Voting Rights...............................  The Funds -- Voting Rights
 6.  Deductions and Expenses
     (a) General.....................................  Charges and Deductions
     (b) Sales Load %................................  Charges and Deductions -- Contingent Deferred Sales
                                                        Charge (Sales Load)
     (c) Special Purchase Plan.......................  N/A
     (d) Commissions.................................  Distribution of the Contracts
     (e) Fund Expenses...............................  Fees and Expenses -- Fund Portfolio Annual Expenses
     (f) Organizational Expenses.....................  N/A
 7.  Contracts
     (a) Persons with Rights.........................  Other Contract Features (Ownership, Assignment,
                                                        Beneficiary, Change of Beneficiary, Annuitant,
                                                        Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals, Death of Owner,
                                                        Death of Annuitant); Annuity Provisions; Voting Rights
     (b) (i) Allocation of Premium Payments..........  Premium Payments and Contract Value -- Allocation of
                                                        Premium Payments
     (ii) Transfers..................................  Transfer of Contract Values Between Sub-Accounts
     (iii) Exchanges.................................  N/A
     (c) Changes.....................................  Modification; Substitution of Securities; Change in
                                                        Operation of Variable Account
     (d) Inquiries...................................  Cover Page; Highlights
 8.  Annuity Period..................................  Annuity Provisions
 9.  Death Benefit...................................  Death of the Owner; Death of the Annuitant; Optional
                                                        Death Benefit (not in New York prospectus or Prospectus
                                                        No. 3)
10.  Purchase and Contract Values
     (a) Purchases...................................  Premium Payments
     (b) Valuation...................................  Contract Value; Accumulation Unit;
     (c) Daily Calculation...........................  Accumulation Unit; Allocation of Premium Payments
     (d) Underwriter.................................  Distribution of the Contracts
11.  Redemptions
     (a) By Owners...................................  Surrenders
     By Annuitant....................................  Annuity Provisions -- Variable Options
     (b) Texas ORP...................................  N/A
     (c) Check Delay.................................  Delay of Payments and Transfers
     (d) Lapse.......................................  N/A
     (e) Free Look...................................  Highlights
12.  Taxes...........................................  Tax Matters
13.  Legal Proceedings...............................  Legal Proceedings
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4                                                          PROSPECTUS CAPTION
- -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<C>  <S>                                               <C>
14.  Table of Contents for the Statement of
      Additional Information.........................  Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional
                                                        Information
</TABLE>
 
                                     PART B
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4                                             STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CAPTION
- -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<C>  <S>                                               <C>
15.  Cover Page......................................  Cover Page
16.  Table of Contents...............................  Table of Contents
17.  General Information and History.................  a) N/A
                                                       b) N/A
                                                       c) (Prospectus) The Company and the Variable Account;
                                                          the Fixed Account
18.  Services
     (a) Fees and Expenses of Registrant.............  N/A
     (b) Management Contracts........................  N/A
     (c) Custodian...................................  Custody of Assets
     Independent Accountant..........................  Experts
     (d) Assets of Registrant........................  N/A
     (e) Affiliated Person...........................  N/A
     (f) Principal Underwriter.......................  N/A
19.  Purchase of Securities Being Offered............  Distribution of the Contracts
     Offering Sales Load.............................  Distribution of the Contracts; (Prospectus) Charges and
                                                        Deductions -- Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (Sales
                                                        Load)
20.  Underwriters....................................  Distribution of the Contracts; (Prospectus) Distribution
                                                       of the Contracts
21.  Calculation of Performance Data.................  Investment Experience; Historical Performance Data
22.  Annuity Payments................................  (Prospectus) Annuity Provisions
23.  Financial Statements............................  Financial Statements
</TABLE>
 
                          PART C -- OTHER INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4                                                            PART C CAPTION
- -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<C>  <S>                                               <C>
24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits...............  Financial Statements and Exhibits
     (a) Financial Statements........................  Financial Statements
     (b) Exhibits....................................  Exhibits
25.  Directors and Officers of the Depositor.........  Directors and Officers of the Depositor
26.  Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control
      with the Depositor or Registrant...............  Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control with the
                                                        Depositor or Registrant
27.  Number of Owners................................  Number of Owners
28.  Indemnification.................................  Indemnification
29.  Principal Underwriters..........................  Principal Underwriter
30.  Location of Accounts and Records................  Location of Accounts and Records
31.  Management Services.............................  Management Services
32.  Undertakings....................................  Undertakings
     Signature Page..................................  Signatures
</TABLE>
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
   
                            PART A. PROSPECTUS NO. 1
    
<PAGE>
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>                            <C>                       <C>
HOME OFFICE LOCATION:     MAILING ADDRESS:               LOCKBOX ADDRESS: BY MAIL  LOCKBOX ADDRESS: BY
900 COTTAGE GROVE ROAD    CIGNA INDIVIDUAL INSURANCE     CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE  OVERNIGHT
HARTFORD, CT 06152        ANNUITY & VARIABLE LIFE        INSURANCE COMPANY         CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE
                          SERVICES                       P.O. BOX 30790            INSURANCE COMPANY
                          CENTER: ROUTING S-249          HARTFORD, CT 06150        C/O FLEET BANK
                          HARTFORD, CT 06152-2249                                  20 CHURCH STREET
                          TELEPHONE: (800) (552-9898)                              20TH FLOOR, MSN275
                                                                                   HARTFORD, CT 06120
                                                                                   ATTN: LOCKBOX 30790
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
        FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS - NEW YORK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    The  Flexible Payment Deferred Variable  Annuity Contracts (the "Contracts")
described in this  prospectus provide  for accumulation of  Contract Values  and
eventual  payment of monthly annuity payments on  a fixed or variable basis. The
Contracts are designed to aid individuals  in long term planning for  retirement
or  other long term  purposes. The Contracts are  available for retirement plans
which do not qualify for the special federal tax advantages available under  the
Internal  Revenue Code ("Non-Qualified Plans") and for retirement plans which do
qualify for the federal tax advantages available under the Internal Revenue Code
("Qualified Plans"). (See  "Tax Matters --  Qualified Plans.") Premium  payments
for  the  Contracts will  be  allocated to  a  segregated investment  account of
Connecticut General  Life  Insurance  Company  (the  "Company"),  designated  CG
Variable  Annuity Separate Account II (the  "Variable Account"), or to the Fixed
Account, or some combination of them, as selected by the owner of the Contract.
 
    The following funding options  are available under  a Contract: Through  the
Variable  Account, the  Company offers nineteen  diversified open-end management
investment companies  (commonly  called mutual  funds),  each with  a  different
investment objective: Alger American Fund -- Alger American Small Capitalization
Portfolio,  Alger  American Leveraged  AllCap  Portfolio, Alger  American MidCap
Growth  Portfolio  and  Alger  American  Growth  Portfolio;  Fidelity   Variable
Insurance Products Fund -- Equity-Income Portfolio, Money Market Portfolio; High
Income  Portfolio and  Overseas Portfolio; Fidelity  Variable Insurance Products
Fund II  --  Investment  Grade  Bond  Portfolio  and  Asset  Manager  Portfolio;
MFS-Registered  Trademark- Variable Insurance Trust  -- MFS Total Return Series,
MFS Utilities  Series  and MFS  World  Governments Series;  Neuberger  &  Berman
Advisers Management Trust -- Balanced Portfolio, Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio
and  Partners  Portfolio; OCC  Accumulation  Trust --  Global  Equity Portfolio,
Managed Portfolio and  Small Cap  Portfolio. The fixed  interest option  offered
under  a Contract is the Fixed  Account. Premium payments or transfers allocated
to the Fixed  Account, and  3% interest per  year thereon,  are guaranteed,  and
additional  interest  may be  credited, with  certain  withdrawals subject  to a
market value adjustment and  withdrawal charges. Unless specifically  mentioned,
this prospectus only describes the variable investment options.
 
   
    This  entire prospectus,  and those of  the Funds, should  be read carefully
before investing to understand  the Contracts being  offered. The "Statement  of
Additional  Information" dated May 1, 1997, available at no charge by calling or
writing the Company's Annuity  & Variable Life Services  Center as shown  above,
provides  further  information. Its  Table of  Contents  is at  the end  of this
prospectus.
    
 
    THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY  WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE CURRENT  PROSPECTUSES
OF  THE MUTUAL FUNDS AVAILABLE  AS FUNDING OPTIONS FOR  THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY
THIS PROSPECTUS. ALL PROSPECTUSES SHOULD BE RETAINED FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
 
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
                         PROSPECTUS DATED: MAY 1, 1997
    
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    CONTENTS                         PAGE
<S>                                               <C>
DEFINITIONS.....................................           3
HIGHLIGHTS......................................           5
FEES AND EXPENSES...............................           7
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION.................          11
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT............          11
THE FUNDS.......................................          12
  General.......................................          15
  Substitution of Securities....................          15
  Voting Rights.................................          15
PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND CONTRACT VALUE.............          16
  Premium Payments..............................          16
  Allocation of Premium Payments................          16
  Optional Variable Account Sub-Account
   Allocation Programs..........................          17
    Dollar Cost Averaging.......................          17
    Automatic Rebalancing.......................          18
  Contract Value................................          18
  Accumulation Unit.............................          18
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS..........................          19
  Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (Sales
   Load)........................................          19
  Mortality and Expense Risk Charge.............          20
  Administrative Expense Charge.................          20
  Account Fee...................................          20
  Premium Tax Equivalents.......................          21
  Income Taxes..................................          21
  Fund Expenses.................................          21
  Transfer Fee..................................          21
OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES.........................          22
  Ownership.....................................          22
  Assignment....................................          22
  Beneficiary...................................          22
  Change of Beneficiary.........................          22
  Annuitant.....................................          22
  Transfer of Contract Values between
   Sub-Accounts.................................          23
  Procedures for Telephone Transfers............          24
  Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals............          24
  Delay of Payments and Transfers...............          25
  Death of the Owner before the
   Annuity Date.................................          25
  Death of the Annuitant before the
   Annuity Date.................................          26
  Death of the Annuitant after the
   Annuity Date.................................          26
 
<CAPTION>
                    CONTENTS                         PAGE
<S>                                               <C>
 
  Change in Operation of Variable Account.......          26
  Modification..................................          26
  Discontinuance................................          27
ANNUITY PROVISIONS..............................          27
  Annuity Date; Change in Annuity Date and
   Annuity Option...............................          27
  Annuity Options...............................          27
  Fixed Options.................................          27
  Variable Options..............................          28
  Evidence of Survival..........................          29
  Endorsement of Annuity Payment................          29
THE FIXED ACCOUNT...............................          29
  Market Value Adjustment.......................          31
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS...................          32
PERFORMANCE DATA................................          32
  Money Market Sub-Account......................          32
  Other Variable Account Sub-Accounts...........          33
  Performance Ranking or Rating.................          33
TAX MATTERS.....................................          34
  General.......................................          34
  Diversification...............................          34
  Distribution Requirements.....................          35
  Multiple Contracts............................          36
  Tax Treatment of Assignments..................          36
  Withholding...................................          36
  Section 1035 Exchanges........................          36
  Tax Treatment of Withdrawals --
   Non-Qualified Contracts......................          36
  Qualified Plans...............................          36
  Section 403(b) Plans..........................          37
  Individual Retirement Annuities...............          37
  Corporate Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans and
   H.R. 10 Plans................................          37
  Deferred Compensation Plans...................          38
  Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified
   Contracts....................................          38
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................          38
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS...............................          38
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
  INFORMATION...................................          39
APPENDIX I......................................          40
  Separate Account Annual Expenses for New York
   Contracts Issued Before May 1, 1996..........          40
</TABLE>
 
2
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
 
                    ACCUMULATION PERIOD: The period from the Effective Date to
                    the Annuity Date, the date on which the Death Benefit
                    becomes payable or the date on which the Contract is
                    surrendered or annuitized, whichever is earliest.
 
                    ACCUMULATION UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the
                    value of the Owner's interest in each funding option used in
                    the variable portion of the Contract prior to the Annuity
                    Date.
 
                    ANNUITANT: A person designated by the Owner in writing upon
                    whose continuation of life any series of payments for a
                    definite period or involving life contingencies depends. If
                    the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the Owner
                    becomes the Annuitant until naming a new Annuitant.
 
   
                    ANNUITY & VARIABLE LIFE SERVICES CENTER: The office of the
                    Company to which notices are given and any customer service
                    requests are made. Mailing address: CIGNA Individual
                    Insurance, Annuity & Variable Life Services Center, Routing
                    S-249, Hartford, CT 06152-2249. Premium payments must be
                    sent, and all other correspondence may be sent, to either
                    Lockbox address: If by mail: P.O. Box 30790, Hartford, CT
                    06150; If by overnight courier: c/o Fleet Bank, 20 Church
                    Street, 20th Floor, MSN275, Hartford, CT 06120, Attn:
                    Lockbox 30790.
    
 
                    ANNUITY ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of the Contract at any
                    point in time.
 
                    ANNUITY DATE: The date on which annuity payments commence.
 
                    ANNUITY OPTION: The arrangement under which annuity payments
                    are made.
 
                    ANNUITY PERIOD: The period starting on the Annuity Date.
 
                    ANNUITY UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the portion
                    of annuity payments attributable to each funding option used
                    in the variable portion of the Contract on and after the
                    Annuity Date.
 
                    BENEFICIARY: The person entitled to the Death Benefit, who
                    must also be the "Designated Beneficiary", for purposes of
                    Section 72(s) of the Code, upon the Owner's death.
 
                    CERTIFICATE: The document which evidences the participation
                    of an Owner in a group contract.
 
                    CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
                    COMPANY: Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.
 
                    CONTRACT: The Variable Annuity Contract described in this
                    prospectus, i.e., the Certificate evidencing the Owner's
                    participation in a group contract.
 
                    CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, CONTRACT YEAR, EFFECTIVE DATE: The
                    Contract's Effective Date is the date it is issued. It is
                    also the date on which the first Contract Year, a 12-month
                    period, begins. Subsequent Contract Years begin on each
                    Contract Anniversary, which is the anniversary of the
                    Effective Date.
 
                    CONTRACT MONTH: The period from one Monthly Anniversary Date
                    to the next.
 
                    FIXED ACCOUNT: The portion of the Contract under which
                    principal is guaranteed and interest is credited. Fixed
                    Account Assets are maintained in the Company's General
                    Account and not allocated to the Variable Account.
 
                    FIXED ANNUITY: An annuity with payments which do not vary as
                    to dollar amount.
 
                                                                               3
<PAGE>
                    FUND(S): One or more of Alger American Fund -- Alger
                    American Small Capitalization Portfolio, Alger American
                    Leveraged AllCap Portfolio, Alger American MidCap Growth
                    Portfolio and Alger American Growth Portfolio; Fidelity
                    Variable Insurance Products Fund -- Equity-Income Portfolio,
                    Money Market Portfolio, High Income Portfolio and Overseas
                    Portfolio; Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II --
                    Investment Grade Bond Portfolio and Asset Manager Portfolio;
                    MFS-Registered Trademark- Variable Insurance Trust -- MFS
                    Total Return Series, MFS Utilities Series and MFS World
                    Governments Series; Neuberger & Berman Advisers Management
                    Trust -- Balanced Portfolio, Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio
                    and Partners Portfolio; OCC Accumulation Trust -- Global
                    Equity Portfolio, Managed Portfolio and Small Cap Portfolio.
                    Each is an open-end management investment company (mutual
                    fund) whose shares are available to fund the benefits
                    provided by the Contract.
 
                    GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE: The rate of interest credited by
                    the Company on a compound annual basis during a Guaranteed
                    Period.
 
                    GUARANTEED PERIOD: The period for which interest, at either
                    an initial or subsequent Guaranteed Interest Rate, will be
                    credited to any amounts which an Owner allocates to a Fixed
                    Account Sub-Account. In most states in which these Contracts
                    are issued, this period may be one, three, five, seven or
                    ten years, as elected by the Owner.
 
                    GUARANTEED PERIOD AMOUNT: Any portion of a Purchaser's
                    Annuity Account Value allocated to a specific Guaranteed
                    Period with a specified Expiration Date (including credited
                    interest thereon).
 
                    INDEX RATE: An index rate based on the Treasury Constant
                    Maturity Series published by the Federal Reserve Board.
 
                    IN WRITING: In a written form satisfactory to the Company
                    and received by the Company at its Annuity & Variable Life
                    Services Center.
 
                    NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS: A Contract used in connection with
                    a retirement plan which does not receive favorable federal
                    income tax treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408, or
                    457. The owner of a Non-Qualified Contract must be a natural
                    person or an agent for a natural person in order for the
                    Contract to receive favorable income tax treatment as an
                    annuity.
 
                    OWNER: The person(s) initially designated in the application
                    or order to purchase or otherwise, unless later changed, as
                    having all ownership rights under the Contract; is the
                    Certificate Owner under a group contract.
 
                    PAYEE: A recipient of payments under the Contract.
 
                    PREMIUM PAYMENT: Any amount paid to the Company cleared in
                    good funds as consideration for the benefits provided by the
                    Contract. Includes the initial Premium Payment and
                    subsequent Premium Payments.
 
                    QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract used in connection with a
                    retirement plan which receives favorable federal income tax
                    treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408 or 457.
 
                    SEVENTH YEAR ANNIVERSARY: The seventh Contract Anniversary
                    and each succeeding Contract Anniversary occurring at any
                    seven year interval thereafter, for example, the 7th, 14th,
                    21st and 28th Contract Anniversaries.
 
                    SHARES: Shares of a Fund.
 
                    SUB-ACCOUNT: That portion of the Fixed Account associated
                    with specific Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest
                    Rate(s) and that portion of the Variable Account which
                    invests in shares of a specific Fund.
 
4
<PAGE>
   
                    SURRENDER (OR WITHDRAWAL): When a lump sum amount
                    representing all or part of the Annuity Account Value (minus
                    any applicable withdrawal charges, contract fees, and
                    premium tax equivalents and adjusted by any market value
                    adjustment) is paid to the Owner. After a full surrender,
                    all of the Owner's rights under the Contract are terminated.
                    In this prospectus, the terms "surrender" and "withdrawal"
                    are used interchangeably.
    
 
                    SURRENDER DATE: The date the Company processes the Owner's
                    election to surrender the Contract or to receive a partial
                    withdrawal.
 
                    VALUATION DATE: Every day on which Accumulation Units are
                    valued, which is each day on which the New York Stock
                    Exchange ("NYSE") is open for business, except any day on
                    which trading on the NYSE is restricted, or on which an
                    emergency exists, as determined by the Securities and
                    Exchange Commission ("Commission"), so that valuation or
                    disposal of securities is not practicable.
 
                    VALUATION PERIOD: The period of time beginning on the day
                    following the Valuation Date and ending on the next
                    Valuation Date. A Valuation Period may be more than one day
                    in length.
 
                    VARIABLE ACCOUNT: CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II, a
                    separate account of the Company under Connecticut law, in
                    which the assets of the Sub-Account(s) funded through shares
                    of one or more of the Funds are maintained. Assets of the
                    Variable Account attributable to the Contracts are not
                    chargeable with the general liabilities of the Company.
 
                    VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
                    calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
                    Owner's Annuity Account during the Accumulation Period.
 
   
                    VARIABLE ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
                    calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
                    Owner's Annuity Account during the Annuity Period, to
                    determine the amount of each variable annuity payment.
    
 
HIGHLIGHTS
 
                    Premium Payments attributable to the variable portion of the
                    Contracts will be allocated to a segregated asset account of
                    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company")
                    which has been designated CG Variable Annuity Separate
                    Account II (the "Variable Account"). The Variable Account
                    invests in shares of one or more of the Funds available to
                    fund the Contract as selected by the Owner. Owners bear the
                    investment risk for all amounts allocated to the Variable
                    Account. Inquiries about the Contracts may be made to the
                    Company's Annuity & Variable Life Services Center.
 
                    The Contract may be returned within 10 days after it is
                    received, longer in some states. It can be mailed or
                    delivered to either the Company or the agent who sold it.
                    Return of the Contract by mail is effective on being
                    postmarked, properly addressed and postage prepaid. The
                    Company will promptly refund the Contract Value. This may be
                    more or less than the Premium Payment. The Company has the
                    right to allocate initial Premium Payments to the Money
                    Market Sub-Account until the expiration of the
                    right-to-examine period. If the Company does so allocate an
                    initial Premium Payment, it will refund the greater of the
                    Premium Payment, less any partial surrenders, or the
                    Contract Value. It is the Company's current practice to
                    directly allocate the initial Premium Payment to the Fund(s)
                    designated in the application or order to purchase, unless
                    state law requires a refund of Premium Payments rather than
                    of Annuity Account Value.
 
   
                    A Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) may be
                    deducted in the event of a full surrender or partial
                    withdrawal. The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is imposed
                    on Premium Payments within seven (7) years after their being
                    made. Owners may, during each Contract Year, withdraw up to
                    fifteen percent (15%) of Premium Payments made,
    
 
                                                                               5
<PAGE>
                    or any remaining portion thereof, ("the Fifteen Percent
                    Free") without incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
                    The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will vary in amount,
                    depending upon the Contract Year in which the Premium
                    Payment being surrendered or withdrawn was made. For
                    purposes of determining the applicability of the Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge, surrenders and withdrawals are deemed
                    to be on a first-in, first-out basis.
 
                    The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is found in the fee
                    table (See "Charges and Deductions -- Contingent Deferred
                    Sales Charge (Sales Load)"). The maximum Contingent Deferred
                    Sales Charge is 7% of Premium Payments. There may also be a
                    Market Value Adjustment on surrenders, withdrawals or
                    transfers from the Fixed Account portion of the Contract.
 
                    There is a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge which is equal,
                    on an annual basis, to 1.25%* of the average daily net
                    assets of the Variable Account. This Charge compensates the
                    Company for assuming the mortality and expense risks under
                    the Contract (See "Charges and Deductions -- Mortality and
                    Expense Risk Charge").
 
                    There is an Administrative Expense Charge which is equal, on
                    an annual basis, to 0.15%* of the average daily net assets
                    of the Variable Account (See "Charges and Deductions --
                    Administrative Expense Charge").
 
   
                    There is an annual Account Fee of $30 which is waived if the
                    Annuity Account Value equals or exceeds $100,000 at the end
                    of the Contract Year (See "Charges and Deductions -- Account
                    Fee").
    
 
                    Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state or
                    other governmental entity will be charged against Annuity
                    Account Value (See "Charges and Deductions -- Premium
                    Taxes").
 
                    Under certain circumstances there may be assessed a $10
                    transfer fee when a Owner transfers Annuity Account Values
                    from one Sub-Account to another (See "Charges and Deductions
                    -- Transfer Fee").
 
                    There is a ten percent (10%) federal income tax penalty
                    applied to the income portion of any premature distribution
                    from Non-Qualified Contracts. However, the penalty is not
                    imposed on amounts distributed:
 
                    (a) after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death
                    of the Owner (or, if the Owner is not a natural person, the
                    Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is totally disabled (for this
                    purpose, disability is as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the
                    Code); (d) in a series of substantially equal periodic
                    payments made not less frequently than annually for the life
                    (or life expectancy) of the Payee or for the joint lives (or
                    joint life expectancies) of the Payee and his or her
                    beneficiary; (e) under an immediate annuity; or (f) which
                    are allocable to Premium Payments made prior to August 14,
                    1982. For federal income tax purposes, distributions are
                    deemed to be on a last-in, first-out basis. Different tax
                    withdrawal penalties and restrictions apply to Qualified
                    Contracts issued pursuant to plans qualified under Code
                    Section 401, 403(b), 408 or 457. (See "Tax Matters -- Tax
                    Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified Contracts.") For a
                    further discussion of the taxation of the Contracts, see
                    "Tax Matters."
 
                    * (For New York Contracts issued before May 1, 1996, see
                    Appendix I.)
 
                    MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. In certain situations, a surrender
                    or transfer of amounts from the Fixed Account will be
                    subject to a Market Value Adjustment. The Market Value
                    Adjustment will reflect the relationship between a rate
                    based on an index published by the Federal Reserve Board as
                    to current yields on U.S. government securities of various
                    maturities at the time a surrender or transfer is made
                    ("Index Rate"), and the Index Rate at the time that the
                    Premium Payments being surrendered or transferred were made.
 
6
<PAGE>
                    Generally, if the Index Rate at the time of surrender or
                    transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the time the
                    Premium Payment was allocated, then the application of the
                    Market Value Adjustment will result in a higher payment upon
                    surrender or transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the
                    time of surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate
                    at the time the Premium Payment was allocated, the
                    application of the Market Value Adjustment will generally
                    result in a lower payment upon surrender or transfer. It is
                    not applied against a surrender or transfer taking place at
                    the end of the Guaranteed Period.
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
                    OWNER TRANSACTION FEES
 
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of Premium
                    Payments):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           YEARS SINCE
                             PAYMENT        CHARGE
                          -------------     ------
<S>                       <C>            <C>            <C>
                                  0-1             7%
                                  1-2             6%
                                                        An Owner may, during each Contract Year,
                                  2-3             5%    withdraw up to 15% of Premium
                                  3-4             4%    Payments made, or the remaining portion thereof, without
                                  4-5             3%    incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
                                  5-6             2%
                                  6-7             1%
                                   7+             0
</TABLE>
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                   <C>  <C>
                 Transfer Fee........  $10
 
                 - Not imposed on the first twelve transfers during a Contract Year.
                 Pre-scheduled automatic dollar cost averaging or automatic
                   rebalancing transfers are not counted.
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                   <C>                   <C>
                 Account Fee.........  $30 per Contract Year
 
                 - Waived if Annuity Account Value at the end of the Contract Year is $100,000 or
                 more.
</TABLE>
 
                    VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>          <C>
                     (as a percentage of average account
                     value)
                     Mortality and Expense Risk Charge......        1.25%*
                     Administrative Expense Charge..........        0.15%*
                                                                  ---
                     Total Variable Account Annual                  1.40%*
                     Expenses...............................
</TABLE>
 
                    * For New York Contracts issued before May 1, 1996, see
                    Appendix I.
 
                                                                               7
<PAGE>
EXPENSE DATA
 
The purpose of the following Table is to help Purchasers and prospective
purchasers understand the costs and expenses that are borne, directly and
indirectly, by Purchasers assuming that all Premium Payments are allocated to
the Variable Account. The table reflects expenses of the Variable Account as
well as of the Individual Funds underlying the Variable Sub-Accounts.
 
                                   FEE TABLE
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       ALGER AMERICAN FUND
                           -------------------------------------------                FIDELITY VARIABLE INSURANCE
                                        ALGER      ALGER                                    PRODUCTS FUNDS
                            ALGER     AMERICAN    AMERICAN     ALGER     -----------------------------------------------------
                           AMERICAN   LEVERAGED    MIDCAP    AMERICAN     ASSET     EQUITY     INVESTMENT     MONEY      HIGH
                            GROWTH     ALLCAP      GROWTH    SMALL CAP   MANAGER    INCOME     GRADE BOND    MARKET     INCOME
                           PORTFOLIO  PORTFOLIO   PORTFOLIO  PORTFOLIO   PORTFOLIO PORTFOLIO   PORTFOLIO    PORTFOLIO    FUND
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   -------   ---------   ----------   ---------   ------
SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL
  EXPENSES
<S>                        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Mortality and Expense
  Risk Charge*...........    1.25%      1.25%       1.25%      1.25%      1.25%      1.25%        1.25%       1.25%      1.25%
Administrative Expense
  Charge*................    0.15%      0.15%       0.15%      0.15%      0.15%      0.15%        0.15%       0.15%      0.15%
Total Separate Account
  Annual Expenses*.......    1.40%      1.40%       1.40%      1.40%      1.40%      1.40%        1.40%       1.40%      1.40%
FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL
  EXPENSES
Management Fees..........    0.75%      0.85%       0.80%      0.85%      0.71%      0.51%        0.45%       0.24%      0.60%
Other Expenses...........    0.10%      0.71%       0.10%      0.07%      0.08%      0.10%        0.14%       0.09%      0.11%
Total Fund
  Portfolio Annual
  Expenses...............    0.85%      1.56%(1)    0.90%      0.92%      0.79%(2)   0.61%        0.59%       0.33%      0.71%(2)
 
<CAPTION>
 
                           OVERSEAS
                           PORTFOLIO
                           --------
SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL
  EXPENSES
<S>                        <C>
Mortality and Expense
  Risk Charge*...........    1.25%
Administrative Expense
  Charge*................    0.15%
Total Separate Account
  Annual Expenses*.......    1.40%
FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL
  EXPENSES
Management Fees..........    0.76%
Other Expenses...........    0.15%
Total Fund
  Portfolio Annual
  Expenses...............    0.91%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
 *  For New York Contracts issued before May 1, 1996, see Appendix I.
 
(1)  Included in Other Expenses of the Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio
    is .06% of  interest expense.  Absent reimbursements, the  amounts of  Other
    Expenses  and Total Fund Expenses would be 3.07% and 3.92% respectively, for
    the Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.
 
(2) A portion of the brokerage commissions the Fund paid was used to reduce its
    expenses. Without this reduction, Total Fund Portfolio Annual Expenses would
    have been 0.81% for the Asset Manager Portfolio and 0.71% for the High
    Income Portfolio. (note -- there were brokerage commissions paid but it did
    not affect the ratio.)
 
8
<PAGE>
   
The table does not reflect the deductions for the annual $30 Account Fee. The
information set forth should be considered together with the information
provided in this Prospectus under the heading "Fees and Expenses", and in each
Fund's Prospectus. All expenses are expressed as a percentage of average account
value.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST                      NEUBERGER&BERMAN
- ----------------------------------------          ADVISERS MANAGEMENT TRUST(5)
                                             ---------------------------------------             OCC ACCUMULATION TRUST
   MFS                                                       LIMITED                    -----------------------------------------
  TOTAL          MFS         MFS WORLD                      MATURITY                      GLOBAL
  RETURN      UTILITIES     GOVERNMENTS       BALANCED        BOND        PARTNERS        EQUITY         MANAGED       SMALL CAP
  SERIES       SERIES         SERIES          PORTFOLIO     PORTFOLIO     PORTFOLIO      PORTFOLIO      PORTFOLIO      PORTFOLIO
- ----------   -----------   -------------     -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>          <C>           <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
   1.25%         1.25%           1.25%           1.25%         1.25%         1.25%          1.25%          1.25%          1.25%
   0.15%         0.15%           0.15%           0.15%         0.15%         0.15%          0.15%          0.15%          0.15%
   1.40%         1.40%           1.40%           1.40%         1.40%         1.40%          1.40%          1.40%          1.40%
   0.75%         0.75%           0.75%           0.85%         0.65%         0.85%          0.80%          0.80%          0.80%
   0.25%         0.25%           0.25%           0.19%         0.10%         0.30%          0.45%          0.14%          0.20%
   1.00%(3)      1.00%(3)        1.00%(4)        1.04%         0.75%         1.15%          1.25%(6)       0.94%(6)       1.00%(6)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(3) The Funds' Adviser has agreed to bear, subject to reimbursement, expenses
    for each of the Total Return Series and Utilities Series, such that each
    Series' aggregate operating expense shall not exceed, on an annualized
    basis, 1.00% of the average daily net assets of the Series from November 2,
    1994 through December 31, 1996, 1.25% of the average daily net assets of the
    Series from January 1, 1997 through December 31, 1998, and 1.50% of the
    average daily net assets of the Series from January 1, 1999 through December
    31, 2004; provided however, that this obligation may be terminated or
    revised at any time. Absent this expense arrangement, "Other Expenses" and
    "Total Annual Expenses" would be 2.02% and 2.77%, respectively, for the
    Total Return Series, and 2.33% and 3.08%, respectively, for the Utility
    Series.
 
(4) The Funds' Adviser has agreed to bear, subject to reimbursement, until
    December 31, 2004, expenses of the World Governments Series such that the
    Series' aggregate operating expenses do not exceed 1.00%, on an annualized
    basis, of its average daily net assets. Absent this expense arrangement,
    "Other Expenses" and "Total Annual Expenses" for the World Governments
    Series would be 1.24% and 1.99%, respectively.
 
(5) Neuberger&Berman Advisers Management Trust (the "Trust") is divided into
    portfolios ("Portfolios"), each of which invests all of its net investable
    assets in a corresponding series ("Series") of Advisers Managers Trust.
    Expenses in the table reflect expenses of the Portfolios and include each
    Portfolio's PRO RATA portion of the operating expenses of each Portfolio's
    corresponding Series. The Portfolios pay Neuberger&Berman Management Inc.
    ("NBMI") an administration fee based on the Portfolios' net asset value.
    Each Portfolio's corresponding Series pays NBMI a management fee based on
    the Series' average daily net assets. Accordingly, this table combines
    management fees at the Series level and administration fees at the Portfolio
    level in a unified fee rate. See "Expenses" in the Trust's Prospectus.
 
(6) The annual expenses of the OCC Accumulation Trust Portfolios as of December
    31, 1995 have been restated to reflect new management fee and expense
    limitation arrangements in effect as of May 1, 1996. Effective May 1, 1996,
    the expenses of the Portfolios of the OCC Accumulation Trust are
    contractually limited by OpCap Advisors so that their respective annualized
    operating expenses do not exceed 1.25% of their respective average daily net
    assets. Furthermore, through April 30, 1997, the annualized operating
    expenses of the Managed and Small Cap Portfolios will be voluntarily limited
    by OpCap Advisors so that annualized operating expenses of these Portfolios
    do not exceed 1.00% of their respective average daily net assets. Without
    such voluntary expense limitations, and taking into account the revised
    contractual provisions effective May 1, 1996 concerning management fees and
    expense limitations, the Management Fees, Other Expenses and Total Portfolio
    Annual Expenses incurred for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 would
    have been: .80%, .45% and 1.25%, respectively, for the Global Equity
    Portfolio; .80%, .14% and .94%, respectively, for the Managed Portfolio; and
    .80%, .39% and 1.19%, respectively, for the Small Cap Portfolio.
 
                                                                               9
<PAGE>
                    EXAMPLES
 
                    The Owner would pay the following expenses on a $1,000
                    investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets, and
                    assuming all Premium Payments are allocated to the Variable
                    Account:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS   10 YEARS
                                                                                 ------   -------   -------   --------
<S>                                                                              <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
                     1.  IF THE CONTRACT IS SURRENDERED AT THE END OF THE APPLICABLE TIME PERIOD:
                     Alger American Growth Portfolio...........................   $83      $115      $150       $266
                     Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.................   $89      $134      $182       $328
                     Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio....................   $83      $115      $149       $264
                     Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio.............   $82      $113      $146       $259
                     Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio......................   $80      $106      $134       $234
                     Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio.......................   $77      $ 97      $120       $204
                     Fidelity VIP High Income Portfolio........................   $81      $109      $139       $244
                     Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio...........................   $83      $115      $149       $265
                     Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio...................   $82      $111      $143       $253
                     Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio...........   $80      $105      $133       $232
                     MFS Total Return Series...................................   $84      $118      $154       $274
                     MFS Utilities Series......................................   $84      $118      $154       $274
                     MFS World Governments Series..............................   $84      $118      $154       $274
                     AMT Balanced Portfolio....................................   $84      $119      $156       $278
                     AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio.......................   $81      $110      $141       $248
                     AMT Partners Portfolio....................................   $85      $122      $161       $289
                     OCC Global Equity Portfolio...............................   $86      $125      $166       $299
                     OCC Managed Portfolio.....................................   $83      $116      $151       $268
                     OCC Small Cap Portfolio...................................   $84      $118      $154       $274
</TABLE>
    
 
                    2.  IF THE CONTRACT IS NOT SURRENDERED OR IF IT IS
                    ANNUITIZED:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
                     Alger American Growth Portfolio...........................   $24      $ 73      $124       $266
                     Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.................   $30      $ 92      $156       $328
                     Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio....................   $23      $ 72      $123       $264
                     Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio.............   $23      $ 71      $121       $259
                     Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio......................   $20      $ 63      $109       $234
                     Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio.......................   $18      $ 55      $ 94       $204
                     Fidelity VIP High Income Portfolio........................   $21      $ 66      $114       $244
                     Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio...........................   $24      $ 72      $124       $265
                     Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio...................   $22      $ 69      $118       $253
                     Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio...........   $20      $ 63      $108       $232
                     MFS Total Return Series...................................   $24      $ 75      $128       $274
                     MFS Utilities Series......................................   $24      $ 75      $128       $274
                     MFS World Governments Series..............................   $24      $ 75      $128       $274
                     AMT Balanced Portfolio....................................   $25      $ 76      $130       $278
                     AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio.......................   $22      $ 68      $116       $248
                     AMT Partners Portfolio....................................   $26      $ 80      $136       $289
                     OCC Global Equity Portfolio...............................   $27      $ 83      $141       $299
                     OCC Managed Portfolio.....................................   $24      $ 73      $125       $268
                     OCC Small Cap Portfolio...................................   $24      $ 75      $128       $274
</TABLE>
    
 
                    The preceding tables are intended to assist the Owner in
                    understanding the costs and expenses borne, directly or
                    indirectly, by Premium Payments allocated to the Variable
                    Account. These include the expenses of the Funds, certain of
                    which are subject to expense reimbursement arrangements
                    which may be subject to change. See the Funds' Prospectuses.
                    In addition to the expenses listed above, charges for
                    premium tax equivalents may be applicable.
 
10
<PAGE>
                    These examples reflect the annual $30 Annuity Account Fee as
                    an annual charge of .06% of assets, based upon an
                    anticipated average Annuity Account Value of $50,000.
 
                    THESE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF
                    PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES, AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER
                    OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.
 
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
                    The Variable Account commenced operations on April 10, 1995.
                    The Sub-Accounts commenced operation on various dates
                    thereafter. There follows, for each of the nineteen Variable
                    Account Sub-Accounts available under the Contracts,
                    information regarding the changes in the Accumulation Unit
                    values from date of inception through December 31, 1995 and
                    from January 1, 1996 through December 31, 1996, and the
                    number of Accumulation Units outstanding at December 31,
                    1996:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 (IN DOLLARS)                      NUMBER OF
                                                 ---------------------------------------------    ACCUMULATION
                                                  ACCUMULATION     ACCUMULATION    ACCUMULATION      UNITS
                                                 UNIT BEGINNING     UNIT VALUE     UNIT VALUE     OUTSTANDING
                             SUB-ACCOUNT              VALUE         AT 12/31/95    AT 12/31/96      12/31/96
                      -------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------  ----------------
<C>                   <S>                        <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>
                      Alger American Growth
                       Portfolio                        10.00         12.385784     13.855323          94,174
                      Alger American Leveraged
                       AllCap Portfolio                 10.00         13.895178     15.364036          25,272
                      Alger American MidCap
                       Growth Portfolio                 10.00         13.106537     14.473761          51,632
                      Alger American Small Cap
                       Portfolio                        10.00         13.092181     13.460941          97,173
                      Fidelity VIP Equity-
                       Income Portfolio                 10.00         12.128673     13.679456         133,553
                      Fidelity VIP Money Market
                       Portfolio                        10.00         10.245402     10.658014          10,588
                      Fidelity VIP High Income
                       Portfolio                        10.00                 *     10.802349          26,114
                      Fidelity VIP Overseas
                       Portfolio                        10.00                 *     10.614394          11,164
                      Fidelity VIP II Asset
                       Manager Portfolio                10.00         11.280365     12.758423          39,293
                      Fidelity VIP II
                       Investment Grade Bond
                       Portfolio                        10.00         10.541110     10.734479          15,245
                      MFS Total Return Series           10.00         11.003903     12.420693          52,465
                      MFS Utilities Series              10.00         11.365171     13.292608           7,641
                      MFS World Governments
                       Series                           10.00         10.277969     10.552213           3,787
                      AMT Balanced Portfolio            10.00         10.269633     10.832872          18,307
                      AMT Limited Maturity Bond
                       Portfolio                        10.00         10.547360     10.857343           6,716
                      AMT Partners Portfolio            10.00         12.122020     15.500823          60,560
                      OCC Global Equity
                       Portfolio                        10.00         11.758951     13.347358          35,443
                      OCC Managed Portfolio             10.00         11.143831     13.502565         176,181
                      OCC Small Cap Portfolio           10.00         10.855343     12.718827          17,578
<FN>
                      * Had not commenced operations as of December 31, 1995
</TABLE>
    
 
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
 
                    THE COMPANY. The Company is a stock life insurance company
                    incorporated under the laws of Connecticut by special act of
                    the Connecticut General Assembly in 1865. Its Home Office
                    mailing address is Hartford, Connecticut 06152, Telephone
                    (860) 726-6000. It has obtained authorization to do business
                    in fifty states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.
                    The Company issues group and individual life and health
                    insurance policies and annuities. The Company has various
                    wholly-owned subsidiaries which are generally engaged in the
                    insurance business. The Company is a wholly-
 
                                                                              11
<PAGE>
                    owned subsidiary of Connecticut General Corporation,
                    Bloomfield, Connecticut. Connecticut General Corporation is
                    wholly-owned by CIGNA Holdings Inc., Philadelphia,
                    Pennsylvania which is in turn wholly-owned by CIGNA
                    Corporation, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Connecticut General
                    Corporation is the holding company of various insurance
                    companies, one of which is Connecticut General Life
                    Insurance Company.
 
                    THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT. The Variable Account was established
                    by the Company as a separate account on January 25, 1994
                    pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors. Under
                    Connecticut insurance law, the income, gains or losses of
                    the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the
                    assets of the Variable Account without regard to the other
                    income, gains, or losses of the Company. These assets are
                    held in relation to the Contracts described in this
                    Prospectus, to the extent necessary to meet the Company's
                    obligations thereunder. Although that portion of the assets
                    maintained in the Variable Account equal to the reserves and
                    other contract liabilities with respect to the Variable
                    Account will not be charged with any liabilities arising out
                    of any other business conducted by the Company, all
                    obligations arising under the Contracts, including the
                    promise to make annuity payments, are general corporate
                    obligations of the Company.
 
                    The Variable Account is registered with the Securities and
                    Exchange Commission ("Commission") as a unit investment
                    trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
                    (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a separate
                    account under the federal securities laws. Registration with
                    the Commission does not involve supervision of the
                    management or investment practices or policies of the
                    Variable Account or of the Company by the Commission.
 
                    The assets of the Variable Account are divided into
                    Sub-Accounts. Each Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares
                    of a specific Fund. All amounts allocated to the Variable
                    Account will be used to purchase Fund shares as designated
                    by the Owner at their net asset value. Any and all
                    distributions made by the Fund with respect to the shares
                    held by the Variable Account will be reinvested to purchase
                    additional shares at their net asset value. Deductions from
                    the Variable Account for cash withdrawals, annuity payments,
                    death benefits, account fees, mortality and expense risk
                    charges, administrative expense charges and any applicable
                    taxes will, in effect, be made by redeeming the number of
                    Fund shares at their net asset value equal in total value to
                    the amount to be deducted. The Variable Account will
                    purchase and redeem Fund shares on an aggregate basis and
                    will be fully invested in Fund shares at all times.
 
THE FUNDS
 
                    Each of the nineteen Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account is
                    invested solely in shares of one of the nineteen Funds
                    available as funding vehicles under the Contracts. Each of
                    the Funds is a series of one of six Massachusetts or
                    Delaware business trusts, collectively referred to herein as
                    the "Trusts", each of which is registered as an open-end,
                    diversified management investment company under the 1940
                    Act.
 
                    The Trusts and their investment advisers and distributors
                    are:
 
                        Alger American Fund ("Alger Trust"), managed by Fred
                        Alger Management, Inc., 75 Maiden Lane, New York, NY
                        10038; and distributed by Fred Alger & Company,
                        Incorporated, 30 Montgomery Street, Jersey City, NJ
                        07302;
 
                        Variable Insurance Products Fund ("Fidelity Trust"), and
                        Variable Insurance Products Fund II ("Fidelity Trust
                        II"), managed by Fidelity Management & Research Company
                        and distributed by Fidelity Distribution Corporation, 82
                        Devonshire Street, Boston, MA 02103;
 
12
<PAGE>
                        MFS-Registered Trademark- Variable Insurance Trust ("MFS
                        Trust"), managed by Massachusetts Financial Services
                        Company and distributed by MFS Fund Distributors, Inc.,
                        500 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116;
 
                        Neuberger & Berman Advisers Management Trust ("AMT
                        Trust"), managed and distributed by Neuberger & Berman
                        Management Incorporated, 605 Third Avenue, New York, NY
                        10158-0006;
 
                        OCC Accumulation Trust ("OCC Trust") (formerly Quest for
                        Value Accumulation Trust), managed by OpCap Advisors
                        (formerly Quest for Value Advisors) and distributed by
                        OCC Distributors (formerly Quest for Value
                        Distributors), One World Financial Center, New York, NY
                        10281.
 
                    Four Funds of ALGER Trust are available under the Contracts:
                        Alger American Growth Portfolio;
                        Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio;
                        Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio;
                        Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio.
 
                    Four Funds of FIDELITY Trust are available under the
                    Contracts:
                        Equity-Income Portfolio ("Fidelity Equity-Income
                    Portfolio");
                        Money Market Portfolio ("Fidelity Money Market
                    Portfolio");
                        High Income Portfolio ("Fidelity High Income
                    Portfolio");
                        Overseas Portfolio ("Fidelity Overseas Portfolio").
 
                    Two Funds of FIDELITY Trust II are available under the
                    Contracts:
   
                        Asset Manager Portfolio ("Fidelity Asset Manager
                    Portfolio");
                        Investment Grade Bond Portfolio ("Fidelity Investment
                    Grade Bond Portfolio").
    
 
                    Three Funds of MFS Trust are available under the Contracts:
                        MFS Total Return Series;
                        MFS Utilities Series;
                        MFS World Governments Series.
 
                    Three Funds of AMT Trust are available under the Contracts:
                        Balanced Portfolio;
                        Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio;
                        Partners Portfolio.
 
                    Three Funds of OCC Trust are available under the Contracts:
                        Global Equity Portfolio;
                        Managed Portfolio;
                        Small Cap Portfolio.
 
                    The investment advisory fees charged the Funds by their
                    advisers are shown in the Fee Table at pages 8 and 9 of this
                    Prospectus.
 
                    There follows a brief description of the investment
                    objective and program of each Fund. There can be no
                    assurance that any of the stated investment objectives will
                    be achieved.
 
                    ALGER AMERICAN GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Large Cap Stocks): Seeks
                    long-term capital appreciation by investing in a
                    diversified, actively managed portfolio of equity
                    securities, primarily of companies with total market
                    capitalization of $1 billion or greater.
 
                    ALGER AMERICAN LEVERAGED ALLCAP PORTFOLIO (Large Cap
                    Stocks): Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing
                    in a diversified, actively managed portfolio of equity
                    securities, with the ability to engage in leveraging (up to
                    one-third of assets) and options and futures transactions.
 
                                                                              13
<PAGE>
                    ALGER AMERICAN MIDCAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Small Cap Stocks):
                    Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in a
                    diversified, actively managed portfolio of equity
                    securities, primarily of companies whose total market
                    capitalization lies within the range of companies included
                    in the S & P MidCap 400 Index.
 
                    ALGER AMERICAN SMALL CAPITALIZATION PORTFOLIO (Small Cap
                    Stocks): Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing
                    in a diversified, actively managed portfolio of equity
                    securities, primarily of companies whose total market
                    capitalization lies within the range of companies included
                    in the Russell 2000 Growth Index.
 
                    FIDELITY ASSET MANAGER PORTFOLIO (Balanced or Total Return):
                    Seeks high total return with reduced risk over the long-term
                    by allocating its assets among domestic and foreign stocks,
                    bonds and short-term fixed-income instruments.
 
                    FIDELITY INVESTMENT GRADE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fixed Income --
                    Intermediate Term Bonds): Seeks as high a level of current
                    income as is consistent with the preservation of capital by
                    investing in a broad range of investment-grade fixed-income
                    securities.
 
                    FIDELITY EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Large Cap Stocks): Seeks
                    reasonable income by investing primarily in income-producing
                    equity securities, with some potential for capital
                    appreciation, seeking a yield that exceeds the composite
                    yield on the securities comprising the Standard and Poor's
                    Composite Index of 500 Stocks.
 
                    FIDELITY MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO (Money Market): Seeks as
                    high a level of current income as is consistent with
                    preserving capital and providing liquidity, through
                    investment in high quality U.S. dollar denominated money
                    market securities of domestic and foreign issuers.
 
                    FIDELITY HIGH INCOME PORTFOLIO (High Yield Bonds): Seeks
                    high current income by investing mainly in high yielding
                    debt securities, with an emphasis on lower quality
                    securities.
 
                    FIDELITY OVERSEAS PORTFOLIO (International Equity): Seeks
                    long term growth of capital by investing mainly in foreign
                    securities.
 
                    MFS TOTAL RETURN SERIES (Balanced or Total Return): Seeks
                    primarily to obtain above-average income, (compared to a
                    portfolio invested entirely in equity securities) consistent
                    with the prudent employment of capital, and secondarily to
                    provide a reasonable opportunity for growth of capital and
                    income.
 
                    MFS UTILITIES SERIES (Specialty): Seeks capital growth and
                    current income (income above that available from a portfolio
                    invested entirely in equity securities), by investing, under
                    normal circumstances, at least 65% of its assets in equity
                    and debt securities of utility companies.
 
                    MFS WORLD GOVERNMENTS SERIES (International Fixed Income):
                    Seeks not only preservation, but also growth, of capital
                    together with moderate current income through a
                    professionally managed, internationally diversified
                    portfolio consisting primarily of debt securities and to a
                    lesser extent equity securities.
 
                    AMT BALANCED PORTFOLIO (Balanced or Total Return): Seeks
                    long-term capital growth and reasonable current income
                    without undue risk to principal.
 
                    AMT LIMITED MATURITY BOND PORTFOLIO (Short-Term Bonds):
                    Seeks the highest current income consistent with low risk to
                    principal and liquidity; and secondarily, enhanced total
                    return through capital appreciation when market factors,
                    such as falling interest rates and rising bond prices,
                    indicate that capital appreciation may be available without
                    significant risk to principal.
 
                    AMT PARTNERS PORTFOLIO (Large Cap Stocks): Seeks capital
                    growth. Invests primarily in common stocks of established
                    companies, using the value-oriented investment approach. The
                    Portfolio seeks capital growth through an investment
                    approach that is
 
14
<PAGE>
                    designed to increase capital with reasonable risk. Its
                    investment program seeks securities believed to be
                    undervalued based on strong fundamentals such as low price-
                    to-earnings ratios, consistent cash flow, and support from
                    asset values.
 
                    OCC GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO (International Stocks): Seeks
                    long-term capital appreciation through a global investment
                    strategy primarily involving equity securities.
 
                    OCC MANAGED PORTFOLIO (Balanced or Total Return): Seeks
                    growth of capital over time through investment in a
                    portfolio of common stocks, bonds and cash equivalents, the
                    percentage of which will vary based on management's
                    assessments of relative investment values.
 
                    OCC SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO (Small Cap Stocks): Seeks capital
                    appreciation through investments in a diversified portfolio
                    of equity securities of companies with market
                    capitalizations of under $1 billion.
 
                    The AMT Partners Portfolio, Fidelity Equity-Income
                    Portfolio, Fidelity Asset Manager Portfolio, Fidelity High
                    Income Portfolio, Fidelity Overseas Portfolio, MFS Total
                    Return Series, MFS Utilities Series, MFS World Governments
                    Series, OCC Global Equity Portfolio, OCC Managed Portfolio,
                    and the OCC Small Cap Portfolio funds may invest in
                    non-investment grade, high yield, high-risk debt securities
                    (commonly referred to as "junk bonds"), as detailed in the
                    individual Fund prospectuses.
 
                    GENERAL
 
                    There is no assurance that the investment objective of any
                    of the Funds will be met. Owners bear the complete
                    investment risk for Annuity Account Values allocated to a
                    Variable Account Sub-Account. Each such Sub-Account involves
                    inherent investment risk, and such risk varies significantly
                    among the Sub-Accounts. Owners should read each Fund's
                    prospectus carefully and understand the Funds' relative
                    degrees of risk before making or changing investment
                    choices. Additional Funds may, from time to time, be made
                    available as investments to underlie the Contracts. However,
                    the right to make such selections will be limited by the
                    terms and conditions imposed on such transactions by the
                    Company (See "Premium Payments and Contract Value --
                    Allocation of Premium Payments").
 
                    SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES
 
                    If the shares of any Fund should no longer be available for
                    investment by the Variable Account or if, in the judgment of
                    the Company, further investment in such shares should become
                    inappropriate in view of the purpose of the Contracts, the
                    Company may substitute shares of another Fund. No
                    substitution of securities in any Sub-Account may take place
                    without prior approval of the Commission and under such
                    requirements as it may impose.
 
                    VOTING RIGHTS
 
                    In accordance with its view of present applicable law, the
                    Company will vote the shares of each Fund held in the
                    Variable Account at special meetings of the shareholders of
                    the particular Trust in accordance with written instructions
                    received from persons having the voting interest in the
                    Variable Account. The Company will vote shares for which it
                    has not received instructions, as well as shares
                    attributable to it, in the same proportion as it votes
                    shares for which it has received instructions. The Trusts do
                    not hold regular meetings of shareholders. Shareholder votes
                    take place whenever state law or the 1940 Act so require,
                    for example on certain elections of Boards of Trustees, the
                    initial approval of investment advisory contracts and
                    changes in investment objectives and fundamental investment
                    policies.
 
                                                                              15
<PAGE>
                    The number of shares which a person has a right to vote will
                    be determined as of a date to be chosen by the Company not
                    more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting of the
                    particular Trust. Voting instructions will be solicited by
                    written communication at least fourteen (14) days prior to
                    the meeting.
 
                    The Funds' shares are issued and redeemed only in connection
                    with variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance
                    policies issued through separate accounts of the Company and
                    other life insurance companies. The Trusts do not foresee
                    any disadvantage to Owners arising out of the fact that
                    shares may be made available to separate accounts which are
                    used in connection with both variable annuity and variable
                    life insurance products. Nevertheless, the Trusts' Boards
                    intend to monitor events in order to identify any material
                    irreconcilable conflicts which may possibly arise and to
                    determine what action, if any, should be taken in response
                    thereto. If such a conflict were to occur, one of the
                    separate accounts might withdraw its investment in a Fund.
                    This might force a Fund to sell portfolio securities at
                    disadvantageous prices.
 
PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND CONTRACT VALUE
 
                    PREMIUM PAYMENTS
 
   
                    The Contracts may be purchased under a flexible premium
                    payment plan. Premium Payments are payable in the frequency
                    and in the amount selected by the Owner. The initial Premium
                    Payment is due on the Effective Date. It must be at least
                    $2,000. Subsequent Premium Payments must be at least $100.
                    These minimum amounts are not waived for Qualified Plans.
                    The Company reserves the right to decline any application or
                    order to purchase or Premium Payment. A Premium Payment in
                    excess of $1 million requires preapproval by the Company.
    
 
                    The Company may, at its sole discretion, offer special
                    premium payment programs and/ or waive the minimum payment
                    requirements.
 
                    The Owner may elect to increase, decrease or change the
                    frequency of Premium Payments.
 
                    ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS
 
                    Premium Payments are allocated to one or more of the
                    appropriate Sub-Accounts within the Variable Account and
                    Fixed Account as selected by the Owner. For each Variable
                    Account Sub-Account, the Premium Payments are converted into
                    Accumulation Units. The number of Accumulation Units
                    credited to the Contract is determined by dividing the
                    Premium Payment allocated to the Sub-Account by the value of
                    the Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.
 
                    The Company will allocate the initial Premium Payment
                    directly to the Sub-Account(s) selected by the Owner unless
                    state law requires, during the right-to-examine period, a
                    refund of Premium Payments rather than Annuity Account
                    Value.
 
                    Transfers do not necessarily affect the allocation
                    instructions for payments. Subsequent payments will be
                    allocated as directed by the Owner; if no direction is
                    given, the allocation will be that which has been most
                    recently directed for payments by the Owner. The Owner may
                    change the allocation of future payments without fee,
                    penalty or other charge upon written notice to the Annuity &
                    Variable Life Services Center. A change will be effective
                    for payments received on or after receipt of the written
                    notice of change.
 
   
                    Any Premium Payment at the time of any allocation may be
                    allocated to a single or multiple sub-accounts in whole
                    precentages (e.g., 12%). No allocation can be made which
                    would result in a Variable Account Sub-Account of less than
                    $50 or a Fixed
    
 
16
<PAGE>
   
                    Account Sub-Account value of less than $2,000. Further, at
                    this time, no more than 18 Fixed Account and Variable
                    Account Sub-Accounts may be opened during the life of the
                    Contract. The Company may expand this number at a future
                    date.
    
 
                    The Company may, at its sole discretion, waive minimum
                    premium allocation requirements or minimum Variable Account
                    Sub-Account requirements.
 
                    For initial Premium Payments, if the application or order to
                    purchase for a Contract is in good order, the Company will
                    apply the Premium Payment to the Variable Account and credit
                    the Contract with Accumulation Units within two business
                    days of receipt at the Accumulation Unit Value for the
                    Valuation Period during which the Premium Payment is
                    accepted unless state law requires, during the
                    right-to-examine period, a refund of Premium Payments rather
                    than Annuity Account Value.
 
                    If the application or order to purchase for a Contract is
                    not in good order, the Company will attempt to get it in
                    good order or the Company will return the application or
                    order to purchase and the Premium Payment within five
                    business days. The Company will not retain a Premium Payment
                    for more than five business days while processing an
                    incomplete application or order to purchase unless it has
                    been so authorized by the purchaser.
 
                    For each subsequent Premium Payment, the Company will apply
                    such payment to the Variable Account and credit the Contract
                    with Accumulation Units at the Accumulation Unit Value for
                    the Valuation Period during which each such payment was
                    received in good order.
 
                    OPTIONAL VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNT ALLOCATION PROGRAMS
 
                    The Contract Owner may elect to enroll in either of the
                    following programs. However, both programs cannot be in
                    effect at the same time.
 
                    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING
 
                    Dollar Cost Averaging is a program which, if elected by the
                    Contract Owner, systematically allocates specified dollar
                    amounts from the Money Market Sub-Account or the One-Year
                    Fixed Account Sub-Account to one or more of the Contract's
                    Variable Account Sub-Accounts at regular intervals as
                    selected by the Contract Owner. By allocating on a regularly
                    scheduled basis as opposed to allocating the total amount at
                    one particular time, an Owner may be less susceptible to the
                    impact of market fluctuations.
 
   
                    Dollar Cost Averaging may be selected by establishing a
                    Money Market Sub-Account of at least $1,000 or the One-Year
                    Fixed Account Sub-Account value of at least $2,000. The
                    minimum amount per month to allocate is $50 (subject to the
                    18 Sub-Account limitation described under "Allocation of
                    Premium Payments" above). Enrollment in this program may
                    occur at any time by calling or writing the Annuity &
                    Variable Life Services Center or by providing the
                    information requested on the Dollar Cost Averaging election
                    form to the Company and ensuring that sufficient value is in
                    the Money Market Sub-Account or the One-year Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account. Transfers to any Fixed Account Sub-Account or
                    from a Fixed Account Sub-Account other than the One-Year
                    Fixed Account Sub-Account are not permitted under Dollar
                    Cost Averaging. The Company may, at its sole discretion,
                    waive Dollar Cost Averaging minimum deposit and transfer
                    requirements.
    
 
                    Dollar Cost Averaging will terminate when any of the
                    following occurs: (1) the number of designated transfers has
                    been completed; (2) the value of the Money Market Sub-
                    Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account is insufficient to
                    complete the next transfer;
 
                                                                              17
<PAGE>
                    (3) the Owner requests termination by telephone or in
                    writing and such request is received at least one week prior
                    to the next scheduled transfer date to take effect that
                    month; or (4) the Contract is surrendered.
 
   
                    The Dollar Cost Averaging program is not available following
                    the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for Dollar Cost
                    Averaging but the Company reserves the right to charge for
                    this program.
    
 
                    AUTOMATIC REBALANCING
 
                    Automatic Rebalancing is an option which, if elected by the
                    Contract Owner, periodically restores to a pre-determined
                    level the percentage of Contract Value allocated to each
                    Variable Account Sub-Account (e.g. 20% Money Market, 50%
                    Growth, 30% Utilities). This pre-determined level will be
                    the allocation initially selected when the Contract was
                    purchased, unless subsequently changed. The Automatic
                    Rebalancing allocation may be changed at any time by
                    submitting a request to the Company.
 
                    If Automatic Rebalancing is elected, all Net Premium
                    Payments allocated to the Variable Account Sub-Accounts must
                    be subject to Automatic Rebalancing. The Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account is not available for Automatic Rebalancing.
 
                    Automatic Rebalancing may take place on either a quarterly,
                    semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the Owner. Once
                    the rebalancing option is activated, any Variable Account
                    Sub-Account transfers executed outside of the rebalancing
                    option will terminate the Automatic Rebalancing option. Any
                    subsequent premium payment or withdrawal that modifies the
                    net account balance within each Variable Account Sub-Account
                    may also cause termination of the Automatic Rebalancing
                    option. Any such termination will be confirmed to the Owner.
                    The Owner may terminate the Automatic Rebalancing option or
                    re-enroll at any time by calling or writing the Annuity &
                    Variable Life Services Center.
 
   
                    The Automatic Rebalancing program is not available following
                    the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for Automatic
                    Rebalancing but the Company reserves the right to charge for
                    this program.
    
 
                    CONTRACT VALUE
 
                    The value of the Contract is the sum of the values
                    attributable to the Contract for each Fixed and Variable
                    Sub-Account. The value of each Variable Sub-Account is
                    determined by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units
                    attributable to the Contract in the Sub-Account by the value
                    of an Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.
 
                    ACCUMULATION UNIT
 
                    Premium Payments allocated to the Variable Account are
                    converted into Accumulation Units. This is done by dividing
                    each Premium Payment by the value of an Accumulation Unit
                    for the Valuation Period during which the Premium Payment is
                    allocated to the Variable Account. The Accumulation Unit
                    value for each Sub-Account was or will be set initially at
                    $10. It may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to
                    Valuation Period. The Accumulation Unit value for any later
                    Valuation Period is determined by multiplying the
                    Accumulation Unit Value for that Sub-Account for the
                    preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor for
                    the current Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor is
                    calculated as follows:
 
                    The Net Investment Factor for any Variable Account
                    Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is determined by
                    dividing (a) by (b) and then subtracting (c) from the
                    result, where:
   
                    (A) is the net result of:
    
                       (1)the net asset value (as described in the prospectus
                          for the Fund) of a Fund share held in the Variable
                          Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of the
                          Valuation Period, plus
 
18
<PAGE>
                       (2)the per share amount of any dividend or other
                          distribution declared by the Fund on the shares held
                          in the Variable Account Sub-Account if the
                          "ex-dividend" date occurs during the Valuation Period,
                          plus or minus
                       (3)a per share credit or charge with respect to any taxes
                          paid or reserved for by the Company during the
                          Valuation Period which are determined by the Company
                          to be attributable to the operation of the Variable
                          Account Sub-Account;
                    (B) is the net asset value of a Fund share held in the
                        Variable Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of
                        the preceding Valuation Period; and
                    (C) is the asset charge factor determined by the Company for
                        the Valuation Period to reflect the charges for assuming
                        the mortality and expense risks and for administrative
                        expenses.
 
                    The asset charge factor for any Valuation Period is equal to
                    the daily asset charge factor multiplied by the number of
                    24-hour periods in the Valuation Period.
 
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
 
                    Various charges and deductions are made from Annuity Account
                    Values and the Variable Account. These charges and
                    deductions are:
 
                    CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE (SALES LOAD)
 
                    Upon a partial withdrawal or full surrender, a Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) will be calculated and
                    will be deducted from the Annuity Account Value. This Charge
                    reimburses the Company for expenses incurred in connection
                    with the promotion, sale and distribution of the Contracts.
                    The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge applies only to those
                    Premium Payments received within seven (7) years of the date
                    of partial withdrawal or full surrender. In calculating the
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge, Premium Payments are
                    allocated to the amount surrendered or withdrawn on a
                    first-in, first-out basis. The amount of the Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge is calculated by: (a) allocating
                    Premium Payments to the amount withdrawn or surrendered; (b)
                    multiplying each allocated Premium Payment that has been
                    held under the Contract for the period shown below by the
                    charge shown below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               YEARS SINCE
                                 PAYMENT      CHARGE
                              --------------  ------
                              <S>             <C>
                                   0-1            7%
                                   1-2            6%
                                   2-3            5%
                                   3-4            4%
                                   4-5            3%
                                   5-6            2%
                                   6-7            1%
                                    7+            0
</TABLE>
 
                    and (c) adding the products of each multiplication in (b)
                    above. The charge will not exceed 7% of the Premium
                    Payments. Any applicable negative Market Value Adjustment
                    and Account Fee will be deducted before application of the
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The charge is not imposed
                    on any death benefit paid or upon amounts applied to an
                    annuity option.
 
   
                    An Owner may, during each Contract Year, withdraw up to
                    fifteen percent (15%) of Premium Payments, or any remaining
                    portion thereof, without incurring a Contingent Deferred
                    Sales Charge. The earliest Premium Payments remaining in the
                    Contract will be deemed withdrawn first under this Fifteen
                    Percent Free provision. No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
                    will be deducted on withdrawals from Premium Payments which
                    have been held under the Contract for more than seven (7)
                    Contract Years or from annuity payments. The Company may
                    also eliminate or reduce the Contingent Deferred Sales
                    Charge under the Company procedures then in effect.
    
 
                                                                              19
<PAGE>
                    For a partial withdrawal, unless the Owner designates
                    otherwise, the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will be
                    deducted proportionately from the Sub-Account(s) from which
                    the withdrawal is to be made by cancelling Accumulation
                    Units from each applicable Sub-Account in the ratio that the
                    value of each Sub-Account bears to the total of the values
                    of the Sub-Accounts from which the partial withdrawal is
                    made. If the value(s) of such Sub-Account(s) are
                    insufficient, the amount payable on the withdrawal will be
                    net of any remaining Contingent Deferred Sales Charges
                    unless the Owner and the Company agree otherwise.
 
   
                    Commissions of up to 6.75% will be paid to broker-dealers
                    who sell the Contracts, and the Company will incur other
                    promotional or distribution expenses associated with the
                    marketing of the Contracts. To the extent that the
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is insufficient to cover
                    the actual cost of distribution, the Company may use any of
                    its corporate assets, including potential profit which may
                    arise from the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to make up
                    any difference.
    
 
                    MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE
 
                    The Company deducts on each Valuation Date a Mortality and
                    Expense Risk Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to
                    1.25%* of the average daily net assets of the Variable
                    Account (consisting of approximately .75% for mortality
                    risks and approximately .50% for expense risks). The
                    mortality risks assumed by the Company arise from its
                    contractual obligation to make annuity payments after the
                    Annuity Date for the life of the Annuitant in accordance
                    with annuity rates guaranteed in the Contracts. The expense
                    risk assumed by the Company is that all actual expenses
                    involved in administering the Contracts, including Contract
                    maintenance costs, administrative costs, mailing costs, data
                    processing costs, legal fees, accounting fees, filing fees,
                    and the costs of other services may exceed the amount
                    recovered from the Account Fee and the Administrative
                    Expense Charge.
 
                    If the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is insufficient to
                    cover the actual costs, the loss will be borne by the
                    Company. Conversely, if the amount deducted proves more than
                    sufficient, the excess will be a profit to the Company. The
                    Company expects to profit from this charge.
 
                    The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is guaranteed by the
                    Company and cannot be increased.
 
                    * For New York Contracts issued before May 1, 1996, see
                    Appendix I.
 
                    ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE
 
                    The Company deducts on each Valuation Date an Administrative
                    Expense Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to 0.15%*
                    of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account.
                    This charge is to reimburse the Company for a portion of its
                    expenses in administering the Contracts. This charge is
                    guaranteed by the Company and cannot be increased, and the
                    Company will not derive a profit from this charge.
 
                    * For New York Contracts issued before May 1, 1996, see
                    Appendix I.
 
                    ACCOUNT FEE
 
   
                    The Company deducts an annual Account Fee of $30 from the
                    Annuity Account Value on the last Valuation Date of each
                    Contract Year. This charge, like the Administrative Expense
                    Charge, is to reimburse the Company for a portion of its
                    administrative expenses (see above). Prior to the Annuity
    
 
20
<PAGE>
 
                    Date, this charge is deducted by cancelling Accumulation
                    Units from each applicable Sub-Account in the ratio that the
                    value of each Sub-Account bears to the total Annuity Account
                    Value. When the Contract is annuitized or surrendered for
                    its full Surrender Value on other than a Contract
                    Anniversary, the Account Fee will be prorated at the time of
                    surrender or annuitization. On and after the Annuity Date,
                    the Account Fee will be collected proportionately from the
                    Sub-Account(s) on which the Variable Annuity payment is
                    based, prorated on a monthly basis and will result in a
                    reduction of the annuity payments. The Account Fee will be
                    waived for any Contract Year in which the Annuity Account
                    Value equals or exceeds $100,000 as of the last Valuation
                    Date of the Contract Year.
 
                    PREMIUM TAX EQUIVALENTS
 
                    Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state,
                    municipality or other governmental entity will be charged
                    against Annuity Account Value. No premium taxes are
                    currently imposed by the State of New York on the Contracts
                    offered hereby. Some states assess premium taxes at the time
                    Premium Payments are made; others assess premium taxes at
                    the time annuity payments begin. The Company will, in its
                    sole discretion, determine when taxes have resulted from:
                    the investment experience of the Variable Account; receipt
                    by the Company of the Premium Payment(s); or commencement of
                    annuity payments. The Company may, at its sole discretion,
                    pay taxes when due and deduct an equivalent amount
                    reflecting investment experience from the Annuity Account
                    Value at a later date. Payment at an earlier date does not
                    waive any right the Company may have to deduct amounts at a
                    later date.
 
                    INCOME TAXES
 
                    While the Company is not currently maintaining a provision
                    for federal income taxes, the Company has reserved the right
                    to establish a provision for income taxes if it determines,
                    in its sole discretion, that it will incur a tax as a result
                    of the operation of the Variable Account. The Company will
                    deduct for any income taxes incurred by it as a result of
                    the operation of the Variable Account whether or not there
                    was a provision for taxes and whether or not it was
                    sufficient.
 
                    FUND EXPENSES
 
                    There are other deductions from, and expenses paid out of,
                    the assets of the Funds which are described in the
                    accompanying Funds' prospectuses.
 
                    TRANSFER FEE
 
                    Prior to the Annuity Date, a Owner may transfer all or a
                    part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
                    another Sub-Account without the imposition of any transfer
                    fee or charge if there have been no more than twelve
                    transfers made in the Contract Year. For additional
                    transfers, the Company reserves the right to deduct a
                    transfer fee of up to $10 per transfer. Prescheduled
                    automatic Dollar Cost Averaging or Automatic Rebalancing
                    transfers are not counted toward the twelve transfer limit.
                    The Company reserves the right to charge a fee of up to $10
                    for each transfer after the Annuity Date. The transfer fee
                    at any given time is guaranteed not to exceed $10, will not
                    be set at a level greater than its cost and will contain no
                    element of profit.
 
                                                                              21
<PAGE>
OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES
 
                    OWNERSHIP
 
                    The Owner has all rights and may receive all benefits under
                    the Contract. The Owner may change the Owner at any time. If
                    the Owner dies, a death benefit will be paid to the
                    Beneficiary upon proof of the Owner's death. If the Owner is
                    a corporation, partnership or other non-natural person, the
                    death benefit is paid upon receipt of due proof of the
                    Annuitant's death. A change of Owner will automatically
                    revoke any prior designation of Owner. A request for change
                    must be: (1) made in writing; and (2) received by the
                    Company at its Annuity & Variable Life Services Center. The
                    change will become effective as of the date the written
                    request is signed. A new designation of Owner will not apply
                    to any payment made or action taken by the Company prior to
                    the time it was received.
 
                    For non-qualified contracts, in accordance with Code Section
                    72(u), a deferred annuity contract held by a corporation or
                    other entity that is not a natural person is not treated as
                    an annuity contract for tax purposes. Income on the contract
                    is treated as ordinary income received by the owner during
                    the taxable year. But in accordance with Code Section 72(u),
                    an annuity contract held by a trust or other entity as agent
                    for a natural person is considered held by a natural person.
 
                    ASSIGNMENT
 
                    The Owner may assign the Contract at any time during his or
                    her lifetime. Unless provided otherwise, an assignment will
                    not affect the interest of any previously indicated
                    Beneficiary. The Company will not be bound by any assignment
                    until written notice is received by the Company at its
                    Variable Products Service Center. The Company is not
                    responsible for the validity of any assignment. The Company
                    will not be liable as to any payment or other settlement
                    made by the Company before such assignment has been recorded
                    at the Company's Annuity & Variable Life Services Center.
 
                    If the Contract is issued pursuant to a Qualified Plan, it
                    may not be assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred except
                    as may be allowed under applicable law.
 
                    BENEFICIARY
 
                    The Beneficiary is named when the Contract is applied for
                    and, unless changed, is entitled to receive any death
                    benefits to be paid. Prior to the Annuity Date, death
                    benefits are paid to the Beneficiary on the death of the
                    Owner.
 
                    CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY
 
                    The Owner may change a Beneficiary by filing a written
                    request with the Company at its Annuity & Variable Life
                    Services Center unless an irrevocable Beneficiary
                    designation was previously filed. After the change is
                    recorded, it will take effect as of the date the request was
                    signed. If the request reaches the Annuity & Variable Life
                    Services Center after the Annuitant or Owner, as applicable,
                    dies but before any payment is made, the change will be
                    valid. The Company will not be liable for any payment made
                    or action taken before it records the change.
 
                    ANNUITANT
 
                    The Annuitant must be a natural person. The maximum age of
                    the Annuitant on the Effective Date is 85 years old. The
                    Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity
                    Date. Joint Annuitants are allowed at the time of
                    annuitization only, if the Company chooses to make a joint
                    and survivor annuity payment option available in
 
22
<PAGE>
                    addition to the options provided in the Contract. The
                    Annuitant has no rights or privileges prior to the Annuity
                    Date. When an Annuity Option is elected, the amount payable
                    as of the Annuity Date is based on the age and gender
                    classification (in accordance with state law) of the
                    Annuitant, as well as the Option selected and the Annuity
                    Account Value.
 
                    TRANSFER OF CONTRACT VALUES BETWEEN SUB-ACCOUNTS
 
                    Prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may transfer all or
                    part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
                    another Sub-Account without the imposition of any fee or
                    charge if there have been no more than twelve transfers made
                    in the Contract Year. For additional transfers, the Company
                    reserves the right to deduct a transfer fee of up to $10
                    (See "Charges and Deductions -- Transfer Fee"). This
                    Contract is not designed for professional market timing
                    organizations or other entities using programmed and
                    frequent transfers.
 
                    After the Annuity Date, provided a variable annuity option
                    was selected, the Owner may make up to three transfers
                    between Variable Sub-Accounts in any Contract Year.
 
                    All transfers are subject to the following:
 
                    A. The deduction of any transfer fee that may be imposed.
                       The transfer fee will be deducted from the amount which
                    is transferred if the entire amount in the Sub-Account is
                    being transferred, otherwise from the Sub-Account from which
                    the transfer is made.
 
   
                    B. The minimum amount which may be transferred is the lesser
                       of (i) $2,000 per Fixed Account Sub-Account or $50 per
                    Variable Account Sub-Account. (The Company, at its sole
                    discretion may waive these minimum requirements); or (ii)
                    the Owner's entire interest in the Sub-Account.
    
 
                    C. No partial transfer will be made if the Owner's remaining
                       Contract Value in the Sub-Account will be less than $50.
 
                    D. Transfers will be effected during the Valuation Period
                       next following receipt by the Company of a written
                    transfer request (or by telephone, if authorized) containing
                    all required information. However, no transfer may be made
                    effective within seven calendar days of the date on which
                    the first annuity payment is due. Transfers are not
                    permitted during the right-to-examine period.
 
                    E. Any transfer request must clearly specify the amount
                       which is to be transferred and the Sub-Accounts which are
                    to be affected.
 
                    F. Transfers of all or a portion of any Fixed Account
                       Sub-Account values (other than transfers pursuant to the
                    Dollar Cost Averaging program) are subject to any applicable
                    Market Value Adjustment;
 
                    G. The Company reserves the right to defer transfers from
                       any Fixed Account Sub-Account for up to six months after
                    date of receipt of the transfer request;
 
                    H. Transfers involving the Variable Account Sub-Accounts are
                       subject to such restrictions as may be imposed by the
                    Funds;
 
                    I. The Company reserves the right at any time and without
                       prior notice to any party to terminate, suspend or modify
                    the transfer privileges described above.
 
                                                                              23
<PAGE>
                    J. After the Annuity Date, transfers may not take place
                       between a Fixed Annuity Option and a Variable Annuity
                    Option.
 
                    K. The Company reserves the right to reject any premium
                       allocation or transfer which would cause the Fixed
                    Account Sub-Account values in aggregate to exceed then
                    current Company limits.
 
   
                    Transfers between Sub-Accounts may be made by calling or
                    writing the Annuity & Variable Life Services Center.
                    Transfer requests must be received prior to 4:00 pm Eastern
                    Time in order to be effective that day.
    
 
   
                    Transfers between any Sub-Accounts may be suspended or
                    postponed during any period in which the New York Stock
                    Exchange is closed or has suspended trading.
    
 
                    PROCEDURES FOR TELEPHONE TRANSFERS
 
                    Owners may effect telephone transfers by calling the Annuity
                    & Variable Life Services Center.
 
                    The Company will take the following procedures to confirm
                    that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine.
                    Before a service representative accepts any request, the
                    caller will be asked for specific information to validate
                    the request. All calls will be recorded. All transactions
                    performed will be confirmed by the Company in writing. The
                    Company is not liable for any loss, cost or expense for
                    acting on telephone instructions which are believed to be
                    genuine in accordance with these procedures.
 
                    SURRENDERS AND PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS
 
                    While the Contract is in force and before the Annuity Date,
                    the Company will, upon written request to the Company by the
                    Owner, allow the surrender or partial withdrawal of all or a
                    portion of the Contract for its Surrender Value. Such
                    request may also be made by telephone if telephone transfers
                    have been previously authorized in writing. Surrenders or
                    partial withdrawals will result in the cancellation of
                    Accumulation Units from each applicable Sub-Account in the
                    ratio that the value of each Sub-Account bears to the total
                    Annuity Account Value, unless the Owner specifies in writing
                    in advance which units are to be cancelled. The Company will
                    pay the amount of any surrender or partial withdrawal within
                    seven (7) days of receipt of a valid request, unless the
                    "Delay of Payments" provision is in effect (See "Delay of
                    Payments and Transfers").
 
                    Certain tax withdrawal penalties and restrictions may apply
                    to surrenders and partial withdrawals from Contracts (See
                    "Tax Status"). Owners should consult their own tax counsel
                    or other tax adviser regarding any surrenders and partial
                    withdrawals.
 
                    The Surrender Value is the Annuity Account Value for the
                    Valuation Period next following the Valuation Period during
                    which the written request to the Company for surrender is
                    received, reduced, in the case of full surrender, by the sum
                    of:
 
                    A. any applicable premium tax equivalents not previously
                       deducted;
 
                    B. any applicable Account Fee;
 
                    C. any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge; and
 
   
                    in the case of partial withdrawals, by the sum: of A and C
                    above.
    
 
24
<PAGE>
                    DELAY OF PAYMENTS AND TRANSFERS
 
                    The Company reserves the right to suspend or postpone
                    payments or transfers for any period when:
 
                    1. the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than
                       customary weekend and holiday closings);
 
                    2. trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
 
                    3. an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of
                       securities held in the Variable Account is not reasonably
                    practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to determine
                    the value of the Variable Account's net assets; or
 
                    4. during any other period when the Commission, by order, so
                       permits for the protection of Owners.
 
                    The applicable rules and regulations of the Commission will
                    govern as to whether the conditions described in 2. and 3.
                    exist.
 
                    The Company reserves the right to defer the payment or
                    transfer of amounts withdrawn from any Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account for a period not to exceed six months from the
                    date written request for such withdrawal or transfer is
                    received by the Company. If payment or transfer is deferred
                    beyond thirty (30) days, the Company will pay interest of
                    not less than 3% per year on amounts so deferred.
 
                    In addition, payment of the amount of any withdrawal
                    derived, all or in part, from any Premium Payment paid to
                    the Company by check or draft may be postponed until the
                    Company determines the check or draft has been honored.
 
                    DEATH OF THE OWNER BEFORE THE ANNUITY DATE
 
                    In the event of death of the Owner (or the Annuitant, if the
                    Owner is a non-natural person) prior to the Annuity Date, a
                    death benefit is payable to the Beneficiary designated by
                    the Owner. The value of the death benefit will be determined
                    as of the Valuation Period next following the date both due
                    proof of death (a certified copy of the Death Certificate)
                    and a payment election are received by the Company. The
                    value of the death benefit is determined as of the effective
                    date of the death benefit election (see "Election and
                    Effective Date of Election") and is equal to the greatest of
                    (a) Premium Payments made, less partial withdrawals; (b) the
                    Annuity Account Value or (c) the Purchasers' Annuity Account
                    Value on the Seven Year Anniversary immediately preceding
                    the date that the death benefit election is effective or is
                    deemed to become effective, adjusted for any subsequent
                    Premium Payments and partial withdrawals and charges. If the
                    death benefit is payable after the Owner's (or Annuitant's)
                    85th birthday, the amount payable will be the greater of (a)
                    or (b) above. The Beneficiary may, at any time before the
                    end of the sixty (60) day period immediately following
                    receipt of due proof of death by the Company, elect the
                    death benefit to be paid as follows:
 
                    1. the payment of the entire death benefit within five years
                       of the date of the death of the Owner or Annuitant,
                    whichever is applicable; or
 
                    2. payment over the lifetime of the designated Beneficiary
                       or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy
                    of the Beneficiary, with distribution beginning within one
                    year of the date of death of the Owner or Annuitant,
                    whichever is applicable (see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity
                    Options"); or
 
                                                                              25
<PAGE>
                    3. payment in accordance with one of the settlement options
                       under the Contract (see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity
                    Options"); or
 
                    4. if the designated Beneficiary is the Owner's spouse,
                       he/she can continue the Contract in his/her own name.
 
                    Payment amounts may vary with their frequency and duration
                    (see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity Options"). To the extent
                    that the Beneficiary elects a variable payment option, the
                    Beneficiary will bear the investment risk associated with
                    the performance of the underlying Fund(s) in which the
                    relevant Variable Sub Account invest(s).
 
                    If no payment option is elected, a single sum settlement
                    will be made by the Company within seven (7) days of the end
                    of the sixty (60) day period following receipt of due proof
                    of death of the Owner or Annuitant as applicable.
 
                    If the Owner is a non-natural person, then for purposes of
                    the death benefit, the Annuitant shall be treated as the
                    Owner.
 
                    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT BEFORE THE ANNUITY DATE
 
   
                    If the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Date and the
                    Annuitant is different from the Owner, the Owner, if a
                    natural person, may designate a new Annuitant. Unless and
                    until one is designated, the Owner will be the Annuitant. If
                    the Owner is not a natural person, then the death benefit,
                    valued as described in "Death of the Owner before the
                    Annuity Date", is paid on due proof of the Annuitant's
                    death.
    
 
                    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE
 
                    If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Date, the death
                    benefit, if any, will be as specified in the Annuity Option
                    elected. The Company will require due proof of the
                    Annuitant's death. Death benefits will be paid at least as
                    rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the
                    Annuitant's death.
 
                    CHANGE IN OPERATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT
 
                    At the Company's election and if deemed in the best
                    interests of persons having voting rights under the
                    Contracts, the Variable Account may be operated as a
                    management company under the 1940 Act or any other form
                    permitted by law; de-registered under the 1940 Act in the
                    event registration is no longer required (deregistration of
                    the Variable Account requires an order by the Commission);
                    or combined with one or more other separate accounts. To the
                    extent permitted by applicable law, the Company also may
                    transfer the assets of the Variable Account associated with
                    the Contracts to another account or accounts. In the event
                    of any change in the operation of the Variable Account
                    pursuant to this provision, the Company may make appropriate
                    endorsement to the Contracts to reflect the change and take
                    such other action as may be necessary and appropriate to
                    effect the change.
 
                    MODIFICATION
 
                    Upon notice to the Owner (or the Payee(s) during the Annuity
                    Period), the Contracts may be modified by the Company if
                    such modification: (i) is necessary to make the Contracts or
                    the Variable Account comply with, or take advantage of, any
                    law or regulation issued by a governmental agency to which
                    the Company or the Variable Account is subject; or (ii) is
                    necessary to attempt to assure continued qualification of
                    the Contracts under the Code or other federal or state laws
                    relating to retirement annuities or annuity contracts; or
                    (iii) is necessary to reflect a change in the operation
 
26
<PAGE>
                    of the Variable Account or its Sub-Account(s) (See "Change
                    in Operation of Variable Account"); or (iv) provides
                    additional Variable Account and/or fixed accumulation
                    options. In the event of any such modification, the Company
                    may make appropriate endorsement to the Contracts to reflect
                    such modification.
 
                    In addition, upon notice to the Owner, the Contracts may be
                    modified by the Company to change the withdrawal charges,
                    Account Fees, mortality and expense risk charges,
                    administrative expense charges, the tables used in
                    determining the amount of the first monthly fixed annuity
                    payment, and the formula used to calculate the Market Value
                    Adjustment, provided that such modification shall apply only
                    to Contracts established after the effective date of such
                    modification. In order to exercise its modification rights
                    in these particular instances, the Company must notify the
                    Owner of such modification in writing. All of the charges
                    and the annuity tables which are provided in the Contracts
                    prior to any such modification will remain in effect
                    permanently, unless improved by the Company, with respect to
                    Contracts established prior to the effective date of such
                    modification.
 
                    DISCONTINUANCE
 
                    The Company reserves the right to limit or discontinue the
                    offer and issuance of new Contracts. Such limitation or
                    discontinuance shall have no effect on rights or benefits
                    with respect to any Contracts issued prior to the effective
                    date of such limitation or discontinuance.
 
ANNUITY PROVISIONS
 
                    ANNUITY DATE; CHANGE IN ANNUITY DATE AND ANNUITY OPTION
 
                    The Owner selects an Annuity Date at the time of application
                    or order to purchase. The Owner may, upon at least
                    forty-five (45) days prior written notice to the Company, at
                    any time prior to the Annuity Date, change the Annuity Date.
                    The Annuity Date must always be the first day of a calendar
                    month. The Annuity Date may not be later than the month
                    following the Annuitant's 85th birthday.
 
                    The Owner may, upon at least forty-five (45) days prior
                    written notice to the Company, at any time prior to the
                    Annuity Date, select and/or change the Annuity Option.
 
                    ANNUITY OPTIONS
 
                    Instead of having the proceeds paid in one sum, the Owner
                    may select one of the Annuity Options. These may be on a
                    fixed or variable basis, or a combination thereof. The
                    Annuity Option must be selected at least 30 days prior to
                    the Annuity Date. The Company may, at the time of election
                    of an Annuity Option, offer more favorable rates in lieu of
                    those guaranteed. The Company also may make available other
                    settlement options. The Company uses sex distinct or unisex
                    annuity rate tables when determining appropriate annuity
                    payments.
 
                    FIXED OPTIONS
 
                    Under a fixed option, once the selection has been made and
                    payments have begun, the amount of the payments will not
                    vary. The fixed options currently available are:
 
                    FIRST OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY. The Company will make equal
                    monthly payments during the life of the Annuitant, ceasing
                    with the last payment due prior to the death of the
                    Annuitant. Under this option, it is possible only one
                    monthly annuity payment would be made, if the Annuitant died
                    before the second monthly annuity payment was due.
 
                                                                              27
<PAGE>
                    SECOND OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. The
                    Company will make equal monthly payments during the life of
                    the Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period shown in
                    the annuity tables contained in the Contract. The amount of
                    each monthly payment per $1,000 of proceeds is based on the
                    age and gender classification (in accordance with state law)
                    of the Annuitant when the first payment is made and on the
                    minimum period chosen.
 
                    THIRD OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND. The Company
                    will make equal monthly payments during the life of the
                    Annuitant. Upon the death of the Annuitant, after payments
                    have started, the Company will pay in one sum any excess of
                    the amount of the proceeds applied under this Option over
                    the total of all payments made under this Option. The amount
                    of each monthly payment per $1,000 of proceeds is based on
                    the age and gender (in accordance with state law) of the
                    Annuitant when the first payment is made.
 
                    FOURTH OPTION -- ANNUITY CERTAIN. The Company will make
                    equal monthly payments for a number of years selected, not
                    less than five or more than thirty years.
 
                    VARIABLE OPTIONS
 
                    The actual dollar amount of variable annuity payments is
                    dependent upon (i) the Annuity Account Value at the time of
                    annuitization, (ii) the annuity table specified in the
                    Contract, (iii) the Annuity Option selected, and (iv) the
                    investment performance of the Sub-Account selected. Each
                    annuity payment will be less if payments are to be made more
                    frequently or for longer periods of time.
 
                    The dollar amount of the first monthly variable annuity
                    payment is determined by applying the available value (after
                    deduction of any premium tax equivalents not previously
                    deducted) to the table using the age and gender (in
                    accordance with state law) of the Annuitant. The number of
                    Annuity Units is then determined by dividing this dollar
                    amount by the then current Annuity Unit value. Thereafter,
                    the number of Annuity Units remains unchanged during the
                    period of annuity payments. This determination is made
                    separately for each Sub-Account of the Variable Account. The
                    number of Annuity Units is determined for each Sub-Account
                    and is based upon the available value in each Sub-Account as
                    of the date annuity payments are to begin.
 
                    The dollar amount determined for each Sub-Account will then
                    be aggregated for purposes of making payments.
 
                    The dollar amount of the second and later variable annuity
                    payments is equal to the number of Annuity Units determined
                    for each Sub-Account times the Annuity Unit value for that
                    Sub-Account as of the due date of the payment. This amount
                    may increase or decrease from month to month.
 
                    The annuity tables contained in the Contract are based on a
                    three percent (3%) assumed net investment rate. If the
                    actual net investment rate exceeds three percent (3%),
                    payments will increase. Conversely, if the actual rate is
                    less than three percent (3%), annuity payments will
                    decrease.
 
                    The Annuitant receives the value of a fixed number of
                    Annuity Units each month. The value of a fixed number of
                    Annuity Units will reflect the investment performance of the
                    Sub-Account selected and the amount of each annuity payment
                    will vary accordingly.
 
                    The Annuity Unit Value for a Sub-Account is determined by
                    multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for that Sub-Account for
                    the preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor
                    for the current Valuation Period (calculated as described on
                    pages 18 and 19 of this Prospectus) and multiplying the
                    result by 0.999919020, the daily factor to neutralize
 
28
<PAGE>
                    the assumed net investment rate, discussed above, of 3% per
                    annum which is built into the annuity rate table. It may
                    increase or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation
                    Period.
 
                    The variable options currently available, assuming the
                    Annuity Account Value is at least $1,000 when variable
                    annuity payments commence, are:
 
                    OPTION I -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY. Monthly annuity payments
                    are paid during the life of an Annuitant, ceasing with the
                    last annuity payment due prior to the Annuitant's death.
 
                    OPTION II -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN
                    PERIOD. Monthly annuity payments are paid during the life of
                    an Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period selected,
                    which may be five, ten, fifteen or twenty years;
 
   
                    OPTION III -- VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN. Monthly annuity
                    payments are paid for a number of years selected, not less
                    than five or more than thirty years.
    
 
                    After the Annuity Date, the payee may, by written request to
                    the Annuity & Variable Life Services Center, exchange
                    Annuity Units of one Variable Sub-Account for Annuity Units
                    of equivalent value in another Variable Sub-Account up to
                    three times each Contract Year.
 
                    EVIDENCE OF SURVIVAL
 
                    The Company reserves the right to require evidence of the
                    survival of any Payee at the time any payment payable to
                    such Payee is due under the following Annuity Options: Life
                    Annuity (fixed), Life Annuity with Certain Period (fixed),
                    Cash Refund Life Annuity (fixed), Variable Life Annuity, and
                    Variable Life Annuity with Certain Period.
 
                    ENDORSEMENT OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS
 
                    The Company will make each annuity payment at its Home
                    Office by check. Each check must be personally endorsed by
                    the Payee or the Company may require that proof of the
                    Annuitant's survival be furnished.
 
THE FIXED ACCOUNT
 
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS MADE UP OF THE GENERAL ASSETS OF THE
                    COMPANY OTHER THAN THOSE ALLOCATED TO ANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT.
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS PART OF THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT.
                    BECAUSE OF APPLICABLE EXEMPTIVE AND EXCLUSIONARY PROVISIONS,
                    INTERESTS IN THE FIXED ACCOUNT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
                    UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "1933 ACT"), AND
                    NEITHER THE FIXED ACCOUNT NOR THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT
                    HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1940 ACT. THEREFORE, NEITHER
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IS GENERALLY
                    SUBJECT TO REGULATION UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE 1933 ACT
                    OR THE 1940 ACT. ACCORDINGLY, THE COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED
                    THAT THE STAFF OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS
                    NOT REVIEWED THE DISCLOSURE IN THIS PROSPECTUS RELATING TO
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT.
 
                    The initial Premium Payment and any subsequent Premium
                    Payment(s) will be allocated to Sub-Accounts available in
                    connection with the Fixed Account to the extent elected by
                    the Owner at the time such Premium Payment is made. In
                    addition, all or part of the Owner's Annuity Account Value
                    may be transferred among Sub-Accounts available under the
                    Contract as described under "Transfer of Contract Values
                    between Sub-Accounts." Instead of the Owner's assuming all
                    of the investment risk as is the case for Premium Payments
                    allocated to the Variable Account, the Company guarantees it
                    will credit interest of at least 3% per year to amounts
                    allocated to the Fixed Account.
 
                    Assets supporting amounts allocated to Sub-Accounts within
                    the Fixed Account become part of the Company's general
                    account assets and are available to fund the claims of all
 
                                                                              29
<PAGE>
                    creditors of the Company. All of the Company's general
                    account assets will be available to fund benefits under the
                    Contracts. The Owner does not participate in the investment
                    performance of the assets of the Fixed Account or the
                    Company's general account.
 
                    The Company will invest the assets of the general account in
                    those assets chosen by the Company and allowed by applicable
                    state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments
                    that may be made by life insurance companies and the
                    percentage of their assets that may be committed to any
                    particular type of investment. In general, these laws permit
                    investments, within specified limits and subject to certain
                    qualifications, in federal, state and municipal obligations,
                    corporate bonds, preferred and common stocks, real estate
                    mortgages, real estate and certain other investments.
 
                    If the Account Value within a Fixed Account Sub-Account is
                    maintained for the duration of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, the Company guarantees that it will credit interest
                    to that amount at the guaranteed rate specified for the
                    Sub-Account which may but need not be more than 3% per year.
                    Any amount withdrawn from or transferred out of the
                    Sub-Account prior to the expiration of the Sub-Account's
                    Guaranteed Period is subject to a Market Value Adjustment
                    (see "Market Value Adjustment") and a Deferred Sales Charge,
                    if applicable. The Company guarantees, however, that a
                    Contract will be credited with interest at a rate of not
                    less than 3% per year, compounded annually, on amounts
                    allocated to any Fixed Account Sub-Account, regardless of
                    any application of the Market Value Adjustment (that is, the
                    Market Value Adjustment will not reduce the amount available
                    for surrender, withdrawal or transfer to an amount less than
                    the initial amount allocated or transferred to the Fixed
                    Account Sub-Account plus interest of 3% per year). The
                    Company reserves the right to defer the payment or transfer
                    of amounts withdrawn from the Fixed Account for a period not
                    to exceed six (6) months from the date a proper request for
                    surrender, withdrawal or transfer is received by the
                    Company.
 
                    FIXED ACCUMULATION VALUE. The fixed accumulation value of an
                    Annuity Account, if any, for any Valuation Period is equal
                    to the sum of the values of all Fixed Account Sub-Accounts
                    which are part of the Annuity Account for such Valuation
                    Period.
 
   
                    GUARANTEED PERIODS. The Owner may elect to allocate Premium
                    Payments to one or more Sub-Accounts within the Fixed
                    Account. Each Sub-Account will maintain a Guaranteed Period
                    with a duration of one, three, five, seven or ten years.
                    Every Premium Payment allocated to a Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account starts a new Sub-Account with its own duration
                    and Guaranteed Interest Rate. The duration of the Guaranteed
                    Period will affect the Guaranteed Interest Rate of the
                    Sub-Account. Initial Premium Payments and subsequent Premium
                    Payments, or portions thereof, and transferred amounts
                    allocated to a Fixed Account Sub-Account, less any amounts
                    subsequently withdrawn, will earn interest at the Guaranteed
                    Interest Rate during the particular Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period unless prematurely withdrawn prior to the end of the
                    Guaranteed Period. Initial Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods
                    begin on the date a Premium Payment is accepted or, in the
                    case of a transfer, on the effective date of the transfer,
                    and end on the date after the number of calendar years in
                    the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period elected from the date on
                    which the amount was allocated to the Sub-Account (the
                    "Expiration Date"). Any portion of Annuity Account Value
                    allocated to a specific Sub-Account with a specified
                    Expiration Date (including interest earned thereon) will be
                    referred to herein as a "Guaranteed Period Amount." Interest
                    will be credited daily at a rate equivalent to the compound
                    annual rate. As a result of renewals and transfers of
                    portions of the Annuity Account Value described under
                    "Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-Accounts" above,
                    which will begin new Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods, amounts
                    allocated to Sub-Accounts of the same duration may have
                    different Expiration Dates. Thus each Guaranteed Period
                    Amount will be treated separately for purposes of
                    determining any applicable Market Value Adjustment (see
                    "Market Value Adjustment").
    
 
30
<PAGE>
   
                    The Company will notify the Owner in writing prior to the
                    Expiration Date for any Guaranteed Period Amount. A new
                    Sub-Account Guaranteed Period of the same duration as the
                    previous Sub-Account Guaranteed Period will commence
                    automatically at the end of the previous Guaranteed Period
                    unless the Company receives, following such notification but
                    prior to the end of such Guaranteed Period, a written
                    election by the Owner to transfer the Guaranteed Period
                    Amount to a different Fixed Account Sub-Account or to a
                    Variable Account Sub-Account from among those being offered
                    by the Company at such time. Transfers of any Guaranteed
                    Period Amount which become effective upon the expiration of
                    the applicable Guaranteed Period are not subject to the
                    twelve transfers per Contract Year limitations or the
                    additional Fixed Sub-Account transfer restrictions (see
                    "Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-Accounts").
    
 
                    GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES. The Company periodically will
                    establish an applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate for each of
                    the Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods within the Fixed Account.
                    Current Guaranteed Interest Rates may be changed by the
                    Company frequently or infrequently depending on interest
                    rates on investments available to the Company and other
                    factors as described below, but once established, rates will
                    be guaranteed for the entire duration of the respective
                    Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period. However, any amount
                    withdrawn from the Sub-Account may be subject to any
                    applicable withdrawal charges, Account Fees, Market Value
                    Adjustment, premium taxes or other fees. Amounts transferred
                    out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account prior to the end of the
                    Guaranteed Period will be subject to the Market Value
                    Adjustment.
 
                    The Guaranteed Interest Rate will not be less than 3% per
                    year compounded annually, regardless of any application of
                    the Market Value Adjustment. The Company has no specific
                    formula for determining the rate of interest that it will
                    declare as a Guaranteed Interest Rate, as these rates will
                    be reflective of interest rates available on the types of
                    debt instruments in which the Company intends to invest
                    amounts allocated to the Fixed Account (see "The Fixed
                    Account"). In addition, the Company's management may
                    consider other factors in determining Guaranteed Interest
                    Rates for a particular Sub-Account including: regulatory and
                    tax requirements; sales commissions and administrative
                    expenses borne by the Company; general economic trends; and
                    competitive factors. THERE IS NO OBLIGATION TO DECLARE A
                    RATE IN EXCESS OF 3% PER YEAR; THE OWNER ASSUMES THE RISK
                    THAT DECLARED RATES WILL NOT EXCEED 3% PER YEAR. THE COMPANY
                    HAS COMPLETE DISCRETION TO DECLARE ANY RATE, SO LONG AS THAT
                    RATE IS AT LEAST 3% PER YEAR.
 
                    MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
 
                    Any surrender or transfer of a Fixed Account Guaranteed
                    Period Amount, other than a surrender or transfer pursuant
                    to an election which becomes effective upon the Expiration
                    Date of the Guaranteed Period, will be subject to a Market
                    Value Adjustment ("MVA"). The MVA will be applied to the
                    amount being surrendered or transferred after deduction of
                    any applicable Annuity Account Fee and before deduction of
                    any applicable surrender charge.
 
                    The MVA generally reflects the relationship between the
                    Index Rate (based upon the Treasury Constant Maturity Series
                    published by the Federal Reserve) in effect at the time a
                    Premium Payment is allocated to a Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period under the Contract and the Index Rate in effect at
                    the time of the Premium Payment's surrender or transfer. It
                    also reflects the time remaining in the Sub-Account's
                    Guaranteed Period. Generally, if the Index Rate at the time
                    of surrender or transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the
                    time the Premium Payment was allocated, then the application
                    of the MVA will result in a higher payment upon surrender or
                    transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the time of
                    surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate at the
                    time the Premium Payment was allocated, the application of
                    the MVA will generally result in a lower payment upon
                    surrender or transfer.
 
                                                                              31
<PAGE>
                    The MVA is computed by applying the following formula:
 
                                               (1+A)N
                                               (1+B)N
 
                    where:
 
                    A = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
                    Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
                    time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, determined at the beginning of the Guaranteed
                    Period.
 
                    B = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
                    Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
                    time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, determined at the time of surrender or transfer,
                    plus a 0.25% adjustment. If Index Rates "A" and "B" are
                    within .25% of each other when the index rate factor is
                    determined, no such percentage adjustment to "B" will be
                    made, unless otherwise required by state law. This
                    adjustment builds into the formula a factor representing
                    direct and indirect costs to the Company associated with
                    liquidating general account assets in order to satisfy
                    surrender requests. This adjustment of 0.25% has been added
                    to the denominator of the formula because it is anticipated
                    that a substantial portion of applicable general account
                    portfolio assets will be in relatively illiquid securities.
                    Thus, in addition to direct transaction costs, if such
                    securities must be sold (E.G., because of surrenders), the
                    market price may be lower. Accordingly, even if interest
                    rates decline, there will not be a positive adjustment until
                    this factor is overcome, and then any adjustment will be
                    lower than otherwise, to compensate for this factor.
                    Similarly, if interest rates rise, any negative adjustment
                    will be greater than otherwise, to compensate for this
                    factor. If interest rates stay the same, this factor will
                    result in a small but negative Market Value Adjustment.
 
                    N = The number of years remaining in the Guaranteed Period
                    (E.G. 1 year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2
                    years)
 
   
                    See the Statement of Additional information for examples of
                    the application of the Market Value Adjustment.
    
 
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
   
                    CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc. ("CFA"), located at 900
                    Cottage Grove Road, Bloomfield, CT, acts as the principal
                    underwriter and the distributor of the Contracts as well as
                    of variable life insurance policies and other variable
                    annuity contracts issued by the Company. CFA, a registered
                    broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
                    a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers
                    (NASD), is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Connecticut General
                    Corporation. The Contracts are offered on a continuous
                    basis. CFA and the Company may enter into agreements to sell
                    the Contracts through various broker-dealers whose agents
                    are licensed to sell the Contracts.
    
 
PERFORMANCE DATA
 
                    MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT
 
                    From time to time, the Money Market Sub-Account may
                    advertise its "yield" and "effective yield." Both yield
                    figures will be based on historical earnings and are not
                    intended to indicate future performance. The "yield" of the
                    Money Market Sub-Account refers to the income generated by
                    Annuity Account Values in the Money Market Sub-Account over
                    a seven-day period (which period will be stated in the
                    advertisement). This income is then "annualized." That is,
                    the amount of income generated by the investment during that
                    week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week
                    period and is shown as a percentage of the Annuity Account
                    Values in the Money
 
32
<PAGE>
                    Market Sub-Account. The "effective yield" is calculated
                    similarly but, when annualized, the income earned by Annuity
                    Account Values in the Money Market Sub-Account is assumed to
                    be reinvested. The "effective yield" will be slightly higher
                    than the "yield" because of the compounding effect of this
                    assumed reinvestment. The computation of the yield
                    calculation includes a deduction for the Mortality and
                    Expense Risk Charge, the Administrative Expense Charge, and
                    the Account Fee.
 
                    OTHER VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNTS
 
                    From time to time, the other Variable Account Sub-Accounts
                    may publish their current yields and total returns in
                    advertisements and communications to Owners. The current
                    yield for each Variable Account Sub-Account will be
                    calculated by dividing the annualization of the dividend and
                    interest income earned by the underlying Fund during a
                    recent 30-day period by the maximum Accumulation Unit value
                    at the end of such period. Total return information will
                    include the underlying Fund's average annual compounded rate
                    of return over the most recent four calendar quarters and
                    the period from the underlying Fund's inception of
                    operations, based upon the value of the Accumulation Units
                    acquired through a hypothetical $1,000 investment at the
                    Accumulation Unit value at the beginning of the specified
                    period and upon the value of the Accumulation Unit at the
                    end of such period, assuming reinvestment of all
                    distributions and the deduction of the Mortality and Expense
                    Risk Charge, the Administrative Expense Charge and the
                    Account Fee. Each Variable Account Sub-Account may also
                    advertise aggregate and average total return information
                    over different periods of time.
 
                    In each case, the yield and total return figures will
                    reflect all recurring charges against the Variable Account
                    Sub-Account's income, including the deduction for the
                    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the Administrative
                    Expense Charge and the Account Fee for the applicable time
                    period. Owners should note that the investment results of
                    each Sub-Account will fluctuate over time, and any
                    presentation of a Variable Account Sub-Account's current
                    yield or total return for any prior period should not be
                    considered as a representation of what an investment may
                    earn or what a Owner's yield or total return may be in any
                    future period. See "Historical Performance Data" in the
                    Statement of Additional Information.
 
                    PERFORMANCE RANKING OR RATING
 
                    The performance of each or all of the Sub-Accounts of the
                    Variable Account may be compared in its advertising and
                    sales literature to the performance of other variable
                    annuity issuers in general or to the performance of
                    particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual
                    funds, or series of mutual funds with investment objectives
                    similar to each of the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.
                    Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper") Morningstar
                    Variable Annuity/Life Performance Report of Morningstar,
                    Inc. ("Morningstar") and the Variable Annuity Research and
                    Data Service ("VARDS-Registered Trademark-") are independent
                    services which monitor and rank or rate the performance of
                    variable annuity issuers in each of the major categories of
                    investment objectives on an industry-wide basis.
 
                    Lipper's rankings include variable life issuers as well as
                    variable annuity issuers. VARDS-Registered Trademark-
                    rankings compare only variable annuity issuers. Morningstar
                    ratings include mutual funds used by both variable life and
                    variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared
                    by Lipper and VARDS-Registered Trademark- rank such issuers
                    on the basis of total return, assuming reinvestment of
                    distributions, but do not take sales charges, redemption
                    fees or certain expense deductions at the separate account
                    level into consideration. In addition,
                    VARDS-Registered Trademark- prepares risk-adjusted rankings,
                    which consider the effects of market
 
                                                                              33
<PAGE>
   
                    risk on total return performance. This type of ranking may
                    address the question as to which funds provide the highest
                    total return with the least amount of risk. Morningstar
                    assigns ratings of zero to five stars to the mutual funds
                    taking into account primarily historical performance and
                    risk factors.
    
 
TAX MATTERS
 
                    NOTE: THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION IS BASED UPON THE COMPANY'S
                    UNDERSTANDING OF CURRENT FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW APPLICABLE
                    TO ANNUITIES IN GENERAL. THE COMPANY CANNOT PREDICT THE
                    PROBABILITY THAT ANY CHANGES IN SUCH LAWS WILL BE MADE.
                    OWNERS ARE CAUTIONED TO SEEK COMPETENT TAX ADVICE REGARDING
                    THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH CHANGES. THE COMPANY DOES NOT
                    GUARANTEE THE TAX STATUS OF THE CONTRACTS. OWNERS BEAR THE
                    COMPLETE RISK THAT THE CONTRACTS MAY NOT BE TREATED AS
                    "ANNUITY CONTRACTS" UNDER FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS.
 
                    GENERAL
 
                    Section 72 of the Code governs taxation of annuities in
                    general. An Owner is not taxed on increases in the value of
                    a Contract until distribution occurs, either in the form of
                    a lump sum payment or as annuity payments under the
                    Settlement Option elected. For a lump sum payment received
                    as a total surrender (total redemption), the recipient is
                    taxed on the portion of the payment that exceeds the cost
                    basis of the Contract. For Non-Qualified Contracts, this
                    cost basis is generally the Premium Payments, while for
                    Qualified Contracts there may be no cost basis. The taxable
                    portion of the lump sum payment is taxed at ordinary income
                    tax rates.
 
                    For annuity payments, the taxable portion is determined by a
                    formula which establishes the ratio that the cost basis of
                    the Contract bears to the total value of annuity payments
                    for the term of the Contract. The taxable portion is taxed
                    at ordinary income rates. For certain types of Qualified
                    Plans there may be no cost basis in the Contract within the
                    meaning of Section 72 of the Code. Owners, Annuitants and
                    Beneficiaries under the Contracts should seek competent
                    financial advice about the tax consequences of any
                    distributions.
 
                    The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under
                    Subchapter L of the Code. For federal income tax purposes,
                    the Variable Account is not a separate entity from the
                    Company, and its operations form a part of the Company.
                    Accordingly, the Variable Account will not be taxed
                    separately as a "regulated investment company" under
                    Subchapter M of the Code. The Company does not expect to
                    incur any federal income tax liability with respect to
                    investment income and net capital gains arising from the
                    activities of the Variable Account retained as part of the
                    reserves under the Contract. Based on this expectation, it
                    is anticipated that no charges will be made against the
                    Variable Account for federal income taxes. If, in future
                    years, any federal income taxes or other economic burden are
                    incurred by the Company with respect to the Variable Account
                    or the Contracts, the Company may make a charge for any such
                    amounts that are attributable to the Variable Account.
 
                    DIVERSIFICATION
 
                    Section 817(h) of the Code imposes certain diversification
                    standards on the underlying assets of variable annuity
                    contracts. The Code provides that a variable annuity
                    contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for any
                    period (and any subsequent period) for which the investments
                    are not adequately diversified in accordance with
                    regulations prescribed by the United States Treasury
                    Department ("Treasury Department"). Disqualification of the
                    Contract as an annuity contract would result in imposition
                    of federal income tax to the Owner with respect to earnings
                    allocable to the Contract prior to the receipt of payments
                    under the Contract. The Code contains a safe harbor
 
34
<PAGE>
                    provision which provides that annuity contracts such as the
                    Contracts meet the diversification requirements if, as of
                    the end of each quarter, the underlying assets meet the
                    diversification standards for a regulated investment company
                    and no more than fifty-five percent (55%) of the total
                    assets consist of cash, cash items, U.S. government
                    securities and securities of other regulated investment
                    companies.
 
                    Treasury Department regulations (Treas. Reg. 1.817-5)
                    established diversification requirements for the investment
                    portfolios underlying variable contracts such as the
                    Contracts. The regulations amplify the diversification
                    requirements for variable contracts set forth in the Code
                    and provide an alternative to the safe harbor provision
                    described above. Under the regulations, an investment
                    portfolio will be deemed adequately diversified if: (1) no
                    more than 55% of the value of the total assets of the
                    portfolio is represented by any one investment; (2) no more
                    than 70% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
                    is represented by any two investments; (3) no more than 80%
                    of the value of the total assets of the portfolio is
                    represented by any three investments; and (4) no more than
                    90% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio is
                    represented by any four investments.
 
                    The Code provides that for purposes of determining whether
                    or not the diversification standards imposed on the
                    underlying assets of variable contracts by Section 817(h) of
                    the Code have been met, "each United States government
                    agency or instrumentality shall be treated as a separate
                    issuer."
 
                    The Company intends, and the Trusts have undertaken, that
                    all Funds underlying the Contracts will be managed in such a
                    manner as to comply with these diversification requirements.
 
                    The Treasury Department has indicated that guidelines may be
                    forthcoming under which a variable annuity contract will not
                    be treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes if the
                    owner of the contract has excessive control over the
                    investments underlying the contract (i.e., by being able to
                    transfer values among sub-accounts with only limited
                    restrictions). The issuance of such guidelines may require
                    the Company to impose limitations on a Owner's right to
                    control the investment. It is not known whether any such
                    guidelines would have a retroactive effect.
 
                    DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
 
                    Section 72(s) of the Code requires that in order to be
                    treated as an annuity contract for Federal income tax
                    purposes, any Nonqualified Contract must provide that (a) if
                    any Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date but prior to the
                    time the entire interest in the Contract has been
                    distributed, the remaining portion of such interest will be
                    distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
                    distribution being used when the Owner died; and (b) if any
                    Owner dies prior to the Annuity Date, the entire interest in
                    the Contract will be distributed within five years after
                    such death. These requirements will be considered satisfied
                    as to any portion of the Owner's interest which is payable
                    to or for the benefit of a "designated beneficiary" and
                    which is distributed over the life of such "designated
                    beneficiary" or over a period not extending beyond the life
                    expectancy of that beneficiary, provided that such
                    distributions begin within one year of the Owner's death.
                    The Owner's "designated beneficiary" is the person
                    designated by such Owner as a Beneficiary and to whom
                    ownership of the Contract passes by reason of death and must
                    be a natural person. However, if the Owner's "designated
                    beneficiary" is the surviving spouse of the Owner, the
                    Contract may be continued with the surviving spouse as the
                    new Owner.
 
                    The Contracts contain provisions which are intended to
                    comply with the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Code,
                    although no regulations interpreting these requirements have
                    yet been issued. The Company intends to review such
                    provisions and modify them if necessary to try to assure
                    that they comply with the Section 72(s) requirements when
                    clarified by regulation or otherwise. Similar rules may
                    apply to a Qualified Contract.
 
                                                                              35
<PAGE>
                    MULTIPLE CONTRACTS
 
                    The Code provides that multiple non-qualified annuity
                    Contracts which are issued during a calendar year to the
                    same Owner by one company or its affiliates are treated as
                    one annuity Contract for purposes of determining the tax
                    consequences of any distribution. Such treatment may result
                    in adverse tax consequences, including more rapid taxation
                    of the distributed amounts from such combination of
                    Contracts. Owners should consult a tax adviser prior to
                    purchasing more than one nonqualified annuity Contract in
                    any single calendar year.
 
                    TAX TREATMENT OF ASSIGNMENTS
 
                    An assignment or pledge of a Contract may be a taxable
                    event. Owners should therefore consult competent tax
                    advisers should they wish to assign their Contracts.
 
                    WITHHOLDING
 
                    Withholding of federal income taxes on the taxable portion
                    of all distributions may be required unless the recipient
                    elects not to have any such amounts withheld and properly
                    notifies the Company of that election. Different rules may
                    apply to United States citizens or expatriates living
                    abroad. Withholding is mandatory for certain distributions
                    from Qualified Contracts. In addition, some states have
                    enacted legislation requiring withholding.
 
                    SECTION 1035 EXCHANGES
 
                    Code Section 1035 generally provides that no gain or loss
                    shall be recognized on the exchange of one annuity contract
                    for another. If the surrendered contract was issued prior to
                    August 14, 1982, the tax rules that formerly provided that
                    the surrender was taxable only to the extent the amount
                    received exceeds the owner's investment in the contract will
                    continue to apply to amounts allocable to investment in the
                    contract before August 14, 1982. Special rules and
                    procedures apply to Code Section 1035 transactions.
                    Prospective purchasers wishing to take advantage of Code
                    Section 1035 should consult their tax advisers.
 
                    TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
                    NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
 
                    Section 72 of the Code governs the treatment of
                    distributions from annuity contracts. It provides that if
                    the Annuity Account Value exceeds the aggregate Premium
                    Payments made, any amount withdrawn will be treated as
                    coming first from the earnings and then, only after the
                    income portion is exhausted, as coming from the principal.
                    Withdrawn earnings are includable in gross income. It
                    further provides that a ten percent (10%) penalty will apply
                    to the income portion of any premature distribution.
                    However, the penalty is not imposed on amounts received: (a)
                    after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death of
                    the Owner (or, if the Owner is a non-natural person, the
                    Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is totally disabled (for this
                    purpose disability is as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the
                    Code); (d) in a series of substantially equal periodic
                    payments made not less frequently than annually for the life
                    (or life expectancy) of the Payee or for the joint lives (or
                    joint life expectancies) of the Payee and his/her
                    beneficiary; (e) under an immediate annuity; or (f) which
                    are allocable to Premium Payments made prior to August 14,
                    1982.
 
                    The above information does not apply, except where noted, to
                    Qualified Contracts. However, separate tax withdrawal
                    penalties and restrictions may apply to such Qualified
                    Contracts (See "Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified
                    Contracts").
 
                    QUALIFIED PLANS
 
                    The Contracts offered by this Prospectus are designed to be
                    suitable for use under various types of Qualified Plans.
                    Because of the minimum purchase payment
 
36
<PAGE>
                    requirements, these Contracts may not be appropriate for
                    some periodic payment retirement plans. Taxation of
                    participants in each Qualified Plan varies with the type of
                    plan and terms and conditions of each specific plan. Owners,
                    Annuitants and Beneficiaries are cautioned that benefits
                    under a Qualified Plan may be subject to the terms and
                    conditions of the plan regardless of the terms and
                    conditions of the Contracts issued pursuant to the plan.
                    Although the Company provides administration for the
                    Contract, it does not provide administrative support for
                    Qualified Plans. Following are general descriptions of the
                    types of Qualified Plans with which the Contracts may be
                    used. Such descriptions are not exhaustive and are for
                    general informational purposes only. The tax rules regarding
                    Qualified Plans are very complex and will have differing
                    applications, depending on individual facts and
                    circumstances. Each purchaser should obtain competent tax
                    advice prior to purchasing a Contract issued in connection
                    with a Qualified Plan.
 
                    Special favorable tax treatment may be available for certain
                    types of contributions and distributions (including special
                    rules for certain lump sum distributions). Adverse tax
                    consequences may result from contributions in excess of
                    specified limits, distributions prior to age 59 1/2 (subject
                    to certain exceptions), distributions that do not conform to
                    specified minimum distribution rules, aggregate
                    distributions in excess of a specified annual amount, and in
                    certain other circumstances. Therefore, the Company makes no
                    attempt to provide more than general information about use
                    of the Contract with the various types of qualified plans.
                    Purchasers and participants under qualified plans as well as
                    Annuitants, Payees and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the
                    rights of any person to any benefits under qualified plans
                    may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan
                    themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the
                    Contract issued in connection therewith.
 
                    SECTION 403(b)PLANS
 
                    Under Section 403(b) of the Code, payments made by public
                    school systems and certain tax exempt organizations to
                    purchase annuity policies for their employees are excludable
                    from the gross income of the employee, subject to certain
                    limitations. However, such payments may be subject to FICA
                    (Social Security) taxes. Additionally, in accordance with
                    the requirements of the Code, Section 403(b) annuities
                    generally may not permit distribution of (i) elective
                    contributions made in years beginning after December 31,
                    1988, and (ii) earnings on those contributions and (iii)
                    earnings on amounts attributed to elective contributions
                    held as of the end of the last year beginning before January
                    1, 1989. Distributions of such amounts will be allowed only
                    upon the death of the employee, on or after attainment of
                    age 59 1/2, separation from service, disability, or
                    financial hardship, except that income attributable to
                    elective contributions may not be distributed in the case of
                    hardship.
 
                    INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES
 
                    Sections 219 and 408 of the Code permit individuals or their
                    employers to contribute to an individual retirement program
                    known as an "Individual Retirement Annuity" or an "IRA".
                    Individual Retirement Annuities are subject to limitation on
                    the amount which may be contributed and deducted and the
                    time when distributions may commence. In addition,
                    distributions from certain other types of qualified plans
                    may be placed into an Individual Retirement Annuity on a
                    tax-deferred basis.
 
                    CORPORATE PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING PLANS AND H.R. 10 PLANS
 
                    Section 401(a) and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate
                    employers to establish various types of retirement plans for
                    employees and self-employed individuals to establish
                    qualified plans for themselves and their employees. Such
                    retirement plans may permit the purchase of the Contracts to
                    provide benefits under the plans.
 
                                                                              37
<PAGE>
                    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS
 
                    Section 457 of the Code, while not actually providing for a
                    qualified plan as that term is normally used, provides for
                    certain deferred compensation plans with respect to service
                    for state governments, local governments, political
                    sub-divisions, agencies, instrumentalities and certain
                    affiliates of such entities and tax exempt organizations
                    which enjoy special treatment. The Contracts can be used
                    with such plans. Under such plans a participant may specify
                    the form of investment in which his or her participation
                    will be made. All such investments, however, are owned by,
                    and are subject to, the claims of the general creditors of
                    the sponsoring employer.
 
                    The above description of federal income tax consequences
                    pertaining to the different types of Qualified Plans that
                    may be funded by the Contracts is only a brief summary and
                    is not intended as tax advice. The rules governing the
                    provisions of Qualified Plans are extremely complex and
                    often difficult to comprehend. Anything less than full
                    compliance with the applicable rules, all of which are
                    subject to change, may have significant adverse tax
                    consequences. A prospective purchaser considering the
                    purchase of a Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan
                    should first consult a qualified and competent tax adviser
                    with regard to the suitability of the Contract as an
                    investment vehicle for the Qualified Plan.
 
                    TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
                    QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
 
                    Section 72(t) of the Code imposes a 10% penalty tax on the
                    taxable portion of any distribution from qualified
                    retirement plans, including Contracts issued and qualified
                    under Code Sections 401, 403(b), 408 and 457. To the extent
                    amounts are not includable in gross income because they have
                    been properly rolled over to an IRA or to another eligible
                    Qualified Plan, no tax penalty will be imposed. The tax
                    penalty will not apply to the following distributions: (a)
                    if distribution is made on or after the date on which the
                    Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) distributions following the
                    death of the Owner or Annuitant (as applicable) or
                    disability of the Payee (for this purpose disability is as
                    defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (c) after
                    separation from service, distributions that are part of
                    substantially equal periodic payments made not less
                    frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
                    of the Payee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies)
                    of such Payee and his/her designated beneficiary; (d)
                    distributions to a Payee who has separated from service
                    after attaining age 55; (e) distributions made to the extent
                    such distributions do not exceed the amount allowable as a
                    deduction under Code Section 213 to the Payee for amounts
                    paid during the taxable year for medical care: and (f)
                    distributions made to an alternate payee pursuant to a
                    qualified domestic relations order.
 
                    The exceptions stated in Items (d), (e) and (f) above do not
                    apply in the case of an Individual Retirement Annuity.
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
                    Audited financial statements of the Company as of December
                    31, 1996 and 1995 and for each of the three years in the
                    period ended December 31, 1996 are included in the Statement
                    of Additional Information, as are audited financial
                    statements for the Variable Account, which commenced
                    operations April 10, 1995, as of and for the periods (as
                    defined in the financial statements) ended December 31,
                    1996.
    
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
                    There are no legal proceedings to which the Variable
                    Account, the Distributor or the Company is a party except
                    for routine litigation which the Company does not believe is
                    relevant to the Contracts offered by this Prospectus.
 
38
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
A Statement of Additional Information which contains more details concerning
some subjects discussed in this Prospectus is available (at no cost) by calling
or writing the Annuity & Variable Life Services Center. The following is the
Table of Contents for that Statement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               TABLE OF CONTENTS                     PAGE
<S>                                               <C>
THE CONTRACTS-GENERAL PROVISIONS................           3
  The Contracts.................................           3
  Loans.........................................           3
  Non-Participating Contracts...................           3
  Misstatement of Age...........................           3
CALCULATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUES..........           3
  Variable Accumulation Unit Value and
   Variable Accumulation Value..................           3
  Net Investment Factor.........................           4
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS AND TABLES..................           4
  Variable Account Unit Value Calculations......           4
  Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment
   Tables.......................................           5
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY.................           6
ADMINISTRATION..................................           7
ACCOUNT INFORMATION.............................           7
 
<CAPTION>
               TABLE OF CONTENTS                     PAGE
<S>                                               <C>
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS...................           7
CUSTODY OF ASSETS...............................           7
HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA.....................           8
  Money Market Sub-Account Yield................           8
  Other Sub-Account Yields......................           8
  Total Returns.................................           9
  Other Performance Data........................           9
LEGAL MATTERS...................................          10
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS...............................          10
EXPERTS.........................................          10
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................          10
  Connecticut General Life Insurance Company....          11
  CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II.......          33
APPENDIX I......................................          55
  Variable Account Unit Value Sample
   Calculations for New York Contracts Issued
   Before May 1, 1996...........................          55
</TABLE>
 
                                                                              39
<PAGE>
                            PART A. PROSPECTUS NO. 2
<PAGE>
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
                                                                     [LOGO]
CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>                              <C>                         <C>
HOME OFFICE LOCATION:    MAILING ADDRESS:                 LOCKBOX ADDRESS: BY MAIL:   LOCKBOX ADDRESS: BY OVERNIGHT:
900 COTTAGE GROVE ROAD   CIGNA INDIVIDUAL INSURANCE       CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE    CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE
HARTFORD, CT 06152       ANNUITY & VARIABLE LIFE          INSURANCE COMPANY           INSURANCE COMPANY
                         SERVICES                         P.O. BOX 30790              C/O FLEET BANK
                         CENTER: ROUTING S-249            HARTFORD, CT 06150          20 CHURCH STREET
                         HARTFORD, CT 06152 - 2249                                    20TH FLOOR, MSN275
                                                                                      HARTFORD, CT 06120
                                                                                      ATTN: LOCKBOX 30790
                                             TELEPHONE: (800) (552-9898)
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
              FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    The Flexible Payment Deferred Variable Annuity Contracts (the "Contracts")
described in this prospectus provide for accumulation of Contract Values and
eventual payment of monthly annuity payments on a fixed or variable basis. The
Contracts are designed to aid individuals in long term planning for retirement
or other long term purposes. The Contracts are available for retirement plans
which do not qualify for the special federal tax advantages available under the
Internal Revenue Code ("Non-Qualified Plans") and for retirement plans which do
qualify for the federal tax advantages available under the Internal Revenue Code
("Qualified Plans"). (See "Tax Matters -- Qualified Plans.") Premium payments
for the Contracts will be allocated to a segregated investment account of
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company"), designated CG
Variable Annuity Separate Account II (the "Variable Account"), or to the Fixed
Account, or some combination of them, as selected by the owner of the Contract.
 
    The following funding options are available under a Contract: Through the
Variable Account, the Company offers nineteen diversified open-end management
investment companies (commonly called mutual funds), each with a different
investment objective: Alger American Fund -- Alger American Small Capitalization
Portfolio, Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio, Alger American MidCap
Growth Portfolio and Alger American Growth Portfolio; Fidelity Variable
Insurance Products Fund -- Equity-Income Portfolio, Money Market Portfolio, High
Income Portfolio and Overseas Portfolio; Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
Fund II -- Investment Grade Bond Portfolio and Asset Manager Portfolio;
MFS-Registered Trademark- Variable Insurance Trust -- MFS Total Return Series,
MFS Utilities Series and MFS World Governments Series; Neuberger & Berman
Advisers Management Trust -- Balanced Portfolio, Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio
and Partners Portfolio; OCC Accumulation Trust -- Global Equity Portfolio,
Managed Portfolio and Small Cap Portfolio. The fixed interest option offered
under a Contract is the Fixed Account. Premium payments or transfers allocated
to the Fixed Account, and 3% interest per year thereon, are guaranteed, and
additional interest may be credited, with certain withdrawals subject to a
market value adjustment and withdrawal charges. Unless specifically mentioned,
this prospectus only describes the variable investment options.
 
    This entire prospectus, and those of the Funds, should be read carefully
before investing to understand the Contracts being offered. The "Statement of
Additional Information" dated May 1, 1997, available at no charge by calling or
writing the Company's Annuity & Variable Life Services Center as shown above,
provides further information. Its table of contents is at the end of this
prospectus.
 
    THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE CURRENT PROSPECTUSES
OF THE MUTUAL FUNDS AVAILABLE AS FUNDING OPTIONS FOR THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY
THIS PROSPECTUS. ALL PROSPECTUSES SHOULD BE RETAINED FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
 
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                         PROSPECTUS DATED: MAY 1, 1997
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   CONTENTS                        PAGE
<S>                                              <C>
DEFINITIONS....................................          3
HIGHLIGHTS.....................................          5
FEES AND EXPENSES..............................          7
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION................         11
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT...........         12
THE FUNDS......................................         12
  General......................................         15
  Substitution of Securities...................         15
  Voting Rights................................         16
PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND CONTRACT VALUE............         16
  Premium Payments.............................         16
  Allocation of Premium Payments...............         16
  Optional Variable Account Sub-Account
   Allocation Programs.........................         17
  Dollar Cost Averaging........................         17
  Automatic Rebalancing........................         18
  Contract Value...............................         19
  Accumulation Unit............................         19
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS.........................         19
  Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (Sales
   Load).......................................         19
  Mortality and Expense Risk Charge............         20
  Administrative Expense Charge................         21
  Account Fee..................................         21
  Premium Tax Equivalents......................         21
  Income Taxes.................................         21
  Fund Expenses................................         22
  Transfer Fee.................................         22
  Optional Death Benefit.......................         22
OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES........................         24
  Ownership....................................         24
  Assignment...................................         24
  Beneficiary..................................         24
  Change of Beneficiary........................         24
  Annuitant....................................         25
  Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-
   Accounts....................................         25
  Procedures for Telephone Transfers...........         26
  Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals...........         26
  Delay of Payments and Transfers..............         26
  Death of the Contract Owner before the
   Annuity Date................................         27
  Death of the Annuitant before the Annuity
   Date........................................         28
 
<CAPTION>
                   CONTENTS                        PAGE
<S>                                              <C>
 
  Death of the Annuitant after
   the Annuity Date                                     28
  Change in Operation of Variable Account......         28
  Modification.................................         28
  Discontinuance...............................         29
ANNUITY PROVISIONS.............................         29
  Annuity Date; Change in Annuity Date and
   Annuity Option..............................         29
  Annuity Options..............................         29
  Fixed Options................................         29
  Variable Options.............................         30
  Evidence of Survival.........................         31
  Endorsement of Annuity Payments..............         31
THE FIXED ACCOUNT..............................         31
  Market Value Adjustment......................         33
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS..................         34
PERFORMANCE DATA...............................         34
  Money Market Sub-Account.....................         34
  Other Variable Account Sub-Accounts..........         34
  Performance Ranking or Rating................         35
TAX MATTERS....................................         35
  General......................................         35
  Diversification..............................         36
  Distribution Requirements....................         37
  Multiple Contracts...........................         37
  Tax Treatment of Assignments.................         37
  Withholding..................................         38
  Section 1035 Exchanges.......................         38
  Tax Treatment of Withdrawals Non-Qualified
   Contracts...................................         38
  Qualified Plans..............................         38
  Section 403(b) Plans.........................         39
  Individual Retirement Annuities..............         39
  Corporate Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans
   and H.R. 10 Plans...........................         39
  Deferred Compensation Plans..................         39
  Tax Treatment of Withdrawals Qualified
   Contracts...................................         40
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS...........................         40
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS..............................         40
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF
 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION........................         41
APPENDIX I.....................................         42
  Illustration of Cost of Optional Death
   Benefits....................................         42
</TABLE>
 
2
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
 
                    ACCUMULATION PERIOD: The period from the Effective Date to
                    the Annuity Date, the date on which the Death Benefit
                    becomes payable or the date on which the Contract is
                    surrendered or annuitized, whichever is earliest.
 
                    ACCUMULATION UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the
                    value of the Owner's interest in each funding option used in
                    the variable portion of the Contract prior to the Annuity
                    Date.
 
                    ANNUITANT: A person designated by the Owner in writing upon
                    whose continuation of life any series of payments for a
                    definite period or involving life contingencies depends. If
                    the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the Owner
                    becomes the Annuitant until naming a new Annuitant.
 
                    ANNUITY & VARIABLE LIFE SERVICES CENTER: The office of the
                    Company to which notices are given and any customer service
                    requests are made. Mailing address: CIGNA Individual
                    Insurance, Annuity & Variable Life Services Center, Routing
                    S-249, Hartford, CT 06152-2249. Premium payments must be
                    sent, and all other correspondence may be sent, to either
                    Lockbox address: If by mail: P.O. Box 30790, Hartford, CT
                    06150; If by overnight courier: c/o Fleet Bank, 20 Church
                    Street, 20th Floor, MSN275, Hartford, CT 06120, Attn:
                    Lockbox 30790.
 
                    ANNUITY ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of the Contract at any
                    point in time.
 
                    ANNUITY DATE: The date on which annuity payments commence.
 
                    ANNUITY OPTION: The arrangement under which annuity payments
                    are made.
 
                    ANNUITY PERIOD: The period starting on the Annuity Date.
 
                    ANNUITY UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the portion
                    of annuity payments attributable to each funding option used
                    in the variable portion of the Contract on and after the
                    Annuity Date.
 
                    BENEFICIARY: The person entitled to the Death Benefit, who
                    must also be the "Designated Beneficiary", for purposes of
                    Section 72(s) of the Code, upon the Owner's death.
 
                    CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
                    COMPANY: Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.
 
                    CONTRACT: The Variable Annuity Contract described in this
                    prospectus.
 
                    CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, CONTRACT YEAR, EFFECTIVE DATE: The
                    Contract's Effective Date is the date it is issued. It is
                    also the date on which the first Contract Year, a 12-month
                    period, begins. Subsequent Contract Years begin on each
                    Contract Anniversary, which is the anniversary of the
                    Effective Date.
 
                    CONTRACT MONTH: The period from one Monthly Anniversary Date
                    to the next.
 
                    CONTRACT OWNER (OR OWNER): The person(s) initially
                    designated in the application or order to purchase or
                    otherwise, unless later changed, as having all ownership
                    rights under the Contract.
 
                    FIXED ACCOUNT: The portion of the Contract under which
                    principal is guaranteed and interest is credited. Fixed
                    Account Assets are maintained in the Company's General
                    Account and not allocated to the Variable Account.
 
                    FIXED ANNUITY: An annuity with payments which do not vary as
                    to dollar amount.
 
                                                                               3
<PAGE>
                    FUND(S): One or more of Alger American Fund -- Alger
                    American Small Capitalization Portfolio, Alger American
                    Leveraged AllCap Portfolio, Alger American MidCap Growth
                    Portfolio and Alger American Growth Portfolio; Fidelity
                    Variable Insurance Products Fund -- Equity-Income Portfolio,
                    Money Market Portfolio, High Income Portfolio and Overseas
                    Portfolio; Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II --
                    Investment Grade Bond Portfolio and Asset Manager Portfolio;
                    MFS-Registered Trademark- Variable Insurance Trust -- MFS
                    Total Return Series, MFS Utilities Series and MFS World
                    Governments Series; Neuberger & Berman Advisers Management
                    Trust -- Balanced Portfolio, Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio
                    and Partners Portfolio; OCC Accumulation Trust -- Global
                    Equity Portfolio, Managed Portfolio and Small Cap Portfolio.
                    Each is an open-end management investment company (mutual
                    fund) whose shares are available to fund the benefits
                    provided by the Contract.
 
                    GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE: The rate of interest credited by
                    the Company on a compound annual basis during a Guaranteed
                    Period.
 
                    GUARANTEED PERIOD: The period for which interest, at either
                    an initial or subsequent Guaranteed Interest Rate, will be
                    credited to any amounts which an Owner allocates to a Fixed
                    Account Sub-Account. In most states in which these Contracts
                    are issued, this period may be one, three, five, seven or
                    ten years, as elected by the Owner.
 
                    GUARANTEED PERIOD AMOUNT: Any portion of a Purchaser's
                    Annuity Account Value allocated to a specific Guaranteed
                    Period with a specified Expiration Date (including credited
                    interest thereon).
 
                    INDEX RATE: An index rate based on the Treasury Constant
                    Maturity Series published by the Federal Reserve Board.
 
                    IN WRITING: In a written form satisfactory to the Company
                    and received by the Company at its Annuity & Variable Life
                    Services Center.
 
                    MONTHLY ANNIVERSARY DATE: The monthly anniversary of the
                    Effective Date, as shown on the specifications page of the
                    Contract, when the Company makes the monthly calculation of
                    any charge for the Optional Death Benefit.
 
                    NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS: A Contract used in connection with
                    a retirement plan which does not receive favorable federal
                    income tax treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408, or
                    457. The owner of a Non-Qualified Contract must be a natural
                    person or an agent for a natural person in order for the
                    Contract to receive favorable income tax treatment as an
                    annuity.
 
                    PAYEE: A recipient of payments under the Contract.
 
                    PREMIUM PAYMENT: Any amount paid to the Company cleared in
                    good funds as consideration for the benefits provided by the
                    Contract. Includes the initial Premium Payment and
                    subsequent Premium Payments.
 
                    QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract used in connection with a
                    retirement plan which receives favorable federal income tax
                    treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408 or 457.
 
                    SEVEN YEAR ANNIVERSARY: The seventh Contract Anniversary and
                    each succeeding Contract Anniversary occurring at any seven
                    year interval thereafter, for example, the 7th, 14th, 21st
                    and 28th Contract Anniversaries.
 
                    SHARES: Shares of a Fund.
 
                    SUB-ACCOUNT: That portion of the Fixed Account associated
                    with specific Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest
                    Rate(s) and that portion of the Variable Account which
                    invests in shares of a specific Fund.
 
4
<PAGE>
                    SURRENDER (OR WITHDRAWAL): When a lump sum amount
                    representing all or part of the Annuity Account Value (minus
                    any applicable withdrawal charges, contract fees, and
                    premium tax equivalents and adjusted for any Market Value
                    Adjustment) is paid to the Owner. After a full surrender,
                    all of the Owner's rights under the Contract are terminated.
                    In this prospectus, the terms "surrender" and "withdrawal"
                    are used interchangeably.
 
                    SURRENDER DATE: The date the Company processes the Owner's
                    election to surrender the Contract or to receive a partial
                    withdrawal.
 
                    VALUATION DATE: Every day on which Accumulation Units are
                    valued, which is each day on which the New York Stock
                    Exchange ("NYSE") is open for business, except any day on
                    which trading on the NYSE is restricted, or on which an
                    emergency exists, as determined by the Securities and
                    Exchange Commission ("Commission"), so that valuation or
                    disposal of securities is not practicable.
 
                    VALUATION PERIOD: The period of time beginning on the day
                    following the Valuation Date and ending on the next
                    Valuation Date. A Valuation Period may be more than one day
                    in length.
 
                    VARIABLE ACCOUNT: CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II, a
                    separate account of the Company under Connecticut law, in
                    which the assets of the Sub-Account(s) funded through shares
                    of one or more of the Funds are maintained. Assets of the
                    Variable Account attributable to the Contracts are not
                    chargeable with the general liabilities of the Company.
 
                    VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
                    calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
                    Owner's Annuity Account during the Accumulation Period.
 
                    VARIABLE ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
                    calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
                    Owner's Annuity Account during the Annuity Period, to
                    determine the amount of each variable annuity payment.
 
HIGHLIGHTS
 
                    Premium Payments attributable to the variable portion of the
                    Contracts will be allocated to a segregated asset account of
                    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company")
                    which has been designated CG Variable Annuity Separate
                    Account II (the "Variable Account"). The Variable Account
                    invests in shares of one or more of the Funds available to
                    fund the Contract as selected by the Owner. Contract Owners
                    bear the investment risk for all amounts allocated to the
                    Variable Account. The Contract's provisions may vary in some
                    states. Inquiries about the Contracts may be made to the
                    Company's Annuity & Variable Life Services Center.
 
                    The Contract may be returned within 10 days after it is
                    received, longer in some states. It can be mailed or
                    delivered to either the Company or the agent who sold it.
                    Return of the Contract by mail is effective on being
                    postmarked, properly addressed and postage prepaid. The
                    Company will promptly refund the Contract Value in states
                    where permitted. This may be more or less than the Premium
                    Payment. In states where required, the Company will promptly
                    refund the Premium Payment, less any partial surrenders. The
                    Company has the right to allocate initial Premium Payments
                    to the Money Market Sub-Account until the expiration of the
                    right-to-examine period. If the Company does so allocate an
                    initial Premium Payment, it will refund the greater of the
                    Premium Payment, less any partial surrenders, or the
                    Contract Value. It is the Company's current practice to
                    directly allocate the initial Premium Payment to the Fund(s)
                    designated in the application or order to purchase, unless
                    state law requires a refund of Premium Payments rather than
                    of Annuity Account Value.
 
                                                                               5
<PAGE>
                    A Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) may be
                    deducted in the event of a full surrender or partial
                    withdrawal. The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is imposed
                    on Premium Payments within seven (7) years after their being
                    made. Contract Owners may, during each Contract Year,
                    withdraw up to fifteen percent (15%) of Premium Payments
                    made, or any remaining portion thereof, ("the Fifteen
                    Percent Free") without incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales
                    Charge. The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will vary in
                    amount, depending upon the Contract Year in which the
                    Premium Payment being surrendered or withdrawn was made. For
                    purposes of determining the applicability of the Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge, surrenders and withdrawals are deemed
                    to be on a first-in, first-out basis.
 
                    The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is found in the fee
                    table (See "Charges and Deductions -- Contingent Deferred
                    Sales Charge (Sales Load)"). The maximum Contingent Deferred
                    Sales Charge is 7% of Premium Payments. There may also be a
                    Market Value Adjustment on surrenders, withdrawals or
                    transfers from the Fixed Account portion of the Contract.
 
                    There is a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge which is equal,
                    on an annual basis, to 1.20% of the average daily net assets
                    of the Variable Account. This Charge compensates the Company
                    for assuming the mortality and expense risks under the
                    Contract (See "Charges and Deductions -- Mortality and
                    Expense Risk Charge"), other than the Optional Death Benefit
                    risk (See "Charges and Deductions -- Optional Death
                    Benefit").
 
                    There is an Administrative Expense Charge which is equal, on
                    an annual basis, to 0.10% of the average daily net assets of
                    the Variable Account (See "Charges and Deductions --
                    Administrative Expense Charge").
 
                    There is an annual Account Fee of $35 unless the Annuity
                    Account Value equals or exceeds $100,000 at the end of the
                    Contract Year (See "Charges and Deductions -- Account Fee").
 
                    There is a charge for any Optional Death Benefit(s) elected
                    (See "Charges and Deductions -- Optional Death Benefit").
 
                    Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state or
                    other governmental entity will be charged against Annuity
                    Account Value (See "Charges and Deductions -- Premium
                    Taxes").
 
                    Under certain circumstances there may be assessed a $10
                    transfer fee when a Contract Owner transfers Annuity Account
                    Values from one Sub-Account to another (See "Charges and
                    Deductions -- Transfer Fee").
 
                    There is a ten percent (10%) federal income tax penalty
                    applied to the income portion of any premature distribution
                    from Non-Qualified Contracts. However, the penalty is not
                    imposed on amounts distributed:
 
                    (a) after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death
                    of the Contract Owner (or, if the Contract Owner is not a
                    natural person, the Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is totally
                    disabled (for this purpose, disability is as defined in
                    Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (d) in a series of
                    substantially equal periodic payments made not less
                    frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
                    of the Payee or for the joint lives (or joint life
                    expectancies) of the Payee and his or her beneficiary; (e)
                    under an immediate annuity; or (f) which are allocable to
                    Premium Payments made prior to August 14, 1982. For federal
                    income tax purposes, distributions are deemed to be on a
                    last-in, first-out basis. Different tax withdrawal penalties
                    and restrictions apply to Qualified Contracts issued
 
6
<PAGE>
                    pursuant to plans qualified under Code Section 401, 403(b),
                    408 or 457. (See "Tax Matters -- Tax Treatment of
                    Withdrawals -- Qualified Contracts.") For a further
                    discussion of the taxation of the Contracts, see "Tax
                    Matters."
 
                    MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. In certain situations, a surrender
                    or transfer of amounts from the Fixed Account will be
                    subject to a Market Value Adjustment. The Market Value
                    Adjustment will reflect the relationship between a rate
                    based on an index published by the Federal Reserve Board as
                    to current yields on U.S. government securities of various
                    maturities at the time a surrender or transfer is made
                    ("Index Rate"), and the Index Rate at the time that the
                    Premium Payments being surrendered or transferred were made.
                    Generally, if the Index Rate at the time of surrender or
                    transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the time the
                    Premium Payment was allocated, then the application of the
                    Market Value Adjustment will result in a higher payment upon
                    surrender or transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the
                    time of surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate
                    at the time the Premium Payment was allocated, the
                    application of the Market Value Adjustment will generally
                    result in a lower payment upon surrender or transfer. It is
                    not applied against a surrender or transfer taking place at
                    the end of the Guaranteed Period.
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
                    CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION FEES
 
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of Premium
                    Payments):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           YEARS SINCE
                             PAYMENT        CHARGE
                          -------------     ------
<S>                       <C>            <C>            <C>
                                  0-1             7%
                                  1-2             6%
                                                        A Contract Owner may, during each Contract Year, withdraw up to
                                  2-3             5%    15% of Premium Payments made, or the remaining portion thereof,
                                  3-4             4%    without incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
                                  4-5             3%
                                  5-6             2%
                                  6-7             1%
                                   7+             0
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                   <C>  <C>
                 Transfer Fee........  $10
 
                 - Not imposed on the first twelve transfers during a Contract Year.
                 Pre-scheduled automatic dollar cost averaging or automatic
                   rebalancing transfers are not counted.
 
                 Account Fee.........  $35 per Contract Year
 
                 - Waived if Annuity Account Value at the end of the Contract Year
                 is $100,000 or more. A Contract Owner may also elect the Optional
                   Death Benefit(s) for which there is a charge, prorated among the
                   Sub-Accounts, which depends on the age and gender classification
                   (in accordance with state law) of the Owner (or the Annuitant, if
                   the Owner is a non-natural person) and on the dollar amount which
                   is at risk. (See "Charges and Deductions -- Optional Death
                   Benefit.")
</TABLE>
 
                    VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>          <C>
                     (as a percentage of average account
                     value)
 
                     Mortality and Expense Risk Charge.......        1.20%
                     Administrative Expense Charge...........        0.10%
                                                                   ---
                     Total Variable Account Annual                   1.30%
                     Expenses................................
</TABLE>
 
                                                                               7
<PAGE>
EXPENSE DATA
 
The purpose of the following Table is to help Purchasers and prospective
purchasers understand the costs and expenses that are borne, directly and
indirectly, by Purchasers assuming that all Premium Payments are allocated to
the Variable Account. The table reflects expenses of the Variable Account as
well as of the Individual Funds underlying the Variable Sub-Accounts.
 
                                   FEE TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                ALGER AMERICAN FUND
    -------------------------------------------                     FIDELITY VARIABLE INSURANCE
                 ALGER      ALGER                                          PRODUCTS FUNDS
     ALGER     AMERICAN    AMERICAN     ALGER     ----------------------------------------------------------------
    AMERICAN   LEVERAGED    MIDCAP    AMERICAN     ASSET     EQUITY     INVESTMENT     MONEY      HIGH
     GROWTH     ALLCAP      GROWTH    SMALL CAP   MANAGER    INCOME     GRADE BOND    MARKET     INCOME   OVERSEAS
    PORTFOLIO  PORTFOLIO   PORTFOLIO  PORTFOLIO   PORTFOLIO PORTFOLIO   PORTFOLIO    PORTFOLIO    FUND    PORTFOLIO
    --------   ---------   --------   ---------   -------   ---------   ----------   ---------   ------   --------
  <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>      <C>
SEPARATE
 ACCOUNT
 ANNUAL
 EXPENSES
Mortality
 and
 Expense
 Risk
 Charge...   1.20%   1.20%   1.20%      1.20%      1.20%      1.20%        1.20%       1.20%      1.20%     1.20%
Administrative
 Expense
 Charge...   0.10%   0.10%   0.10%      0.10%      0.10%      0.10%        0.10%       0.10%      0.10%     0.10%
Total
Separate
 Account
 Annual
 Expenses...   1.30%   1.30%   1.30%    1.30%      1.30%      1.30%        1.30%       1.30%      1.30%     1.30%
FUND
PORTFOLIO
 ANNUAL
 EXPENSES
Management
 Fees...   0.75%   0.85%     0.80%      0.85%      0.71%      0.51%        0.45%       0.24%      0.60%     0.76%
Other
Expenses...   0.10%   0.71%   0.10%     0.07%      0.08%      0.10%        0.14%       0.09%      0.11%     0.15%
Total
 Fund
 Portfolio
 Annual
 Expenses...   0.85%   1.56%(1)   0.90%   0.92%    0.79%(2)   0.61%        0.59%       0.33%      0.71%(2)   0.91%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Included in Other Expenses of the Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio
    is .06% of interest expense. Absent reimbursements, the amounts of Other
    Expenses and Total Fund Expenses would be 3.07% and 3.92% respectively, for
    the Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.
 
(2) A portion of the brokerage commissions the Fund paid was used to reduce its
    expenses. Without this reduction, Total Fund Portfolio Annual Expenses would
    have been 0.81% for the Asset Manager Portfolio, and 0.71% for the High
    Income Portfolio. (note -- there were brokerage commissions paid but it did
    not affect the ratio.)
 
8
<PAGE>
 
The table does not reflect the deductions for the annual $35 Account Fee,
charges for any Optional Death Benefits selected, or premium tax equivalents.
The information set forth should be considered together with the information
provided in this Prospectus under the heading "Fees and Expenses", and in each
Fund's Prospectus. All expenses are expressed as a percentage of average account
value.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST                      NEUBERGER&BERMAN
- ----------------------------------------          ADVISERS MANAGEMENT TRUST(5)
                                             ---------------------------------------             OCC ACCUMULATION TRUST
   MFS                                                       LIMITED                    -----------------------------------------
  TOTAL          MFS         MFS WORLD                      MATURITY                      GLOBAL
  RETURN      UTILITIES     GOVERNMENTS       BALANCED        BOND        PARTNERS        EQUITY         MANAGED       SMALL CAP
  SERIES       SERIES         SERIES          PORTFOLIO     PORTFOLIO     PORTFOLIO      PORTFOLIO      PORTFOLIO      PORTFOLIO
- ----------   -----------   -------------     -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
 
<S>          <C>           <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
   1.20%         1.20%           1.20%           1.20%         1.20%         1.20%          1.20%          1.20%          1.20%
 
   0.10%         0.10%           0.10%           0.10%         0.10%         0.10%          0.10%          0.10%          0.10%
 
   1.30%         1.30%           1.30%           1.30%         1.30%         1.30%          1.30%          1.30%          1.30%
 
   0.75%         0.75%           0.75%           0.85%         0.65%         0.85%          0.80%          0.80%          0.80%
   0.25%         0.25%           0.25%           0.19%         0.10%         0.30%          0.45%          0.14%          0.20%
 
   1.00%(3)      1.00%(3)        1.00%(4)        1.04%         0.75%         1.15%          1.25%(6)       0.94%(6)       1.00%(6)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(3) The Funds' Adviser has agreed to bear, subject to reimbursement, expenses
    for each of the Total Return Series and Utilities Series, such that each
    Series' aggregate operating expense shall not exceed, on an annualized
    basis, 1.00% of the average daily net assets of the Series from November 2,
    1994 through December 31, 1996, 1.25% of the average daily net assets of the
    Series from January 1, 1997 through December 31, 1998, and 1.50% of the
    average daily net assets of the Series from January 1, 1999 through December
    31, 2004; provided however, that this obligation may be terminated or
    revised at any time. Absent this expense arrangement, "Other Expenses" and
    "Total Annual Expenses" would be 2.02% and 2.77%, respectively, for the
    Total Return Series, and 2.33% and 3.08%, respectively, for the Utility
    Series.
 
(4) The Funds' Adviser has agreed to bear, subject to reimbursement, until
    December 31, 2004, expenses of the World Governments Series such that the
    Series' aggregate operating expenses do not exceed 1.00%, on an annualized
    basis, of its average daily net assets. Absent this expense arrangement,
    "Other Expenses" and "Total Annual Expenses" for the World Governments
    Series would be 1.24% and 1.99%, respectively.
 
(5) Neuberger&Berman Advisers Management Trust (the "Trust") is divided into
    portfolios ("Portfolios"), each of which invests all of its net investable
    assets in a corresponding series ("Series") of Advisers Managers Trust.
    Expenses in the table reflect expenses of the Portfolios and include each
    Portfolio's pro rata portion of the operating expenses of each Portfolio's
    corresponding Series. The Portfolios pay Neuberger&Berman Management Inc.
    ("NBMI") an administration fee based on the Portfolios' net asset value.
    Each portfolio's corresponding Series pays NBMI a management fee based on
    the Series' average daily net assets. Accordingly, this table combines
    management fees at the Series level and administration fees at the Portfolio
    level in a unified fee rate. See "Expenses" in the Trust's Prospectus.
 
(6) The annual expenses of the OCC Accumulation Trust Portfolios as of December
    31, 1995 have been restated to reflect new management fee and expense
    limitation arrangements in effect as of May 1, 1996. Effective May 1, 1996,
    the expenses of the Portfolios of the OCC Accumulation Trust are
    contractually limited by OpCap Advisors so that their respective annualized
    operating expenses do not exceed 1.25% of their respective average daily net
    assets. Furthermore, through April 30, 1997, the annualized operating
    expenses of the Managed and Small Cap Portfolios will be voluntarily limited
    by OpCap Advisors so that annualized operating expenses of these Portfolios
    do not exceed 1.00% of their respective average daily net assets. Without
    such voluntary expense limitations, and taking into account the revised
    contractual provisions effective May 1, 1996 concerning management fees and
    expense limitations, the Management Fees, Other Expenses and Total Portfolio
    Annual Expenses incurred for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 would
    have been: .80%, .45% and 1.25%, respectively, for the Global Equity
    Portfolio; .80%, .14% and .94%, respectively, for the Managed Portfolio; and
    .80%, .39% and 1.19%, respectively, for the Small Cap Portfolio.
 
                                                                               9
<PAGE>
                    EXAMPLES
 
                    The Contract Owner would pay the following expenses on a
                    $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets,
                    and assuming all Premium Payments are allocated to the
                    Variable Account:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1 YEAR       3 YEARS      5 YEARS     10 YEARS
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                     1. IF THE CONTRACT IS SURRENDERED AT THE END OF THE APPLICABLE TIME
                      PERIOD:
                     Alger Small Capitalization Portfolio.....................   $      83    $     114    $     148    $     262
                     Alger Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.........................   $      89    $     133    $     180    $     324
                     Alger MidCap Growth Portfolio............................   $      83    $     113    $     147    $     260
                     Alger Growth Portfolio...................................   $      82    $     112    $     144    $     254
                     Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio.....................   $      80    $     105    $     132    $     230
                     Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio......................   $      77    $      96    $     118    $     200
                     Fidelity VIP High Income Portfolio.......................   $      81    $     108    $     137    $     240
                     Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolios.........................   $      83    $     114    $     147    $     261
                     Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio..........   $      79    $     104    $     131    $     227
                     Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio..................   $      81    $     110    $     141    $     248
                     MFS Total Return Series..................................   $      84    $     116    $     152    $     270
                     MFS Utilities Series.....................................   $      84    $     116    $     152    $     270
                     MFS World Governments Series.............................   $      84    $     116    $     152    $     270
                     AMT Balanced Portfolio...................................   $      84    $     118    $     154    $     274
                     AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio......................   $      81    $     109    $     139    $     244
                     AMT Partners Portfolio...................................   $      85    $     121    $     159    $     285
                     OCC Global Equity Portfolio..............................   $      86    $     124    $     164    $     295
                     OCC Managed Portfolio....................................   $      83    $     115    $     149    $     264
                     OCC Small Cap Portfolio..................................   $      84    $     116    $     152    $     270
</TABLE>
 
                    2.  IF THE CONTRACT IS NOT SURRENDERED OR IF IT IS
                    ANNUITIZED:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                     Alger Small Capitalization Portfolio.....   $      23    $      71    $     122    $     262
                     Alger Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.........   $      30    $      91    $     154    $     324
                     Alger MidCap Growth Portfolio............   $      23    $      71    $     121    $     260
                     Alger Growth Portfolio...................   $      22    $      69    $     119    $     254
                     Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio.....   $      20    $      62    $     106    $     230
                     Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio......   $      17    $      53    $      92    $     200
                     Fidelity VIP High Income Portfolio.......   $      21    $      65    $     112    $     240
                     Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolios.........   $      23    $      71    $     122    $     261
                     Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond
                      Portfolio...............................   $      20    $      61    $     105    $     227
                     Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager
                      Portfolio...............................   $      22    $      68    $     116    $     248
                     MFS Total Return Series..................   $      24    $      74    $     126    $     270
                     MFS Utilities Series.....................   $      24    $      74    $     126    $     270
                     MFS World Governments Series.............   $      24    $      74    $     126    $     270
                     AMT Balanced Portfolio...................   $      24    $      75    $     128    $     274
                     AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio......   $      21    $      66    $     114    $     244
                     AMT Partners Portfolio...................   $      26    $      78    $     134    $     285
                     OCC Global Equity Portfolio..............   $      27    $      81    $     139    $     295
                     OCC Managed Portfolio....................   $      23    $      72    $     123    $     264
                     OCC Small Cap Portfolio..................   $      24    $      74    $     126    $     270
</TABLE>
 
                    The preceding tables are intended to assist the Owner in
                    understanding the costs and expenses borne, directly or
                    indirectly, by Premium Payments allocated to the Variable
                    Account. These include the expenses of the Funds, certain of
                    which are subject to
 
10
<PAGE>
                    expense reimbursement arrangements which may be subject to
                    change. See the Funds' Prospectuses. In addition to the
                    expenses listed above, charges for premium tax equivalents
                    and charges for any Optional Death Benefit(s) selected may
                    be applicable.
 
                    These examples reflect the annual $35 Account Fee as an
                    annual charge of .07% of assets, based upon an anticipated
                    average Annuity Account Value of $50,000.
 
                    THESE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF
                    PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES, AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER
                    OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.
 
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
                    The Variable Account commenced operations on April 10, 1995.
                    The Sub-Accounts commenced operation on various dates
                    thereafter. There follows, for each of the nineteen Variable
                    Account Sub-Accounts available under the Contracts,
                    information regarding the changes in the Accumulation Unit
                    values from date of inception through December 31, 199 and
                    January 1, 1996 through December 31, 1996, and the number of
                    Accumulation Units outstanding at December 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    (IN DOLLARS)                    NUMBER OF
                                                      -----------------------------------------    ACCUMULATION
                                                       ACCUMULATION    ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION      UNITS
                                                      UNIT BEGINNING   UNIT VALUE   UNIT VALUE     OUTSTANDING
                               SUB-ACCOUNT                 VALUE       AT 12/31/95  AT 12/31/96      12/31/96
                      ------------------------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  ----------------
<S>                   <C>                             <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>
                      Alger American Growth
                       Portfolio                             10.00      12.385784    13.855323        1,330,936
                      Alger American Leveraged
                       AllCap Portfolio                      10.00      13.895178    15.364036          372,332
                      Alger American MidCap Growth
                       Portfolio                             10.00      13.106537    14.473761          677,431
                      Alger American Small Cap
                       Portfolio                             10.00      13.092181    13.460941        1,098,865
                      Fidelity VIP Equity-Income
                       Portfolio                             10.00      12.128673    13.679456        2,085,260
                      Fidelity VIP Money Market
                       Portfolio                             10.00      10.245402    10.658014          979,117
                      Fidelity VIP High Income
                       Portfolio                             10.00          *        10.802349          452,555
                      Fidelity VIP Overseas
                       Portfolio                             10.00          *        10.614394          178,578
                      Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager
                       Portfolio                              10.00     11.280365    12.758423          335,518
                      Fidelity VIP II Investment
                       Grade Bond Portfolio                   10.00     10.541110    10.734479          544,386
                      MFS Total Return Series                 10.00     11.003903    12.420693          706,567
                      MFS Utilities Series                    10.00     11.365171    13.292608          211,116
                      MFS World Governments Series            10.00     10.277969    10.552213          142,899
                      AMT Balanced Portfolio                  10.00     10.269633    10.832872          308,939
                      AMT Limited Maturity Bond
                       Portfolio                              10.00     10.547360    10.857343          337,716
                      AMT Partners Portfolio                  10.00     12.122020    15.500823          641,124
                      OCC Global Equity Portfolio             10.00     11.758951    13.347358          767,854
                      OCC Managed Portfolio                   10.00     11.143831    13.502565        2,477,621
                      OCC Small Cap Portfolio                 10.00     10.855343    12.718827          219,684
                      * Had not commenced operations as of December 31, 1995
</TABLE>
 
                                                                              11
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
 
                    THE COMPANY. The Company is a stock life insurance company
                    incorporated under the laws of Connecticut by special act of
                    the Connecticut General Assembly in 1865. Its Home Office
                    mailing address is Hartford, Connecticut 06152, Telephone
                    (203) 726-6000. It has obtained authorization to do business
                    in fifty states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.
                    The Company issues group and individual life and health
                    insurance policies and annuities. The Company has various
                    wholly-owned subsidiaries which are generally engaged in the
                    insurance business. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary
                    of Connecticut General Corporation, Bloomfield, Connecticut.
                    Connecticut General Corporation is wholly-owned by CIGNA
                    Holdings Inc., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania which is in turn
                    wholly-owned by CIGNA Corporation, Philadelphia,
                    Pennsylvania. Connecticut General Corporation is the holding
                    company of various insurance companies, one of which is
                    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.
 
                    THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT. The Variable Account was established
                    by the Company as a separate account on January 25, 1994
                    pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors. Under
                    Connecticut insurance law, the income, gains or losses of
                    the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the
                    assets of the Variable Account without regard to the other
                    income, gains, or losses of the Company. These assets are
                    held in relation to the Contracts described in this
                    Prospectus, to the extent necessary to meet the Company's
                    obligations thereunder. Although that portion of the assets
                    maintained in the Variable Account equal to the reserves and
                    other contract liabilities with respect to the Variable
                    Account will not be charged with any liabilities arising out
                    of any other business conducted by the Company, all
                    obligations arising under the Contracts, including the
                    promise to make annuity payments, are general corporate
                    obligations of the Company.
 
                    The Variable Account is registered with the Securities and
                    Exchange Commission ("Commission") as a unit investment
                    trust under the 1940 Act and meets the definition of a
                    separate account under the federal securities laws.
                    Registration with the Commission does not involve
                    supervision of the management or investment practices or
                    policies of the Variable Account or of the Company by the
                    Commission.
 
                    The assets of the Variable Account are divided into
                    Sub-Accounts. Each Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares
                    of a specific Fund. All amounts allocated to the Variable
                    Account will be used to purchase Fund shares as designated
                    by the Owner at their net asset value. Any and all
                    distributions made by the Fund with respect to the shares
                    held by the Variable Account will be reinvested to purchase
                    additional shares at their net asset value. Deductions from
                    the Variable Account for cash withdrawals, annuity payments,
                    death benefits, account fees, mortality and expense risk
                    charges, administrative expense charges, the cost of any
                    Optional Death Benefit(s) and any applicable taxes will, in
                    effect, be made by redeeming the number of Fund shares at
                    their net asset value equal in total value to the amount to
                    be deducted. The Variable Account will purchase and redeem
                    Fund shares on an aggregate basis and will be fully invested
                    in Fund shares at all times.
 
THE FUNDS
 
                    Each of the nineteen Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account is
                    invested solely in shares of one of the nineteen Funds
                    available as funding vehicles under the Contracts. Each of
                    the Funds is a series of one of six Massachusetts or
                    Delaware business trusts, collectively referred to herein as
                    the "Trusts", each of which is registered as an open-end,
                    diversified management investment company under the 1940
                    Act.
 
12
<PAGE>
                    The Trusts and their investment advisers and distributors
                    are:
 
                        Alger American Fund ("Alger Trust"), managed by Fred
                        Alger Management, Inc., 75 Maiden Lane, New York, NY
                        10038; and distributed by Fred Alger & Company,
                        Incorporated, 30 Montgomery Street, Jersey City, NJ
                        07302;
 
                        Variable Insurance Products Fund ("Fidelity Trust"), and
                        Variable Insurance Products Fund II ("Fidelity Trust
                        II"), managed by Fidelity Management & Research Company
                        and distributed by Fidelity Distribution Corporation, 82
                        Devonshire Street, Boston, MA 02103;
 
                        MFS-Registered Trademark- Variable Insurance Trust ("MFS
                        Trust"), managed by Massachusetts Financial Services
                        Company and distributed by MFS Fund Distributors, Inc.,
                        500 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116;
 
                        Neuberger & Berman Advisers Management Trust ("AMT
                        Trust"), managed and distributed by Neuberger & Berman
                        Management Incorporated, 605 Third Avenue, New York, NY
                        10158-0006;
 
                        OCC Accumulation Trust ("OCC Trust"), (formerly Quest
                        for Value Accumulation Trust), managed by OpCap Advisors
                        (formerly Quest for Value Advisors) and distributed by
                        OCC Distributors (formerly Quest for Value
                        Distributors), One World Financial Center, New York, NY
                        10281.
 
                    Four Funds of ALGER Trust are available under the Contracts:
                        Alger American Growth Portfolio;
                        Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio;
                        Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio;
                        Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio.
 
                    Four Funds of FIDELITY Trust are available under the
                    Contracts:
                        Equity-Income Portfolio ("Fidelity Equity-Income
                    Portfolio");
                        Money Market Portfolio ("Fidelity Money Market
                    Portfolio");
                        High Income Portfolio ("Fidelity High Income
                    Portfolio");
                        Overseas Portfolio ("Fidelity Overseas Portfolio").
 
                    Two Funds of FIDELITY Trust II are available under the
                    Contracts:
                        Asset Manager Portfolio ("Fidelity Asset Manager
                    Portfolio");
                        Investment Grade Bond Portfolio ("Fidelity Investment
                    Grade Bond Portfolio").
 
                    Three Funds of MFS Trust are available under the Contracts:
                        MFS Total Return Series;
                        MFS Utilities Series;
                        MFS World Governments Series.
 
                    Three Funds of AMT Trust are available under the Contracts:
                        Balanced Portfolio;
                        Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio;
                        Partners Portfolio.
 
                    Three Funds of OCC Trust are available under the Contracts:
                        Global Equity Portfolio;
                        Managed Portfolio;
                        Small Cap Portfolio.
 
                    The investment advisory fees charged the Funds by their
                    advisers are shown in the Fee Table at pages 8 and 9 of this
                    Prospectus.
 
                                                                              13
<PAGE>
                    There follows a brief description of the investment
                    objective and program of each Fund. There can be no
                    assurance that any of the stated investment objectives will
                    be achieved.
 
                    ALGER AMERICAN GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Large Cap Stocks): Seeks
                    long-term capital appreciation by investing in a
                    diversified, actively managed portfolio of equity
                    securities, primarily of companies with total market
                    capitalization of $1 billion or greater.
 
                    ALGER AMERICAN LEVERAGED ALLCAP PORTFOLIO (Large Cap
                    Stocks): Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing
                    in a diversified, actively managed portfolio of equity
                    securities, with the ability to engage in leveraging (up to
                    one-third of assets) and options and futures transactions.
 
                    ALGER AMERICAN MIDCAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Small Cap Stocks):
                    Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in a
                    diversified, actively managed portfolio of equity
                    securities, primarily of companies whose total market
                    capitalization lies within the range of companies included
                    in the S & P MidCap 400 Index.
 
                    ALGER AMERICAN SMALL CAPITALIZATION PORTFOLIO (Small Cap
                    Stocks): Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing
                    in a diversified, actively managed portfolio of equity
                    securities, primarily of companies whose total market
                    capitalization lies within the range of companies included
                    in the Russell 2000 Growth Index.
 
                    FIDELITY ASSET MANAGER PORTFOLIO (Balanced or Total Return):
                    Seeks high total return with reduced risk over the long-term
                    by allocating its assets among domestic and foreign stocks,
                    bonds and short-term fixed-income instruments.
 
                    FIDELITY INVESTMENT GRADE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fixed Income --
                    Intermediate Term Bonds): Seeks as high a level of current
                    income as is consistent with the preservation of capital by
                    investing in a broad range of investment-grade fixed-income
                    securities.
 
                    FIDELITY EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Large Cap Stocks): Seeks
                    reasonable income by investing primarily in income-producing
                    equity securities, with some potential for capital
                    appreciation, seeking a yield that exceeds the composite
                    yield on the securities comprising the Standard and Poor's
                    Composite Index of 500 Stocks.
 
                    FIDELITY MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO (Money Market): Seeks as
                    high a level of current income as is consistent with
                    preserving capital and providing liquidity, through
                    investment in high quality U.S. dollar denominated money
                    market securities of domestic and foreign issuers.
 
                    FIDELITY HIGH INCOME PORTFOLIO (High Yield Bonds): Seeks
                    high current income by investing mainly in high yielding
                    debt securities, with an emphasis on lower quality
                    securities.
 
                    FIDELITY OVERSEAS PORTFOLIO (International Equity): Seeks
                    long term growth of capital by investing mainly in foreign
                    securities.
 
                    MFS TOTAL RETURN SERIES (Balanced or Total Return): Seeks
                    primarily to obtain above-average income, (compared to a
                    portfolio invested entirely in equity securities) consistent
                    with the prudent employment of capital, and secondarily to
                    provide a reasonable opportunity for growth of capital and
                    income.
 
                    MFS UTILITIES SERIES (Specialty): Seeks capital growth and
                    current income (income above that available from a portfolio
                    invested entirely in equity securities) by investing, under
                    normal circumstances, at least 65% of its assets in equity
                    and debt securities of utility companies.
 
14
<PAGE>
                    MFS WORLD GOVERNMENTS SERIES (International Fixed Income):
                    Seeks not only preservation, but also growth, of capital
                    together with moderate current income through a
                    professionally managed, internationally diversified
                    portfolio consisting primarily of debt securities and to a
                    lesser extent equity securities.
 
                    AMT BALANCED PORTFOLIO (Balanced or Total Return): Seeks
                    long-term capital growth and reasonable current income
                    without undue risk to principal.
 
                    AMT LIMITED MATURITY BOND PORTFOLIO (Short-Term Bonds):
                    Seeks the highest current income consistent with low risk to
                    principal and liquidity; and secondarily, enhanced total
                    return through capital appreciation when market factors,
                    such as falling interest rates and rising bond prices,
                    indicate that capital appreciation may be available without
                    significant risk to principal.
 
                    AMT PARTNERS PORTFOLIO (Large Cap Stocks): Seeks capital
                    growth. Invests primarily in common stocks of established
                    companies, using the value-oriented investment approach. The
                    Portfolio seeks capital growth through an investment
                    approach that is designed to increase capital with
                    reasonable risk. Its investment program seeks securities
                    believed to be undervalued based on strong fundamentals such
                    as low price-to-earnings ratios, consistent cash flow, and
                    support from asset values.
 
                    OCC GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO (International Stocks): Seeks
                    long-term capital appreciation through a global investment
                    strategy primarily involving equity securities.
 
                    OCC MANAGED PORTFOLIO (Balanced or Total Return): Seeks
                    growth of capital over time through investment in a
                    portfolio of common stocks, bonds and cash equivalents, the
                    percentage of which will vary based on management's
                    assessments of relative investment values.
 
                    OCC SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO (Small Cap Stocks): Seeks capital
                    appreciation through investments in a diversified portfolio
                    of equity securities of companies with market
                    capitalizations of under $1 billion.
 
                    The AMT Partners Portfolio, Fidelity Equity-Income
                    Portfolio, Fidelity Asset Manager Portfolio, Fidelity High
                    Income Portfolio, Fidelity Overseas Portfolio, MFS Total
                    Return Series, MFS Utilities Series, MFS World Governments
                    Series, OCC Global Equity Portfolio, OCC Managed Portfolio,
                    and the OCC Small Cap Portfolio funds may invest in
                    non-investment grade, high yield, high-risk debt securities
                    (commonly referred to as "junk bonds"), as detailed in the
                    individual Fund prospectuses.
 
                    GENERAL
 
                    There is no assurance that the investment objective of any
                    of the Funds will be met. Contract Owners bear the complete
                    investment risk for Annuity Account Values allocated to a
                    Variable Account Sub-Account. Each such Sub-Account involves
                    inherent investment risk, and such risk varies significantly
                    among the Sub-Accounts. Contract Owners should read each
                    Fund's prospectus carefully and understand the Funds'
                    relative degrees of risk before making or changing
                    investment choices. Additional Funds may, from time to time,
                    be made available as investments to underlie the Contracts.
                    However, the right to make such selections will be limited
                    by the terms and conditions imposed on such transactions by
                    the Company (See "Premium Payments and Contract Value --
                    Allocation of Premium Payments").
 
                    SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES
 
                    If the shares of any Fund should no longer be available for
                    investment by the Variable Account or if, in the judgment of
                    the Company, further investment in such shares should become
                    inappropriate in view of the purpose of the Contracts, the
                    Company may
 
                                                                              15
<PAGE>
                    substitute shares of another Fund. No substitution of
                    securities in any Sub-Account may take place without prior
                    approval of the Commission and under such requirements as it
                    may impose.
 
                    VOTING RIGHTS
 
                    In accordance with its view of present applicable law, the
                    Company will vote the shares of each Fund held in the
                    Variable Account at special meetings of the shareholders of
                    the particular Trust in accordance with written instructions
                    received from persons having the voting interest in the
                    Variable Account. The Company will vote shares for which it
                    has not received instructions, as well as shares
                    attributable to it, in the same proportion as it votes
                    shares for which it has received instructions. The Trusts do
                    not hold regular meetings of shareholders. Shareholder votes
                    take place whenever state law or the 1940 Act so require,
                    for example on certain elections of Board of Trustees, the
                    initial approval of investment advisory contracts and
                    changes in investment objectives and fundamental investment
                    policies.
 
                    The number of shares which a person has a right to vote will
                    be determined as of a date to be chosen by the Company not
                    more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting of the
                    particular Trust. Voting instructions will be solicited by
                    written communication at least fourteen (14) days prior to
                    the meeting.
 
                    The Funds' shares are issued and redeemed only in connection
                    with variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance
                    policies issued through separate accounts of the Company and
                    other life insurance companies. The Trusts do not foresee
                    any disadvantage to Contract Owners arising out of the fact
                    that shares may be made available to separate accounts which
                    are used in connection with both variable annuity and
                    variable life insurance products. Nevertheless, the Trusts'
                    Boards intend to monitor events in order to identify any
                    material irreconcilable conflicts which may possibly arise
                    and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in
                    response thereto. If such a conflict were to occur, one of
                    the separate accounts might withdraw its investment in a
                    Fund. This might force a Fund to sell portfolio securities
                    at disadvantageous prices.
 
PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND CONTRACT VALUE
 
                    PREMIUM PAYMENTS
 
                    The Contracts may be purchased under a flexible premium
                    payment plan. Premium Payments are payable in the frequency
                    and in the amount selected by the Contract Owner. The
                    initial Premium Payment is due on the Effective Date. It
                    must be at least $2,000. Subsequent Premium Payments must be
                    at least $100. These minimum amounts are not waived for
                    Qualified Plans. The Company reserves the right to decline
                    any application or order to purchase or Premium Payment. A
                    Premium Payment in excess of $1 million requires preapproval
                    by the Company.
 
                    The Company may, at its sole discretion, offer special
                    premium payment programs and/ or waive the minimum payment
                    requirements.
 
                    The Contract Owner may elect to increase, decrease or change
                    the frequency of Premium Payments.
 
                    ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS
 
                    Premium Payments are allocated to one or more of the
                    appropriate Sub-Accounts within the Variable Account and
                    Fixed Account as selected by the Contract Owner. For each
                    Variable Account Sub-Account, the Premium Payments are
                    converted into Accumulation
 
16
<PAGE>
                    Units. The number of Accumulation Units credited to the
                    Contract is determined by dividing the Premium Payment
                    allocated to the Sub-Account by the value of the
                    Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.
 
                    The Company will allocate the initial Premium Payment
                    directly to the Sub-Account(s) selected by the Owner unless
                    state law requires, during the right-to-examine period, a
                    refund of Premium Payments rather than Annuity Account
                    Value.
 
                    Transfers do not necessarily affect the allocation
                    instructions for payments. Subsequent payments will be
                    allocated as directed by the Owner; if no direction is
                    given, the allocation will be that which has been most
                    recently directed for payments by the Owner. The Owner may
                    change the allocation of future payments without fee,
                    penalty or other charge upon written notice to the Annuity &
                    Variable Life Services Center. A change will be effective
                    for payments received on or after receipt of the written
                    notice of change.
 
                    Any Premium Payment at the time of any allocation may be
                    allocated to a single or multiple sub-accounts in whole
                    percentages (e.g., 12%). No allocation can be made which
                    would result in a Variable Account Sub-Account of less than
                    $50 or a Fixed Account Sub-Account value of less than
                    $2,000. Further, at this time, no more than 18 Fixed Account
                    and Variable Account Sub-Accounts may be opened during the
                    life of the Contract. The Company may expand this number at
                    a future date.
 
                    The Company may, at its sole discretion, waive minimum
                    premium allocation requirements or minimum Variable Account
                    Sub-Account requirements.
 
                    For initial Premium Payments, if the application or order to
                    purchase for a Contract is in good order, the Company will
                    apply the Premium Payment to the Variable Account and credit
                    the Contract with Accumulation Units within two business
                    days of receipt at the Accumulation Unit Value for the
                    Valuation Period during which the Premium Payment is
                    accepted unless state law requires, during the
                    right-to-examine period, a refund of Premium Payments rather
                    than Annuity Account Value.
 
                    If the application or order to purchase for a Contract is
                    not in good order, the Company will attempt to get it in
                    good order or the Company will return the application or
                    order to purchase and the Premium Payment within five
                    business days. The Company will not retain a Premium Payment
                    for more than five business days while processing an
                    incomplete application or order to purchase unless it has
                    been so authorized by the purchaser.
 
                    For each subsequent Premium Payment, the Company will apply
                    such payment to the Variable Account and credit the Contract
                    with Accumulation Units at the Accumulation Unit Value for
                    the Valuation Period during which each such payment was
                    received in good order.
 
                    OPTIONAL VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNT ALLOCATION PROGRAMS
 
                    The Contract Owner may elect to enroll in either of the
                    following programs. However, both programs cannot be in
                    effect at the same time.
 
                    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING
 
                    Dollar Cost Averaging is a program which, if elected by the
                    Contract Owner, systematically allocates specified dollar
                    amounts from the Money Market Sub-Account or the One-Year
                    Fixed Account Sub-Account to one or more of the Contract's
                    Variable Account Sub-Account at regular intervals as
                    selected by the Contract Owner. By
 
                                                                              17
<PAGE>
                    allocating on a regularly scheduled basis as opposed to
                    allocating the total amount at one particular time, an Owner
                    may be less susceptible to the impact of market
                    fluctuations.
 
                    Dollar Cost Averaging may be selected by establishing a
                    Money Market Sub-Account of at least $1,000 or the One-Year
                    Fixed Account Sub-Account value of at least $2,000. The
                    minimum amount per month to allocate is $50 (subject to the
                    18 Sub-Account limitation described under "Allocation of
                    Premium Payments" above). Enrollment in this program may
                    occur at any time by calling the Annuity & Variable Life
                    Services Center or by providing the information requested on
                    the Dollar Cost Averaging election form to the Company and
                    ensuring that sufficient value is in the Money Market
                    Sub-Account or the One-year Fixed Account Sub-Account.
                    Transfers to any Fixed Account Sub-Account or from a Fixed
                    Account Sub-Account other than the One-Year Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account are not permitted under Dollar Cost Averaging.
                    The Company may, at its sole discretion, waive Dollar Cost
                    Averaging minimum deposit and transfer requirements.
 
                    Dollar Cost Averaging will terminate when any of the
                    following occurs: (1) the number of designated transfers has
                    been completed; (2) the value of the Money Market Sub-
                    Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account is insufficient to
                    complete the next transfer; (3) the Owner requests
                    termination by telephone or in writing and such request is
                    received at least one week prior to the next scheduled
                    transfer date to take effect that month; or (4) the Contract
                    is surrendered.
 
                    The Dollar Cost Averaging program is not available following
                    the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for Dollar Cost
                    Averaging but the Company reserves the right to charge for
                    this program.
 
                    AUTOMATIC REBALANCING
 
                    Automatic Rebalancing is an option which, if elected by the
                    Contract Owner, periodically restores to a pre-determined
                    level the percentage of Contract Value allocated to each
                    Variable Account Sub-Account (e.g. 20% Money Market, 50%
                    Growth, 30% Utilities). This pre-determined level will be
                    the allocation initially selected when the Contract was
                    purchased, unless subsequently changed. The Automatic
                    Rebalancing allocation may be changed at any time by
                    submitting a request to the Company.
 
                    If Automatic Rebalancing is elected, all Net Premium
                    Payments allocated to the Variable Account Sub-Accounts must
                    be subject to Automatic Rebalancing. The Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account is not available for Automatic Rebalancing.
 
                    Automatic Rebalancing may take place on either a quarterly,
                    semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the Owner. Once
                    the rebalancing option is activated, any Variable Account
                    Sub-Account transfers executed outside of the rebalancing
                    option will terminate the Automatic Rebalancing option. Any
                    subsequent premium payment or withdrawal that modifies the
                    net account balance within each Variable Account Sub-Account
                    may also cause termination of the Automatic Rebalancing
                    option. Any such termination will be confirmed to the Owner.
                    The Owner may terminate the Automatic Rebalancing option or
                    re-enroll at any time by calling or writing the Annuity &
                    Variable Life Services Center.
 
                    The Automatic Rebalancing program is not available following
                    the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for Automatic
                    Rebalancing but the Company reserves the right to charge for
                    this program.
 
18
<PAGE>
                    CONTRACT VALUE
 
                    The value of the Contract is the sum of the values
                    attributable to the Contract for each Fixed and Variable
                    Sub-Account. The value of each Variable Sub-Account is
                    determined by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units
                    attributable to the Contract in the Sub-Account by the value
                    of an Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.
 
                    ACCUMULATION UNIT
 
                    Premium Payments allocated to the Variable Account are
                    converted into Accumulation Units. This is done by dividing
                    each Premium Payment by the value of an Accumulation Unit
                    for the Valuation Period during which the Premium Payment is
                    allocated to the Variable Account. The Accumulation Unit
                    value for each Sub-Account was or will be set initially at
                    $10. It may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to
                    Valuation Period. The Accumulation Unit value for any later
                    Valuation Period is determined by multiplying the
                    Accumulation Unit Value for that Sub-Account for the
                    preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor for
                    the current Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor is
                    calculated as follows:
 
                    The Net Investment Factor for any Variable Account
                    Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is determined by
                    dividing (a) by (b) and then subtracting (c) from the
                    result, where:
                    (A) is the net result of:
                       (1)the net asset value (as described in the prospectus
                          for the Fund) of a Fund share held in the Variable
                          Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of the
                          Valuation Period, plus
                       (2)the per share amount of any dividend or other
                          distribution declared by the Fund on the shares held
                          in the Variable Account Sub-Account if the
                          "ex-dividend" date occurs during the Valuation Period,
                          plus or minus
                       (3)a per share credit or charge with respect to any taxes
                          paid or reserved for by the Company during the
                          Valuation Period which are determined by the Company
                          to be attributable to the operation of the Variable
                          Account Sub-Account;
                    (B) is the net asset value of a Fund share held in the
                        Variable Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of
                        the preceding Valuation Period; and
                    (C) is the asset charge factor determined by the Company for
                        the Valuation Period to reflect the charges for assuming
                        the mortality and expense risks and for administrative
                        expenses.
 
                    The asset charge factor for any Valuation Period is equal to
                    the daily asset charge factor multiplied by the number of
                    24-hour periods in the Valuation Period.
 
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
 
                    Various charges and deductions are made from Annuity Account
                    Values and the Variable Account. These charges and
                    deductions are:
 
                    CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE (SALES LOAD)
 
                    Upon a partial withdrawal or full surrender, a Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) will be calculated and
                    will be deducted from the Annuity Account Value. This Charge
                    reimburses the Company for expenses incurred in connection
                    with the promotion, sale and distribution of the Contracts.
                    The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge applies only to those
                    Premium Payments received within seven (7) years of the date
                    of partial withdrawal or full surrender. In calculating the
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge, Premium Payments are
                    allocated to the amount surrendered or withdrawn on a
                    first-in, first-out basis. The amount of the Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge is calculated by:
 
                                                                              19
<PAGE>
                    (a) allocating Premium Payments to the amount withdrawn or
                    surrendered; (b) multiplying each allocated Premium Payment
                    that has been held under the Contract for the period shown
                    below by the charge shown below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   YEARS SINCE
     PAYMENT           CHARGE
- ------------------     ------
<S>                 <C>
       0-1                   7%
       1-2                   6%
       2-3                   5%
       3-4                   4%
       4-5                   3%
       5-6                   2%
       6-7                   1%
        7+                   0
</TABLE>
 
                    and (c) adding the products of each multiplication in (b)
                    above. The charge will not exceed 7% of the Premium
                    Payments. Any applicable negative Market Value Adjustment
                    and Account Fee will be deducted before application of the
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The charge is not imposed
                    on any death benefit paid or upon amounts applied to an
                    annuity option.
 
                    A Contract Owner may, not more frequently than once each
                    Contract Year, make a withdrawal of up to fifteen percent
                    (15%) of Premium Payments, or any remaining portion thereof,
                    without incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The
                    earliest Premium Payments remaining in the Contract will be
                    deemed withdrawn first under this Fifteen Percent Free, even
                    if no Contingent Deferred Sales Charge would have been
                    assessed on such a withdrawal. No Contingent Deferred Sales
                    Charge will be deducted on withdrawals from Premium Payments
                    which have been held under the Contract for more than seven
                    (7) Contract Years or from annuity payments. The Company may
                    also eliminate or reduce the Contingent Deferred Sales
                    Charge under the Company procedures then in effect.
 
                    For a partial withdrawal, unless the Owner designates
                    otherwise, the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will be
                    deducted proportionately from the Sub-Account(s) from which
                    the withdrawal is to be made by cancelling Accumulation
                    Units from each applicable Sub-Account in the ratio that the
                    value of each Sub-Account bears to the total of the values
                    of the Sub-Accounts from which the partial withdrawal is
                    made. If the value(s) of such Sub-Account(s) are
                    insufficient, the amount payable on the withdrawal will be
                    net of any remaining Contingent Deferred Sales Charges
                    unless the Owner and the Company agree otherwise.
 
                    Commissions of up to 6.75% will be paid to broker-dealers
                    who sell the Contracts, and the Company will incur
                    promotional or distribution expenses associated with the
                    marketing of the Contracts. To the extent that the
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is insufficient to cover
                    the actual cost of distribution, the Company may use any of
                    its corporate assets, including potential profit which may
                    arise from the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to make up
                    any difference.
 
                    MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE
 
                    The Company deducts on each Valuation Date a Mortality and
                    Expense Risk Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to
                    1.20% of the average daily net assets of the Variable
                    Account (consisting of approximately .70% for mortality
                    risks and approximately .50% for expense risks). The
                    mortality risks assumed by the Company arise from its
                    contractual obligation to make annuity payments after the
                    Annuity Date for the life of the Annuitant in accordance
                    with annuity rates guaranteed in the Contracts. The expense
                    risk assumed by the Company is that all actual expenses
                    involved in administering the Contracts, including Contract
                    maintenance costs, administrative costs, mailing costs,
 
20
<PAGE>
                    data processing costs, legal fees, accounting fees, filing
                    fees, and the costs of other services may exceed the amount
                    recovered from the Account Fee and the Administrative
                    Expense Charge.
 
                    If the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is insufficient to
                    cover the actual costs, the loss will be borne by the
                    Company. Conversely, if the amount deducted proves more than
                    sufficient, the excess will be a profit to the Company. The
                    Company expects to profit from this charge.
 
                    The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is guaranteed by the
                    Company and cannot be increased.
 
                    ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE
 
                    The Company deducts on each Valuation Date an Administrative
                    Expense Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to 0.10%
                    of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account.
                    This charge is to reimburse the Company for a portion of its
                    expenses in administering the Contracts. This charge is
                    guaranteed by the Company and cannot be increased, and the
                    Company will not derive a profit from this charge.
 
                    ACCOUNT FEE
 
                    The Company deducts an annual Account Fee of $35 from the
                    Annuity Account Value on the last Valuation Date of each
                    Contract Year. This charge, like the Administrative Expense
                    Charge, is to reimburse the Company for a portion of its
                    administrative expenses (see above). Prior to the Annuity
                    Date, this charge is deducted by cancelling Accumulation
                    Units from each applicable Sub-Account in the ratio that the
                    value of each Sub-Account bears to the total Annuity Account
                    Value. When the Contract is annuitized or surrendered for
                    its full Surrender Value on other than a Contract
                    Anniversary, the Account Fee will be prorated at the time of
                    surrender or annuitization. On and after the Annuity Date,
                    the Account Fee will be collected proportionately from the
                    Sub-Account(s) on which the Variable Annuity payment is
                    based, prorated on a monthly basis and will result in a
                    reduction of the annuity payments. The Account Fee will be
                    waived for any Contract Year in which the Annuity Account
                    Value equals or exceeds $100,000 as of the last Valuation
                    Date of the Contract Year.
 
                    PREMIUM TAX EQUIVALENTS
 
                    Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state,
                    municipality or other governmental entity will be charged
                    against Annuity Account Value. Premium taxes currently
                    imposed by certain states on the Contracts offered hereby
                    range from 0% to 3.5% of Premiums paid. Some states assess
                    premium taxes at the time Premium Payments are made; others
                    assess premium taxes at the time annuity payments begin. The
                    Company will, in its sole discretion, determine when taxes
                    have resulted from: the investment experience of the
                    Variable Account; receipt by the Company of the Premium
                    Payment(s); or commencement of annuity payments. The Company
                    may, at its sole discretion, pay taxes when due and deduct
                    an equivalent amount reflecting investment experience from
                    the Annuity Account Value at a later date. Payment at an
                    earlier date does not waive any right the Company may have
                    to deduct amounts at a later date.
 
                    INCOME TAXES
 
                    While the Company is not currently maintaining a provision
                    for federal income taxes, the Company has reserved the right
                    to establish a provision for income taxes if it determines,
                    in its sole discretion, that it will incur a tax as a result
                    of the operation of
 
                                                                              21
<PAGE>
                    the Variable Account. The Company will deduct for any income
                    taxes incurred by it as a result of the operation of the
                    Variable Account whether or not there was a provision for
                    taxes and whether or not it was sufficient.
 
                    FUND EXPENSES
 
                    There are other deductions from, and expenses paid out of,
                    the assets of the Funds which are described in the
                    accompanying Funds' prospectuses.
 
                    TRANSFER FEE
 
                    Prior to the Annuity Date, a Contract Owner may transfer all
                    or a part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
                    another Sub-Account without the imposition of any transfer
                    fee or charge if there have been no more than twelve
                    transfers made in the Contract Year. For additional
                    transfers, the Company reserves the right to deduct a
                    transfer fee of up to $10 per transfer. Prescheduled
                    automatic Dollar Cost Averaging or Automatic Rebalancing
                    transfers are not counted toward the twelve transfer limit.
                    The Company reserves the right to charge a fee of up to $10
                    for each transfer after the Annuity Date. The transfer fee
                    at any given time will not be set at a level greater than
                    its cost and will contain no element of profit.
 
                    OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT
 
                    If no Optional Death Benefit is selected, the death benefit
                    under the Contract will be the Annuity Account Value as of
                    the date of payment of the death benefit. No additional
                    charge is imposed for that death benefit.
 
                    For an additional charge, as described below, an Optional
                    Death Benefit can be selected at the time the Contract is
                    applied for. Under each form of Optional Death Benefit, the
                    death benefit payable will be the greater of the Annuity
                    Account Value or some other amount as of the date of payment
                    of the death benefit. That other amount can be one or more
                    of
 
                    OPTION A. Premium Payments made, less partial withdrawals.
 
                    OPTION B. Premium Payments made, less partial withdrawals,
                    with interest compounded daily at a rate equivalent to 5%
                    per year during the first seven Contract Years. As of the
                    beginning of the eighth Contract Year, the amount of death
                    benefit will decrease and thereafter be equal to total
                    Premium Payments made, less partial withdrawals. Only
                    available if the Owner (or the Annuitant, if the Owner is a
                    non-natural person) has not reached his or her 72nd birthday
                    at the Effective Date.
 
                    OPTION C. The Annuity Account Value on the seven-year
                    Contract Anniversary immediately preceding the date the
                    death benefit election is effective or is deemed to become
                    effective, adjusted for any subsequent Premium Payments and
                    partial withdrawals and charges made between the immediate
                    preceding seven-year Contract Anniversary and the date and
                    death benefit election is effective or is deemed to become
                    effective (as referenced herein, seven-year Contract
                    Anniversary means the seventh Contract Anniversary and each
                    succeeding Contract Anniversary occurring at any seven-year
                    interval thereafter, for example, the 7th, 14th and 21st
                    Contract Anniversaries).
 
                    OPTION D. The highest Annuity Account Value ever attained on
                    a Contract Anniversary date, with adjustments for any
                    subsequent Premium Payments and partial withdrawals made
                    since the last determination of such highest value.
 
                    Once an election of one or more of these Optional Death
                    Benefits has been made, it will remain in effect for the
                    life of the Contract unless the Owner chooses, by written
                    notice to the Annuity & Variable Life Services Center, to
                    discontinue such election. The Owner
 
22
<PAGE>
                    can only give one notice of discontinuance; such notice must
                    address the discontinuance of one or more of the Optional
                    Death Benefit(s) previously chosen. If no Optional Death
                    Benefit(s) are selected initially, they cannot be added
                    later, nor can the Owner change an initial selection to add
                    Optional Death Benefit(s) after the Contract is issued.
 
                    At each Contract Anniversary, a charge may be made against
                    Annuity Account Value (prorated among the Sub-Accounts used
                    in the Contract, if more than one be used) for any Optional
                    Death Benefit in effect for all or a portion of the Contract
                    Year then ended. Such charge will be computed in the
                    following manner, assuming for the sake of illustration that
                    the Optional Death Benefit is in effect for the entire
                    Contract Year.
 
                    On the last business day of each Contract Month during the
                    Contract Year, the Company will calculate whether the amount
                    payable under any of the Optional Death Benefits in effect
                    on that date would exceed the Annuity Account Value on that
                    date. If it would not exceed the Annuity Account Value on
                    that date, then no charge for the Optional Death Benefit is
                    accrued as of that date. If it would exceed the Annuity
                    Account Value on that date, then a charge for the Optional
                    Death Benefit is accrued as of that date. That charge is
                    computed in accordance with mortality tables which are made
                    a part of the Contract reflecting the Owner's age and gender
                    classification (in accordance with state law) is computed on
                    the Amount at Risk, which is the excess of the Optional
                    Death Benefit over the Annuity Account Value on the last
                    business day of the Contract Month. If the Owner is a
                    corporation, partnership or other non-natural person, the
                    measuring life will be the Annuitant's. No deduction is
                    actually made from Annuity Account Value for the Optional
                    Death Benefit until the Contract Anniversary except upon a
                    full surrender or annuitization of the Contract or upon the
                    payment of a Death Benefit, when the sum of any charges
                    accrued at the end of each Contract Month during the
                    Contract Year is deducted.
 
                    The annual rate per $1,000 of Amount at Risk charged for the
                    Optional Death Benefit(s) is set forth in the following
                    table:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   COST OF OPTIONAL DEATH
                                                                         BENEFIT(S)
                                                                   ANNUAL RATE PER $1,000
                                                                      OF AMOUNT AT RISK
                                                               -------------------------------
                           ATTAINED AGE                          MALE      FEMALE     UNISEX
- -------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
                     less than 40............................  $    2.40  $    1.99  $    2.20
                     40-45...................................       3.02       2.54       2.78
                     46-50...................................       4.92       4.02       4.47
                     51-55...................................       7.30       5.70       6.50
                     56-60...................................      11.46       8.34       9.90
                     61-65...................................      17.54      11.55      14.55
                     66-70...................................      27.85      18.19      23.02
                     71-75...................................      43.30      27.57      35.44
                     76-80...................................      70.53      47.33      58.93
                     81-85...................................     117.25      87.04     102.15
                     86-90...................................     179.55     147.37     163.46
                     91+.....................................     400.00     380.00     390.00
</TABLE>
 
                    If, for example, at the end of a Contract Month the Optional
                    Death Benefit (assuming payment of a death benefit on that
                    date) were $40,000 and the Annuity Account Value were
                    $30,000, the Amount at Risk would be $10,000. Suppose the
                    Owner (or, if applicable, the Annuitant) were a female age
                    57. The charge accrued for the Optional Death Benefit that
                    month would be 10 X $8.34, divided by 12 (reflecting
                    one-twelfth of a year), or $6.95. If that proved to be the
                    only Contract Month end during the Contract Year at which
                    there were an Amount at Risk, that would be the only
                    Optional Death Benefit charge accrued during the Contract
                    Year. There is no daily deduction of a percentage of Annuity
                    Account Values for any Optional Death Benefit. (See Appendix
                    1).
 
                                                                              23
<PAGE>
OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES
 
                    OWNERSHIP
 
                    The Contract Owner has all rights and may receive all
                    benefits under the Contract. The Contract Owner may change
                    the Contract Owner at any time. If the Contract Owner dies,
                    a death benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary upon proof
                    of the Contract Owner's death. If the Owner is a
                    corporation, partnership or other non-natural person, the
                    death benefit is paid upon receipt of due proof of the
                    Annuitant's death. A change of Contract Owner will
                    automatically revoke any prior designation of Contract
                    Owner. A request for change must be: (1) made in writing;
                    and (2) received by the Company at its Annuity & Variable
                    Life Services Center. The change will become effective as of
                    the date the written request is signed. A new designation of
                    Contract Owner will not apply to any payment made or action
                    taken by the Company prior to the time it was received. Any
                    Optional Death Benefit in effect at the time of a change of
                    ownership will remain in effect. The cost of the Optional
                    Death Benefit(s) will be based on the attained age of the
                    new Owner (or the Annuitant, if the new Owner is a
                    non-natural person).
 
                    For non-qualified contracts, in accordance with Code Section
                    72(u), a deferred annuity contract held by a corporation or
                    other entity that is not a natural person is not treated as
                    an annuity contract for tax purposes. Income on the contract
                    is treated as ordinary income received by the owner during
                    the taxable year. But in accordance with Code Section 72(u),
                    an annuity contract held by a trust or other entity as agent
                    for a natural person is considered held by a natural person.
 
                    ASSIGNMENT
 
                    The Contract Owner may assign the Contract at any time
                    during his or her lifetime. Unless provided otherwise, an
                    assignment will not affect the interest of any previously
                    indicated Beneficiary. The Company will not be bound by any
                    assignment until written notice is received by the Company
                    at its Annuity & Variable Life Services Center. The Company
                    is not responsible for the validity of any assignment. The
                    Company will not be liable as to any payment or other
                    settlement made by the Company before such assignment has
                    been recorded at the Company's Annuity & Variable Life
                    Services Center.
 
                    If the Contract is issued pursuant to a Qualified Plan, it
                    may not be assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred except
                    as may be allowed under applicable law.
 
                    BENEFICIARY
 
                    The Beneficiary is named when the Contract is applied for
                    and, unless changed, is entitled to receive any death
                    benefits to be paid. Prior to the Annuity Date, death
                    benefits are paid to the Beneficiary on the death of the
                    Owner.
 
                    CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY
 
                    The Contract Owner may change a Beneficiary by filing a
                    written request with the Company at its Annuity & Variable
                    Life Services Center unless an irrevocable Beneficiary
                    designation was previously filed. After the change is
                    recorded, it will take effect as of the date the request was
                    signed. If the request reaches the Annuity & Variable Life
                    Services Center after the Annuitant or Contract Owner, as
                    applicable, dies but before any payment is made, the change
                    will be valid. The Company will not be liable for any
                    payment made or action taken before it records the change.
 
24
<PAGE>
                    ANNUITANT
 
                    The Annuitant must be a natural person. The maximum age of
                    the Annuitant on the Effective Date is 90 years old. The
                    Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity
                    Date. Joint Annuitants are allowed at the time of
                    annuitization only, if the Company chooses to make a joint
                    and survivor annuity payment option available in addition to
                    the options provided in the Contract. The Annuitant has no
                    rights or privileges prior to the Annuity Date. When an
                    Annuity Option is elected, the amount payable as of the
                    Annuity Date is based on the age and gender classification
                    (in accordance with state law) of the Annuitant, as well as
                    the Option selected and the Annuity Account Value.
 
                    TRANSFER OF CONTRACT VALUES BETWEEN SUB-ACCOUNTS
 
                    Prior to the Annuity Date, the Contract Owner may transfer
                    all or part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
                    another Sub-Account without the imposition of any fee or
                    charge if there have been no more than twelve transfers made
                    in the Contract Year. For additional transfers, the Company
                    reserves the right to deduct a transfer fee of up to $10
                    (See "Charges and Deductions -- Transfer Fee"). This
                    Contract is not designed for professional market timing
                    organizations or other entities using programmed and
                    frequent transfers.
 
                    After the Annuity Date, provided a variable annuity option
                    was selected, the Contract Owner may make up to three
                    transfers between Variable Sub-Accounts in any Contract
                    Year.
 
                    All transfers are subject to the following:
                    A. The deduction of any transfer fee that may be imposed.
                       The transfer fee will be deducted from the amount which
                       is transferred if the entire amount in the Sub-Account is
                       being transferred, otherwise from the Sub-Account from
                       which the transfer is made.
                    B. The minimum amount which may be transferred is the lesser
                       of (i) $2,000 per Fixed Account Sub-Account or $50 per
                       Variable Account Sub-Account; or (ii) the Contract
                       Owner's entire interest in the Sub-Account. The Company,
                       at its sole discretion may waive these minimum
                       requirements.
                    C. No partial transfer will be made if the Contract Owner's
                       remaining Contract Value in the Sub-Account will be less
                       than $100.
                    D. Transfers will be effected during the Valuation Period
                       next following receipt by the Company of a written
                       transfer request (or by telephone, if authorized)
                       containing all required information. However, no transfer
                       may be made effective within seven calendar days of the
                       date on which the first annuity payment is due. Transfers
                       are not permitted during the right-to-examine period.
                    E. Any transfer request must clearly specify the amount
                       which is to be transferred and the Sub-Accounts which are
                       to be affected.
                    F. Transfers of all or a portion of any Fixed Account
                       Sub-Account values are subject to any applicable Market
                       Value Adjustment;
                    G. The Company reserves the right to defer transfers from
                       any Fixed Account Sub-Account for up to six months after
                       date of receipt of the transfer request;
                    H. Transfers involving the Variable Account Sub-Accounts are
                       subject to such restrictions as may be imposed by the
                       Funds;
                    I. The Company reserves the right at any time and without
                       prior notice to any party to terminate, suspend or modify
                       the transfer privileges described above.
                    J. After the Annuity Date, transfers may not take place
                       between a Fixed Annuity Option and a Variable Annuity
                       Option.
 
                                                                              25
<PAGE>
                    K. The Company reserves the right to reject any premium
                       allocation or transfer which would cause the Fixed
                       Account Sub-Account values in aggregate to exceed then
                       current Company limits.
 
                    Transfers between Sub-Accounts may be made by calling or
                    writing the Annuity & Variable Life Services Center.
                    Transfer requests must be received prior to 4:00 Eastern
                    Time in order to be effective that day.
 
                    Transfers between any Sub-Accounts may be suspended or
                    postponed during any periiod in which the New York Stock
                    Exchange is closed or has suspended trading.
 
                    PROCEDURES FOR TELEPHONE TRANSFERS
 
                    Owners may effect telephone transfers by calling the Annuity
                    & Variable Life Services Center.
 
                    The Company will take the following procedures to confirm
                    that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine.
                    Before a service representative accepts any request, the
                    caller will be asked for specific information to validate
                    the request. All calls will be recorded. All transactions
                    performed will be confirmed by the Company in writing. The
                    Company is not liable for any loss, cost or expense for
                    acting on telephone instructions which are believed to be
                    genuine in accordance with these procedures.
 
                    SURRENDERS AND PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS
 
                    While the Contract is in force and before the Annuity Date,
                    the Company will, upon written request to the Company by the
                    Contract Owner, allow the surrender or partial withdrawal of
                    all or a portion of the Contract for its Surrender Value.
                    Surrenders or partial withdrawals will result in the
                    cancellation of Accumulation Units from each applicable
                    Sub-Account in the ratio that the value of each Sub-Account
                    bears to the total Annuity Account Value, unless the
                    Contract Owner specifies in writing in advance which units
                    are to be cancelled. The Company will pay the amount of any
                    surrender or partial withdrawal within seven (7) days of
                    receipt of a valid request, unless the "Delay of Payments"
                    provision is in effect. (See "Delay of Payments and
                    Transfers")
 
                    Certain tax withdrawal penalties and restrictions may apply
                    to surrenders and partial withdrawals from Contracts. (See
                    "Tax Matters.") Contract Owners should consult their own tax
                    counsel or other tax adviser regarding any surrenders and
                    partial withdrawals.
 
                    The Surrender Value is the Annuity Account Value for the
                    Valuation Period next following the Valuation Period during
                    which the written request to the Company for surrender is
                    received, reduced, in the case of full surrender, by the sum
                    of:
                    A. any applicable premium tax equivalents not previously
                       deducted;
                    B. any applicable Account Fee;
                    C. any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge; and
                    D. any applicable accrued charges for the Optional Death
                       Benefit(s), and in the case of partial withdrawals, by
                       the sum of: A and C above.
 
                    DELAY OF PAYMENTS AND TRANSFERS
 
                    The Company reserves the right to suspend or postpone
                    payments or transfers for any period when:
                    1. the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than
                       customary weekend and holiday closings);
                    2. trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
 
26
<PAGE>
                    3. an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of
                       securities held in the Variable Account is not reasonably
                       practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
                       determine the value of the Variable Account's net assets;
                       or
                    4. during any other period when the Commission, by order, so
                       permits for the protection of Contract Owners.
 
                    The applicable rules and regulations of the Commission will
                    govern as to whether the conditions described in 2. and 3.
                    exist.
 
                    The Company reserves the right to defer the payment or
                    transfer of amounts withdrawn from any Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account for a period not to exceed six months from the
                    date written request for such withdrawal or transfer is
                    received by the Company. If payment or transfer is deferred
                    beyond thirty (30) days, the Company will pay interest of
                    not less than 3% per year on amounts so deferred.
 
                    In addition, payment of the amount of any withdrawal
                    derived, all or in part, from any Premium Payment paid to
                    the Company by check or draft may be postponed until the
                    Company determines the check or draft has been honored.
 
                    DEATH OF THE CONTRACT OWNER BEFORE THE ANNUITY DATE
 
                    In the event of death of the Contract Owner (or the
                    Annuitant, if the Owner is a non-natural person) prior to
                    the Annuity Date, a death benefit is payable to the
                    Beneficiary designated by the Owner. The value of the death
                    benefit will be determined as of the Valuation Period next
                    following the date both due proof of death (a certified copy
                    of the Death Certificate) and a payment election are
                    received by the Company. Unless an Optional Death Benefit is
                    selected and in effect, the value of the death benefit is
                    equal to the Annuity Account Value. The Beneficiary may, at
                    any time before the end of the sixty (60) day period
                    immediately following receipt of due proof of death by the
                    Company, elect the death benefit to be paid as follows:
                    1. the payment of the entire death benefit within five years
                       of the date of the death of the Owner or Annuitant,
                       whichever is applicable; or
                    2. payment over the lifetime of the designated Beneficiary
                       or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy
                       of the Beneficiary, with distribution beginning within
                       one year of the date of death of the Owner or Annuitant,
                       whichever is applicable (see "Annuity Provisions --
                       Annuity Options"); or
                    3. payment in accordance with one of the settlement options
                       under the Contract (see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity
                       Options"); or
                    4. if the designated Beneficiary is the Owner's spouse,
                       he/she can continue the Contract in his/her own name.
 
                    Payment amounts may vary with their frequency and duration
                    (see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity Options"). To the extent
                    that the Beneficiary elects a variable payment option, the
                    Beneficiary will bear the investment risk associated with
                    the performance of the underlying Fund(s) in which the
                    relevant Variable Sub-Account invest(s).
 
                    If no payment option is elected, a single sum settlement
                    will be made by the Company within seven (7) days of the end
                    of the sixty (60) day period following receipt of due proof
                    of death of the Owner or Annuitant as applicable.
 
                    If the Owner is a non-natural person, then for purposes of
                    the death benefit, the Annuitant shall be treated as the
                    Owner.
 
                                                                              27
<PAGE>
                    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT BEFORE THE ANNUITY DATE
 
                    If the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Date and the
                    Annuitant is different from the Contract Owner, the Contract
                    Owner, if a natural person, may designate a new Annuitant.
                    Unless and until one is designated, the Contract Owner will
                    be the Annuitant. If the Contract Owner is not a natural
                    person, then the death benefit, valued as described in
                    "Death of the Contract Owner before the Annuity Date", is
                    paid on due proof of the Annuitant's death.
 
                    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE
 
                    If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Date, the death
                    benefit, if any, will be as specified in the Annuity Option
                    elected. The Company will require due proof of the
                    Annuitant's death. Death benefits will be paid at least as
                    rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the
                    Annuitant's death.
 
                    CHANGE IN OPERATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT
 
                    At the Company's election and if deemed in the best
                    interests of persons having voting rights under the
                    Contracts, the Variable Account may be operated as a
                    management company under the 1940 Act or any other form
                    permitted by law; de-registered under the 1940 Act in the
                    event registration is no longer required (deregistration of
                    the Variable Account requires an order by the Commission);
                    or combined with one or more other separate accounts. To the
                    extent permitted by applicable law, the Company also may
                    transfer the assets of the Variable Account associated with
                    the Contracts to another account or accounts. In the event
                    of any change in the operation of the Variable Account
                    pursuant to this provision, the Company may make appropriate
                    endorsement to the Contracts to reflect the change and take
                    such other action as may be necessary and appropriate to
                    effect the change.
 
                    MODIFICATION
 
                    Upon notice to the Owner (or the Payee(s) during the Annuity
                    Period), the Contracts may be modified by the Company if
                    such modification: (i) is necessary to make the Contracts or
                    the Variable Account comply with, or take advantage of, any
                    law or regulation issued by a governmental agency to which
                    the Company or the Variable Account is subject; or (ii) is
                    necessary to attempt to assure continued qualification of
                    the Contracts under the Code or other federal or state laws
                    relating to retirement annuities or annuity contracts; or
                    (iii) is necessary to reflect a change in the operation of
                    the Variable Account or its Sub-Account(s) (See "Change in
                    Operation of Variable Account"); or (iv) provides additional
                    Variable Account and/or fixed accumulation options. In the
                    event of any such modification, the Company may make
                    appropriate endorsement to the Contracts to reflect such
                    modification.
 
                    In addition, upon notice to the Owner, the Contracts may be
                    modified by the Company to change the withdrawal charges,
                    Account Fees, mortality and expense risk charges,
                    administrative expense charges, the tables used in
                    determining the amount of the first monthly fixed annuity
                    payment, and the formula used to calculate the Market Value
                    Adjustment, provided that such modification shall apply only
                    to Contracts established after the effective date of such
                    modification. In order to exercise its modification rights
                    in these particular instances, the Company must notify the
                    Owner of such modification in writing. All of the charges
                    and the annuity tables which are provided in the Contracts
                    prior to any such modification will remain in effect
                    permanently, unless improved by the Company, with respect to
                    Contracts established prior to the effective date of such
                    modification.
 
28
<PAGE>
                    DISCONTINUANCE
 
                    The Company reserves the right to limit or discontinue the
                    offer and issuance of new Contracts. Such limitation or
                    discontinuance shall have no effect on rights or benefits
                    with respect to any Contracts issued prior to the effective
                    date of such limitation or discontinuance.
 
ANNUITY PROVISIONS
 
                    ANNUITY DATE; CHANGE IN ANNUITY DATE AND ANNUITY OPTION
 
                    The Contract Owner selects an Annuity Date at the time of
                    application or order to purchase. The Contract Owner may,
                    upon at least forty-five (45) days prior written notice to
                    the Company, at any time prior to the Annuity Date, change
                    the Annuity Date. The Annuity Date must always be the first
                    day of a calendar month. The Annuity Date may not be later
                    than the month following the Annuitant's 90th birthday.
 
                    The Contract Owner may, upon at least forty-five (45) days
                    prior written notice to the Company, at any time prior to
                    the Annuity Date, select and/or change the Annuity Option.
 
                    ANNUITY OPTIONS
 
                    Instead of having the proceeds paid in one sum, the Contract
                    Owner may select one of the Annuity Options. These may be on
                    a fixed or variable basis, or a combination thereof. The
                    Annuity Option must be selected at least 30 days prior to
                    the Annuity Date. The Company may, at the time of election
                    of an Annuity Option, offer more favorable rates in lieu of
                    those guaranteed. The Company also may make available other
                    settlement options. The Company uses sex distinct or unisex
                    annuity rate tables when determining appropriate annuity
                    payments.
 
                    FIXED OPTIONS
 
                    Under a fixed option, once the selection has been made and
                    payments have begun, the amount of the payments will not
                    vary. The fixed options currently available are:
 
                    FIRST OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY. The Company will make equal
                    monthly payments during the life of the Annuitant, ceasing
                    with the last payment due prior to the death of the
                    Annuitant.
 
                    SECOND OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. The
                    Company will make equal monthly payments during the life of
                    the Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period shown in
                    the annuity tables contained in the Contract. The amount of
                    each monthly payment per $1,000 of proceeds is based on the
                    age and gender classification (in accordance with state law)
                    of the Annuitant when the first payment is made and on the
                    minimum period chosen.
 
                    THIRD OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND. The Company
                    will make equal monthly payments during the life of the
                    Annuitant. Upon the death of the Annuitant, after payments
                    have started, the Company will pay in one sum any excess of
                    the amount of the proceeds applied under this Option over
                    the total of all payments made under this Option. The amount
                    of each monthly payment per $1,000 of proceeds is based on
                    the age and gender (in accordance with state law) of the
                    Annuitant when the first payment is made.
 
                    FOURTH OPTION -- ANNUITY CERTAIN. The Company will make
                    equal monthly payments for a number of years selected, not
                    less than five or more than thirty years.
 
                                                                              29
<PAGE>
                    VARIABLE OPTIONS
 
                    The actual dollar amount of variable annuity payments is
                    dependent upon (i) the Annuity Account Value at the time of
                    annuitization, (ii) the annuity table specified in the
                    Contract, (iii) the Annuity Option selected, and (iv) the
                    investment performance of the Sub-Account selected. Each
                    annuity payment will be less if payments are to be made more
                    frequently or for longer periods of time.
 
                    The dollar amount of the first monthly variable annuity
                    payment is determined by applying the available value (after
                    deduction of any premium tax equivalents not previously
                    deducted) to the table using the age and gender (in
                    accordance with state law) of the Annuitant. The number of
                    Annuity Units is then determined by dividing this dollar
                    amount by the then current Annuity Unit value. Thereafter,
                    the number of Annuity Units remains unchanged during the
                    period of annuity payments. This determination is made
                    separately for each Sub-Account of the Variable Account. The
                    number of Annuity Units is determined for each Sub-Account
                    and is based upon the available value in each Sub-Account as
                    of the date annuity payments are to begin.
 
                    The dollar amount determined for each Sub-Account will then
                    be aggregated for purposes of making payments.
 
                    The dollar amount of the second and later variable annuity
                    payments is equal to the number of Annuity Units determined
                    for each Sub-Account times the Annuity Unit value for that
                    Sub-Account as of the due date of the payment. This amount
                    may increase or decrease from month to month.
 
                    The annuity tables contained in the Contract are based on a
                    three percent (3%) assumed net investment rate. If the
                    actual net investment rate exceeds three percent (3%),
                    payments will increase. Conversely, if the actual rate is
                    less than three percent (3%), annuity payments will
                    decrease.
 
                    The Annuitant receives the value of a fixed number of
                    Annuity Units each month. The value of a fixed number of
                    Annuity Units will reflect the investment performance of the
                    Sub-Account selected and the amount of each annuity payment
                    will vary accordingly.
 
                    The Annuity Unit Value for a Sub-Account is determined by
                    multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for that Sub-Account for
                    the preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor
                    for the current Valuation Period (calculated as described on
                    pages 18 and 19 of this Prospectus) and multiplying the
                    result by 0.999919020, the daily factor to neutralize the
                    assumed net investment rate, discussed above, of 3% per
                    annum which is built into the annuity rate table. It may
                    increase or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation
                    Period.
 
                    The variable options currently available are:
 
                    OPTION I -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY. Monthly annuity payments
                    are paid during the life of an Annuitant, ceasing with the
                    last annuity payment due prior to the Annuitant's death.
 
                    OPTION II -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN
                    PERIOD. Monthly annuity payments are paid during the life of
                    an Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period selected,
                    which may be five, ten, fifteen or twenty years;
 
                    OPTION III -- VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN. Monthly annuity
                    payments are paid for a number of years selected, not less
                    than five or more than thirty years.
 
                    After the Annuity Date, the payee may, by written request to
                    the Annuity & Variable Life Services Center, exchange
                    Annuity Units of one Variable Sub-Account for Annuity Units
                    of equivalent value in another Variable Sub-Account up to
                    three times each Contract Year.
 
30
<PAGE>
                    EVIDENCE OF SURVIVAL
 
                    The Company reserves the right to require evidence of the
                    survival of any Payee at the time any payment payable to
                    such Payee is due under the following Annuity Options: Life
                    Annuity (fixed), Life Annuity with Certain Period (fixed),
                    Cash Refund Life Annuity (fixed), Variable Life Annuity, and
                    Variable Life Annuity with Certain Period.
 
                    ENDORSEMENT OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS
 
                    The Company will make each annuity payment at its Home
                    Office by check. Each check must be personally endorsed by
                    the Payee or the Company may require that proof of the
                    Annuitant's survival be furnished.
 
THE FIXED ACCOUNT
 
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS MADE UP OF THE GENERAL ASSETS OF THE
                    COMPANY OTHER THAN THOSE ALLOCATED TO ANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT.
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS PART OF THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT.
                    BECAUSE OF APPLICABLE EXEMPTIVE AND EXCLUSIONARY PROVISIONS,
                    INTERESTS IN THE FIXED ACCOUNT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
                    UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "1933 ACT"), AND
                    NEITHER THE FIXED ACCOUNT NOR THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT
                    HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                    (THE "1940 ACT"). THEREFORE, NEITHER THE FIXED ACCOUNT NOR
                    ANY INTEREST THEREIN IS GENERALLY SUBJECT TO REGULATION
                    UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE 1933 ACT OR THE 1940 ACT.
                    ACCORDINGLY, THE COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED THAT THE STAFF OF
                    THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED THE
                    DISCLOSURE IN THIS PROSPECTUS RELATING TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT.
 
                    The initial Premium Payment and any subsequent Premium
                    Payment(s) will be allocated to Sub-Accounts available in
                    connection with the Fixed Account to the extent elected by
                    the Owner at the time such Premium Payment is made. In
                    addition, all or part of the Owner's Annuity Account Value
                    may be transferred among Sub-Accounts available under the
                    Contract as described under "Transfer of Contract Values
                    between Sub-Accounts." Instead of the Owner's assuming all
                    of the investment risk as is the case for Premium Payments
                    allocated to the Variable Account, the Company guarantees it
                    will credit interest of at least 3% per year to amounts
                    allocated to the Fixed Account.
 
                    Assets supporting amounts allocated to Sub-Accounts within
                    the Fixed Account become part of the Company's general
                    account assets and are available to fund the claims of all
                    creditors of the Company. All of the Company's general
                    account assets will be available to fund benefits under the
                    Contracts. The Owner does not participate in the investment
                    performance of the assets of the Fixed Account or the
                    Company's general account.
 
                    The Company will invest the assets of the general account in
                    those assets chosen by the Company and allowed by applicable
                    state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments
                    that may be made by life insurance companies and the
                    percentage of their assets that may be committed to any
                    particular type of investment. In general, these laws permit
                    investments, within specified limits and subject to certain
                    qualifications, in federal, state and municipal obligations,
                    corporate bonds, preferred and common stocks, real estate
                    mortgages, real estate and certain other investments.
 
                    If the Account Value within a Fixed Account Sub-Account is
                    maintained for the duration of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, the Company guarantees that it will credit interest
                    to that amount at the guaranteed rate specified for the
                    Sub-Account which may but need not be more than 3% per year.
                    Any amount withdrawn from the Sub-Account prior to the
                    expiration of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period is subject
                    to a Market Value Adjustment (see "Market Value Adjustment")
                    and a Deferred Sales Charge, if applicable. The Company
                    guarantees, however, that a Contract will be credited with
                    interest at a rate of not less than 3% per year, compounded
                    annually, on amounts
 
                                                                              31
<PAGE>
                    allocated to any Fixed Account Sub-Account, regardless of
                    any application of the Market Value Adjustment (that is, the
                    Market Value Adjustment will not reduce the amount available
                    for surrender, withdrawal or transfer to an amount less than
                    the initial amount allocated or transferred to the Fixed
                    Account Sub-Account plus interest of 3% per year). The
                    Company reserves the right to defer the payment or transfer
                    of amounts withdrawn from the Fixed Account for a period not
                    to exceed six (6) months from the date a proper request for
                    surrender, withdrawal or transfer is received by the
                    Company.
 
                    FIXED ACCUMULATION VALUE. The fixed accumulation value of an
                    Annuity Account, if any, for any Valuation Period is equal
                    to the sum of the values of all Fixed Account Sub-Accounts
                    which are part of the Annuity Account for such Valuation
                    Period.
 
                    GUARANTEED PERIODS. The Owner may elect to allocate Premium
                    Payments to one or more Sub-Accounts within the Fixed
                    Account. Each Sub-Account will maintain a Guaranteed Period
                    with a duration of one, three, five, seven or ten years.
                    Every Premium Payment allocated to a Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account starts a new Sub-Account with its own duration
                    and Guaranteed Interest Rate. The duration of the Guaranteed
                    Period will affect the Guaranteed Interest Rate of the
                    Sub-Account. Initial Premium Payments and subsequent Premium
                    Payments, or portions thereof, and transferred amounts
                    allocated to a Fixed Account Sub-Account, less any amounts
                    subsequently withdrawn, will earn interest at the Guaranteed
                    Interest Rate during the particular Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period unless prematurely withdrawn prior to the end of the
                    Guaranteed Period. Initial Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods
                    begin on the date a Premium Payment is accepted or, in the
                    case of a transfer, on the effective date of the transfer,
                    and end on the date after the number of calendar years in
                    the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period elected from the date on
                    which the amount was allocated to the Sub-Account (the
                    "Expiration Date"). Any portion of Annuity Account Value
                    allocated to a specific Sub-Account with a specified
                    Expiration Date (including interest earned thereon) will be
                    referred to herein as a "Guaranteed Period Amount." Interest
                    will be credited daily at a rate equivalent to the compound
                    annual rate. As a result of renewals and transfers of
                    portions of the Annuity Account Value described under
                    "Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-Accounts" above,
                    which will begin new Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods, amounts
                    allocated to Sub-Accounts of the same duration may have
                    different Expiration Dates. Thus each Guaranteed Period
                    Amount will be treated separately for purposes of
                    determining any applicable Market Value Adjustment (see
                    "Market Value Adjustment").
 
                    The Company will notify the Owner in writing prior to the
                    Expiration Date for any Guaranteed Period Amount. A new
                    Sub-Account Guaranteed Period of the same duration as the
                    previous Sub-Account Guaranteed Period will commence
                    automatically at the end of the previous Guaranteed Period
                    unless the Company receives, following such notification but
                    prior to the end of such Guaranteed Period, a written
                    election by the Owner to transfer the Guaranteed Period
                    Amount to a different Fixed Account Sub-Account or to a
                    Variable Account Sub-Account from among those being offered
                    by the Company at such time. Transfers of any Guaranteed
                    Period Amount which become effective upon the expiration of
                    the applicable Guaranteed Period are not subject to the
                    twelve (or three) transfers per Contract Year limitations or
                    the additional Fixed Sub-Account transfer restrictions (see
                    "Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-Accounts").
 
                    GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES. The Company periodically will
                    establish an applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate for each of
                    the Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods within the Fixed Account.
                    Current Guaranteed Interest Rates may be changed by the
                    Company frequently or infrequently depending on interest
                    rates on investments available to the Company and other
                    factors as described below, but once established, rates will
                    be guaranteed for the entire duration of the respective
                    Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period. However, any amount
                    withdrawn from the Sub-Account may be subject to any
 
32
<PAGE>
                    applicable withdrawal charges, Account Fees, Market Value
                    Adjustment, premium taxes or other fees. Amounts transferred
                    out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account prior to the end of the
                    Guaranteed Period will be subject to the Market Value
                    Adjustment.
 
                    The Guaranteed Interest Rate will not be less than 3% per
                    year compounded annually, regardless of any application of
                    the Market Value Adjustment. The Company has no specific
                    formula for determining the rate of interest that it will
                    declare as a Guaranteed Interest Rate, as these rates will
                    be reflective of interest rates available on the types of
                    debt instruments in which the Company intends to invest
                    amounts allocated to the Fixed Account (see "The Fixed
                    Account"). In addition, the Company's management may
                    consider other factors in determining Guaranteed Interest
                    Rates for a particular Sub-Account including: regulatory and
                    tax requirements; sales commissions and administrative
                    expenses borne by the Company; general economic trends; and
                    competitive factors. THERE IS NO OBLIGATION TO DECLARE A
                    RATE IN EXCESS OF 3% PER YEAR; THE OWNER ASSUMES THE RISK
                    THAT DECLARED RATES WILL NOT EXCEED 3% PER YEAR. THE COMPANY
                    HAS COMPLETE DISCRETION TO DECLARE ANY RATE, SO LONG AS THAT
                    RATE IS AT LEAST 3% PER YEAR.
 
                    MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
 
                    Any surrender or transfer of a Fixed Account Guaranteed
                    Period Amount, other than a surrender or transfer pursuant
                    to an election which becomes effective upon the Expiration
                    Date of the Guaranteed Period, will be subject to a Market
                    Value Adjustment ("MVA"). The MVA will be applied to the
                    amount being surrendered or transferred after deduction of
                    any applicable Annuity Account Fee and before deduction of
                    any applicable surrender charge.
 
                    The MVA generally reflects the relationship between the
                    Index Rate (based upon the Treasury Constant Maturity Series
                    published by the Federal Reserve) in effect at the time a
                    Premium Payment is allocated to a Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period under the Contract and the Index Rate in effect at
                    the time of the Premium Payment's surrender or transfer. It
                    also reflects the time remaining in the Sub-Account's
                    Guaranteed Period. Generally, if the Index Rate at the time
                    of surrender or transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the
                    time the Premium Payment was allocated, then the application
                    of the MVA will result in a higher payment upon surrender or
                    transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the time of
                    surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate at the
                    time the Premium Payment was allocated, the application of
                    the MVA will generally result in a lower payment upon
                    surrender or transfer.
 
                    The MVA is computed by applying the following formula:
 
                                               (1+A)N
                                               ------
                                               (1+B)N
 
                    where:
 
                    A = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
                    Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
                    time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, determined at the beginning of the Guaranteed
                    Period.
 
                    B = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
                    Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
                    time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, determined at the time of surrender or transfer,
                    plus a 0.50% adjustment (unless otherwise limited by
                    applicable state law). If Index Rates "A" and "B" are within
                    .25% of each other when the index rate factor is determined,
                    no such percentage adjustment to "B" will be made, unless
                    otherwise required by state law. This adjustment builds into
                    the formula a factor representing direct and indirect costs
                    to the Company associated with liquidating general account
                    assets in order to satisfy surrender
 
                                                                              33
<PAGE>
                    requests. This adjustment of 0.50% has been added to the
                    denominator of the formula because it is anticipated that a
                    substantial portion of applicable general account portfolio
                    assets will be in relatively illiquid securities. Thus, in
                    addition to direct transaction costs, if such securities
                    must be sold (E.G., because of surrenders), the market price
                    may be lower. Accordingly, even if interest rates decline,
                    there will not be a positive adjustment until this factor is
                    overcome, and then any adjustment will be lower than
                    otherwise, to compensate for this factor. Similarly, if
                    interest rates rise, any negative adjustment will be greater
                    than otherwise, to compensate for this factor. If interest
                    rates stay the same, this factor will result in a small but
                    negative Market Value Adjustment.
 
                    N = The number of years remaining in the Guaranteed Period
                    (E.G. 1 year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2
                    years)
 
                    See the Statement of Additional information for examples of
                    the application of the Market Value Adjustment.
 
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
                    CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc. ("CFA"), located at 900
                    Cottage Grove Road, Bloomfield, CT acts as the principal
                    underwriter and the distributor of the Contracts as well as
                    of variable life insurance policies and other variable
                    annuity contracts issued by the Company. CFA, a registered
                    broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
                    a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers
                    (NASD), is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Connecticut General
                    Corporation. The Contracts are offered on a continuous
                    basis. CFA and the Company may enter into agreements to sell
                    the Contracts through various broker-dealers whose agents
                    are licensed to sell the Contracts.
 
PERFORMANCE DATA
 
                    MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT
 
                    From time to time, the Money Market Sub-Account may
                    advertise its "yield" and "effective yield." Both yield
                    figures will be based on historical earnings and are not
                    intended to indicate future performance. The "yield" of the
                    Money Market Sub-Account refers to the income generated by
                    Annuity Account Values in the Money Market Sub-Account over
                    a seven-day period (which period will be stated in the
                    advertisement). This income is then "annualized." That is,
                    the amount of income generated by the investment during that
                    week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week
                    period and is shown as a percentage of the Annuity Account
                    Values in the Money Market Sub-Account. The "effective
                    yield" is calculated similarly but, when annualized, the
                    income earned by Annuity Account Values in the Money Market
                    Sub-Account is assumed to be reinvested. The "effective
                    yield" will be slightly higher than the "yield" because of
                    the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment. The
                    computation of the yield calculation includes a deduction
                    for the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the
                    Administrative Expense Charge, and the Account Fee.
 
                    OTHER VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNTS
 
                    From time to time, the other Variable Account Sub-Accounts
                    may publish their current yields and total returns in
                    advertisements and communications to Contract Owners. The
                    current yield for each Variable Account Sub-Account will be
                    calculated by dividing the annualization of the dividend and
                    interest income earned by the underlying Fund during a
                    recent 30-day period by the maximum Accumulation Unit value
                    at the end of such period. Total return information will
                    include the underlying Fund's average annual compounded rate
                    of return over the most recent four calendar quarters and
                    the period from the underlying Fund's inception of
                    operations, based upon the value of the
 
34
<PAGE>
                    Accumulation Units acquired through a hypothetical $1,000
                    investment at the Accumulation Unit value at the beginning
                    of the specified period and upon the value of the
                    Accumulation Unit at the end of such period, assuming
                    reinvestment of all distributions and the deduction of the
                    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the Administrative
                    Expense Charge and the Annuity Account Fee. Each Variable
                    Account Sub-Account may also advertise aggregate and average
                    total return information over different periods of time.
 
                    In each case, the yield and total return figures will
                    reflect all recurring charges against the Variable Account
                    Sub-Account's income, including the deduction for the
                    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the Administrative
                    Expense Charge and the Account Fee for the applicable time
                    period. Contract Owners should note that the investment
                    results of each Sub-Account will fluctuate over time, and
                    any presentation of a Variable Account Sub-Account's current
                    yield or total return for any prior period should not be
                    considered as a representation of what an investment may
                    earn or what a Contract Owner's yield or total return may be
                    in any future period. See "Historical Performance Data" in
                    the Statement of Additional Information.
 
                    PERFORMANCE RANKING OR RATING
 
                    The performance of each or all of the Sub-Accounts of the
                    Variable Account may be compared in its advertising and
                    sales literature to the performance of other variable
                    annuity issuers in general or to the performance of
                    particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual
                    funds, or series of mutual funds with investment objectives
                    similar to each of the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.
                    Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper") Morningstar
                    Variable Annuity/Life Performance Report of Morningstar,
                    Inc. ("Morningstar") and the Variable Annuity Research and
                    Data Service ("VARDS-Registered Trademark-") are independent
                    services which monitor and rank or rate the performance of
                    variable annuity issuers in each of the major categories of
                    investment objectives on an industry-wide basis.
 
                    Lipper's rankings include variable life issuers as well as
                    variable annuity issuers. VARDS-Registered Trademark-
                    rankings compare only variable annuity issuers. Morningstar
                    ratings include mutual funds used by both variable life and
                    variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared
                    by Lipper and VARDS-Registered Trademark- rank such issuers
                    on the basis of total return, assuming reinvestment of
                    distributions, but do not take sales charges, redemption
                    fees or certain expense deductions at the separate account
                    level into consideration. In addition,
                    VARDS-Registered Trademark- prepares risk-adjusted rankings,
                    which consider the effects of market risk on total return
                    performance. This type of ranking may address the question
                    as to which funds provide the highest total return with the
                    least amount of risk. Morningstar assigns ratings of zero to
                    five stars to the mutual funds taking into account primarily
                    historical performance and risk factors.
 
TAX MATTERS
 
                    NOTE: THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION IS BASED UPON THE COMPANY'S
                    UNDERSTANDING OF CURRENT FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW APPLICABLE
                    TO ANNUITIES IN GENERAL. THE COMPANY CANNOT PREDICT THE
                    PROBABILITY THAT ANY CHANGES IN SUCH LAWS WILL BE MADE.
                    OWNERS ARE CAUTIONED TO SEEK COMPETENT TAX ADVICE REGARDING
                    THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH CHANGES. THE COMPANY DOES NOT
                    GUARANTEE THE TAX STATUS OF THE CONTRACTS. OWNERS BEAR THE
                    COMPLETE RISK THAT THE CONTRACTS MAY NOT BE TREATED AS
                    "ANNUITY CONTRACTS" UNDER FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS.
 
                    GENERAL
 
                    Section 72 of the Code governs taxation of annuities in
                    general. A Contract Owner is not taxed on increases in the
                    value of a Contract until distribution occurs, either in the
                    form
 
                                                                              35
<PAGE>
                    of a lump sum payment or as annuity payments under the
                    Settlement Option elected. For a lump sum payment received
                    as a total surrender (total redemption), the recipient is
                    taxed on the portion of the payment that exceeds the cost
                    basis of the Contract. For Non-Qualified Contracts, this
                    cost basis is generally the Premium Payments, while for
                    Qualified Contracts there may be no cost basis. The taxable
                    portion of the lump sum payment is taxed at ordinary income
                    tax rates.
 
                    For annuity payments, the taxable portion is determined by a
                    formula which establishes the ratio that the cost basis of
                    the Contract bears to the total value of annuity payments
                    for the term of the Contract. The taxable portion is taxed
                    at ordinary income rates. For certain types of Qualified
                    Plans there may be no cost basis in the Contract within the
                    meaning of Section 72 of the Code. Contract Owners,
                    Annuitants and Beneficiaries under the Contracts should seek
                    competent financial advice about the tax consequences of any
                    distributions.
 
                    The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under
                    Subchapter L of the Code. For federal income tax purposes,
                    the Variable Account is not a separate entity from the
                    Company, and its operations form a part of the Company.
                    Accordingly, the Variable Account will not be taxed
                    separately as a "regulated investment company" under
                    Subchapter M of the Code. The Company does not expect to
                    incur any federal income tax liability with respect to
                    investment income and net capital gains arising from the
                    activities of the Variable Account retained as part of the
                    reserves under the Contract. Based on this expectation, it
                    is anticipated that no charges will be made against the
                    Variable Account for federal income taxes. If, in future
                    years, any federal income taxes or other economic burden are
                    incurred by the Company with respect to the Variable Account
                    or the Contracts, the Company may make a charge for any such
                    amounts that are attributable to the Variable Account.
 
                    DIVERSIFICATION
 
                    Section 817(h) of the Code imposes certain diversification
                    standards on the underlying assets of variable annuity
                    contracts. The Code provides that a variable annuity
                    contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for any
                    period (and any subsequent period) for which the investments
                    are not adequately diversified in accordance with
                    regulations prescribed by the United States Treasury
                    Department ("Treasury Department"). Disqualification of the
                    Contract as an annuity contract would result in imposition
                    of federal income tax to the Contract Owner with respect to
                    earnings allocable to the Contract prior to the receipt of
                    payments under the Contract. The Code contains a safe harbor
                    provision which provides that annuity contracts such as the
                    Contracts meet the diversification requirements if, as of
                    the end of each quarter, the underlying assets meet the
                    diversification standards for a regulated investment company
                    and no more than fifty-five percent (55%) of the total
                    assets consist of cash, cash items, U.S. government
                    securities and securities of other regulated investment
                    companies.
 
                    The Treasury Department issued regulations (Treas. Reg.
                    1.817-5) which established diversification requirements for
                    the investment portfolios underlying variable contracts such
                    as the Contracts. The regulations amplify the
                    diversification requirements for variable contracts set
                    forth in the Code and provide an alternative to the safe
                    harbor provision described above. Under the regulations, an
                    investment portfolio will be deemed adequately diversified
                    if: (1) no more than 55% of the value of the total assets of
                    the portfolio is represented by any one investment; (2) no
                    more than 70% of the value of the total assets of the
                    portfolio is represented by any two investments; (3) no more
                    than 80% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
                    is represented by any three investments; and (4) no more
                    than 90% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
                    is represented by any four investments.
 
36
<PAGE>
                    The Code provides that for purposes of determining whether
                    or not the diversification standards imposed on the
                    underlying assets of variable contracts by Section 817(h) of
                    the Code have been met, "each United States government
                    agency or instrumentality shall be treated as a separate
                    issuer."
 
                    The Company intends, and the Trusts have undertaken, that
                    all Funds underlying the Contracts will be managed in such a
                    manner as to comply with these diversification requirements.
 
                    The Treasury Department has indicated that guidelines may be
                    forthcoming under which a variable annuity contract will not
                    be treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes if the
                    owner of the contract has excessive control over the
                    investments underlying the contract (i.e., by being able to
                    transfer values among sub-accounts with only limited
                    restrictions). The issuance of such guidelines may require
                    the Company to impose limitations on a Contract Owner's
                    right to control the investment. It is not known whether any
                    such guidelines would have a retroactive effect.
 
                    DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
 
                    Section 72(s) of the Code requires that in order to be
                    treated as an annuity contract for Federal income tax
                    purposes, any Nonqualified Contract must provide that (a) if
                    any Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date but prior to the
                    time the entire interest in the Contract has been
                    distributed, the remaining portion of such interest will be
                    distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
                    distribution being used when the Owner died; and (b) if any
                    Owner dies prior to the Annuity Date, the entire interest in
                    the Contract will be distributed within five years after
                    such death. These requirements will be considered satisfied
                    as to any portion of the Owner's interest which is payable
                    to or for the benefit of a "designated beneficiary" and
                    which is distributed over the life of such "designated
                    beneficiary" or over a period not extending beyond the life
                    expectancy of that beneficiary, provided that such
                    distributions begin within one year of the Owner's death.
                    The Owner's "designated beneficiary" is the person
                    designated by such Owner as a Beneficiary and to whom
                    ownership of the Contract passes by reason of death and must
                    be a natural person. However, if the Owner's "designated
                    beneficiary" is the surviving spouse of the Owner, the
                    Contract may be continued with the surviving spouse as the
                    new Owner.
 
                    The Contracts contain provisions which are intended to
                    comply with the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Code,
                    although no regulations interpreting these requirements have
                    yet been issued. The Company intends to review such
                    provisions and modify them if necessary to try to assure
                    that they comply with the Section 72(s) requirements when
                    clarified by regulation or otherwise. Similar rules may
                    apply to a Qualified Contract.
 
                    MULTIPLE CONTRACTS
 
                    The Code provides that multiple non-qualified annuity
                    contracts which are issued during a calendar year to the
                    same contract owner by one company or its affiliates are
                    treated as one annuity contract for purposes of determining
                    the tax consequences of any distribution. Such treatment may
                    result in adverse tax consequences, including more rapid
                    taxation of the distributed amounts from such combination of
                    contracts. Contract Owners should consult a tax adviser
                    prior to purchasing more than one nonqualified annuity
                    contract in any single calendar year.
 
                    TAX TREATMENT OF ASSIGNMENTS
 
                    An assignment or pledge of a Contract may be a taxable
                    event. Contract Owners should therefore consult competent
                    tax advisers should they wish to assign their Contracts.
 
                                                                              37
<PAGE>
                    WITHHOLDING
 
                    Withholding of federal income taxes on the taxable portion
                    of all distributions may be required unless the recipient
                    elects not to have any such amounts withheld and properly
                    notifies the Company of that election. Different rules may
                    apply to United States citizens or expatriates living
                    abroad. Withholding is mandatory for certain distributions
                    from Qualified Contracts. In addition, some states have
                    enacted legislation requiring withholding.
 
                    SECTION 1035 EXCHANGES
 
                    Code Section 1035 generally provides that no gain or loss
                    shall be recognized on the exchange of one annuity contract
                    for another. If the surrendered contract was issued prior to
                    August 14, 1982, the tax rules that formerly provided that
                    the surrender was taxable only to the extent the amount
                    received exceeds the owner's investment in the contract will
                    continue to apply to amounts allocable to investment in the
                    contract before August 14, 1982. Special rules and
                    procedures apply to Code Section 1035 transactions.
                    Prospective purchasers wishing to take advantage of Code
                    Section 1035 should consult their tax advisers.
 
                    TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
                    NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
 
                    Section 72 of the Code governs the treatment of
                    distributions from annuity contracts. It provides that if
                    the Annuity Account Value exceeds the aggregate Premium
                    Payments made, any amount withdrawn will be treated as
                    coming first from the earnings and then, only after the
                    income portion is exhausted, as coming from the principal.
                    Withdrawn earnings are includable in gross income. It
                    further provides that a ten percent (10%) penalty will apply
                    to the income portion of any premature distribution.
                    However, the penalty is not imposed on amounts received: (a)
                    after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death of
                    the Contract Owner (or, if the Contract Owner is a
                    non-natural person, the Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is
                    totally disabled (for this purpose disability is as defined
                    in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (d) in a series of
                    substantially equal periodic payments made not less
                    frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
                    of the Payee or for the joint lives (or joint life
                    expectancies) of the Payee and his/her beneficiary; (e)
                    under an immediate annuity; or (f) which are allocable to
                    Premium Payments made prior to August 14, 1982.
 
                    The above information does not apply, except where noted, to
                    Qualified Contracts. However, separate tax withdrawal
                    penalties and restrictions may apply to such Qualified
                    Contracts. (See "Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified
                    Contracts.")
 
                    QUALIFIED PLANS
 
                    The Contracts offered by this Prospectus are designed to be
                    suitable for use under various types of Qualified Plans.
                    Because of the minimum purchase payment requirements, these
                    Contracts may not be appropriate for some periodic payment
                    retirement plans. Taxation of participants in each Qualified
                    Plan varies with the type of plan and terms and conditions
                    of each specific plan. Contract Owners, Annuitants and
                    Beneficiaries are cautioned that benefits under a Qualified
                    Plan may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan
                    regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contracts
                    issued pursuant to the plan. Although the Company provides
                    administration for the Contract, it does not provide
                    administrative support for Qualified Plans. Following are
                    general descriptions of the types of Qualified Plans with
                    which the Contracts may be used. Such descriptions are not
                    exhaustive and are for general informational purposes
 
38
<PAGE>
                    only. The tax rules regarding Qualified Plans are very
                    complex and will have differing applications, depending on
                    individual facts and circumstances. Each purchaser should
                    obtain competent tax advice prior to purchasing a Contract
                    issued in connection with a Qualified Plan.
 
                    Special favorable tax treatment may be available for certain
                    types of contributions and distributions (including special
                    rules for certain lump sum distributions). Adverse tax
                    consequences may result from contributions in excess of
                    specified limits, distributions prior to age 59 1/2 (subject
                    to certain exceptions), distributions that do not conform to
                    specified minimum distribution rules, aggregate
                    distributions in excess of a specified annual amount, and in
                    certain other circumstances. Therefore, the Company makes no
                    attempt to provide more than general information about use
                    of the Contract with the various types of qualified plans.
                    Purchasers and participants under qualified plans as well as
                    Annuitants, Payees and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the
                    rights of any person to any benefits under qualified plans
                    may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan
                    themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the
                    Contract issued in connection therewith.
 
                    SECTION 403(B) PLANS
 
                    Under Section 403(b) of the Code, payments made by public
                    school systems and certain tax exempt organizations to
                    purchase annuity policies for their employees are excludable
                    from the gross income of the employee, subject to certain
                    limitations. However, such payments may be subject to FICA
                    (Social Security) taxes. Additionally, in accordance with
                    the requirements of the Code, Section 403(b) annuities
                    generally may not permit distribution of (i) elective
                    contributions made in years beginning after December 31,
                    1988, and (ii) earnings on those contributions and (iii)
                    earnings on amounts attributed to elective contributions
                    held as of the end of the last year beginning before January
                    1, 1989. Distributions of such amounts will be allowed only
                    upon the death of the employee, on or after attainment of
                    age 59 1/2, separation from service, disability, or
                    financial hardship, except that income attributable to
                    elective contributions may not be distributed in the case of
                    hardship.
 
                    INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES
 
                    Sections 219 and 408 of the Code permit individuals or their
                    employers to contribute to an individual retirement program
                    known as an "Individual Retirement Annuity" or an "IRA".
                    Individual Retirement Annuities are subject to limitation on
                    the amount which may be contributed and deducted and the
                    time when distributions may commence. In addition,
                    distributions from certain other types of qualified plans
                    may be placed into an Individual Retirement Annuity on a
                    tax-deferred basis.
 
                    CORPORATE PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING PLANS AND H.R. 10 PLANS
 
                    Section 401(a) and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate
                    employers to establish various types of retirement plans for
                    employees and self-employed individuals to establish
                    qualified plans for themselves and their employees. Such
                    retirement plans may permit the purchase of the Contracts to
                    provide benefits under the plans.
 
                    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS
 
                    Section 457 of the Code, while not actually providing for a
                    qualified plan as that term is normally used, provides for
                    certain deferred compensation plans with respect to service
                    for state governments, local governments, political
                    sub-divisions, agencies, instrumentalities and certain
                    affiliates of such entities and tax exempt organizations
                    which enjoy
 
                                                                              39
<PAGE>
                    special treatment. The Contracts can be used with such
                    plans. Under such plans a participant may specify the form
                    of investment in which his or her participation will be
                    made. All such investments, however, are owned by, and are
                    subject to, the claims of the general creditors of the
                    sponsoring employer.
 
                    The above description of federal income tax consequences
                    pertaining to the different types of Qualified Plans that
                    may be funded by the Contracts is only a brief summary and
                    is not intended as tax advice. The rules governing the
                    provisions of Qualified Plans are extremely complex and
                    often difficult to comprehend. Anything less than full
                    compliance with the applicable rules, all of which are
                    subject to change, may have significant adverse tax
                    consequences. A prospective purchaser considering the
                    purchase of a Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan
                    should first consult a qualified and competent tax adviser
                    with regard to the suitability of the Contract as an
                    investment vehicle for the Qualified Plan.
 
                    TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
                    QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
 
                    Section 72(t) of the Code imposes a 10% penalty tax on the
                    taxable portion of any distribution from qualified
                    retirement plans, including Contracts issued and qualified
                    under Code Sections 401, 403(b), 408 and 457. To the extent
                    amounts are not includable in gross income because they have
                    been properly rolled over to an IRA or to another eligible
                    Qualified Plan, no tax penalty will be imposed. The tax
                    penalty will not apply to the following distributions: (a)
                    if distribution is made on or after the date on which the
                    Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) distributions following the
                    death of the Contract Owner or Annuitant (as applicable) or
                    disability of the Payee (for this purpose disability is as
                    defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (c) after
                    separation from service, distributions that are part of
                    substantially equal periodic payments made not less
                    frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
                    of the Payee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies)
                    of such Payee and his/her designated beneficiary; (d)
                    distributions to a Payee who has separated from service
                    after attaining age 55; (e) distributions made to the extent
                    such distributions do not exceed the amount allowable as a
                    deduction under Code Section 213 to the Payee for amounts
                    paid during the taxable year for medical care: and (f)
                    distributions made to an alternate payee pursuant to a
                    qualified domestic relations order.
 
                    The exceptions stated in Items (d), (e) and (f) above do not
                    apply in the case of an Individual Retirement Annuity.
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                    Audited financial statements of the Company as of December
                    31, 1996 and 1995 and for each of the three years in the
                    period ended December 31, 1996 are included in the Statement
                    of Additional Information. Also included are audited
                    financial statements for the Variable Account, which
                    commenced operations April 10, 1995, as of and for the
                    periods (as defined in the financial statements) ended
                    December 31, 1996.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
                    There are no legal proceedings to which the Variable
                    Account, the Distributor or the Company is a party except
                    for routine litigation which the Company does not believe is
                    relevant to the Contracts offered by this Prospectus.
 
40
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
A Statement of Additional Information which contains more details concerning
some subjects discussed in this Prospectus is available (at no cost) by calling
or writing the Annuity & Variable Life Services Center. The following is the
Table of Contents for that Statement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               TABLE OF CONTENTS                     PAGE
<S>                                               <C>
THE CONTRACTS-GENERAL PROVISIONS................           3
  The Contracts.................................           3
  Loans.........................................           3
  Non-Participating Contracts...................           3
  Misstatement of Age...........................           3
CALCULATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUES..........           3
  Variable Accumulation Unit Value..............           3
  Net Investment Factor.........................           4
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS AND TABLES..................           4
  Variable Account Unit Value Calculations......           4
  Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment
   Tables.......................................           5
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY.................           6
ADMINISTRATION..................................           7
 
<CAPTION>
               TABLE OF CONTENTS                     PAGE
<S>                                               <C>
ACCOUNT INFORMATION.............................           7
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS...................           7
CUSTODY OF ASSETS...............................           7
HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA.....................           8
  Money Market Sub-Account Yield................           8
  Other Sub-Account Yields......................           8
  Total Returns.................................           9
  Other Performance Data........................           9
LEGAL MATTERS...................................          10
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS...............................          10
EXPERTS.........................................          10
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................          10
  Connecticut General Life Insurance Company....          11
  CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II.......          33
</TABLE>
 
                                                                              41
<PAGE>
APPENDIX 1
 
                                ILLUSTRATION OF
                        COST OF OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               SIMPLIFIED EXAMPLE
 
Contract Owner:     Mrs. Smith, female, age 57
Death Benefit Choice: D (annual step-up)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           GUARANTEED
                                           DEATH
DATE                ACCOUNT VALUE*         BENEFIT       AMOUNT AT RISK
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>                    <C>           <C>                        <C>
May 15, Year 1      $30,000                    $30,000   $0.00
(New contract --
date policy is in
force)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 15, Year 2      $40,000                    $40,000   $0.00
(First contract                                 (Death
anniversary)                                   benefit
                                            steps up.)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
June 15, Year 2     $30,000                    $40,000   Guar. Death Bene. equals:    $40,000
(Last day of        (Market correction                   Account Value equals:       -$30,000
month. Account is   has occurred. Account                AMOUNT AT RISK EQUALS:      --------
assessed for death  value has fallen                     (Owner WILL be charged       $10,000
benefit charges.)   below guaranteed                     for death benefit this
                    death benefit.)                      month.)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
July 15, Year 2     $40,000                    $40,000   Guar. Death Bene. equals:    $40,000
(One month later.)  (Market recovers.                    Account Value equals:       -$40,000
                    Account value has                    AMOUNT AT RISK EQUALS:      --------
                    increased.)                          (Owner will NOT be             $0.00
                                                         charged for death benefit
                                                         this month.)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
In the case shown above, the Amount at Risk on June 15, Yr. 2 would be $10,000.
Now refer to the chart below, also found on page 23 of this prospectus. A 57
year old female will pay $8.34 per thousand of Amount at Risk. 10 X $8.34 =
$83.40. That amount is an annual charge. It is divided by 12 to determine the
monthly charge of $6.95.
 
In the example above, no Amount at Risk exists on July 15, Yr. 2. The Owner will
NOT be charged for a death benefit that month. However a market recovery in June
will not affect a death benefit charge already accrued for May. That charge is
fixed and will appear on the Owner's annual statement at the end of the Contract
Year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 COST OF OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT(S)
                                                       ACTUAL RATE PER $1,000
                                                         OF AMOUNT AT RISK
                                                 ----------------------------------
ATTAINED AGE                                        MALE       FEMALE      UNISEX
- -----------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
Less than 40...................................  $     2.40  $     1.99  $     2.20
40-45..........................................        3.02        2.54        2.78
46-50..........................................        4.92        4.02        4.47
51-55..........................................        7.30        5.70        6.50
56-60..........................................       11.46        8.34        9.90
61-65..........................................       17.54       11.55       14.55
66-70..........................................       27.85       18.19       23.02
71-75..........................................       43.30       27.57       35.44
76-80..........................................       70.53       47.33       58.93
81-85..........................................      117.25       87.04      102.15
86-90..........................................      179.55      147.37      163.46
91+............................................      400.00      380.00      390.00
</TABLE>
 
*After $35 Account Fee is applied.
 
42
<PAGE>
                            PART A. PROSPECTUS NO. 3
<PAGE>
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
                                                                     [LOGO]
CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II
 
<TABLE>
<S>                     <C>                        <C>                       <C>
HOME OFFICE LOCATION:   MAILING ADDRESS:           LOCKBOX ADDRESS: BY       LOCKBOX ADDRESS: BY
900 COTTAGE GROVE ROAD  CIGNA INDIVIDUAL           MAIL:                     OVERNIGHT:
HARTFORD, CT 06152      INSURANCE                  CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE  CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE
                        ANNUITY & VARIABLE LIFE    INSURANCE COMPANY         INSURANCE COMPANY
                        SERVICES CENTER:           P.O. BOX 30790            C/O FLEET BANK
                        ROUTING S-249              HARTFORD, CT 06150        20 CHURCH STREET
                        HARTFORD, CT 06152-2249                              20TH FLOOR, MSN275
                        TELEPHONE: (800)                                     HARTFORD, CT 06120
                        (552-9898)                                           ATTN: LOCKBOX 30790
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
              FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
The Flexible Payment Deferred Variable Annuity Contracts (the "Contracts")
described in this prospectus provide for accumulation of Contract Values and
eventual payment of monthly annuity payments on a fixed or variable basis. The
Contracts are designed to aid individuals in long term planning for retirement
or other long term purposes. The Contracts are available for retirement plans
which do not qualify for the special federal tax advantages available under the
Internal Revenue Code ("Non-Qualified Plans") and for retirement plans which do
qualify for the federal tax advantages available under the Internal Revenue Code
("Qualified Plans"). (See "Tax Matters -- Qualified Plans.") Premium payments
for the Contracts will be allocated to a segregated investment account of
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company"), designated CG
Variable Annuity Separate Account II (the "Variable Account"), or to the Fixed
Account, or some combination of them, as selected by the owner of the Contract.
 
The following funding options are available under a Contract: Through the
Variable Account, the Company offers twenty-one diversified open-end management
investment companies (commonly called mutual funds), each with a different
investment objective: Alger American Fund -- Alger American Small Capitalization
Portfolio, Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio, Alger American MidCap
Growth Portfolio and Alger American Growth Portfolio; CIGNA Variable Products
Group -- Money Market Fund; Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund --
Equity-Income Portfolio, High Income Portfolio and Overseas Portfolio; Fidelity
Variable Insurance Products Fund II -- Investment Grade Bond Portfolio and
Contra Fund Portfolio; Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund III -- Growth
Opportunities Portfolio; MFS-Registered Trademark- Variable Insurance Trust --
MFS Total Return Series, MFS Utilities Series, MFS Emerging Growth Series, MFS
Research Series and MFS Growth With Income Series; Neuberger & Berman Advisers
Management Trust -- Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio and Partners Portfolio; OCC
Accumulation Trust -- Global Equity Portfolio, Managed Portfolio and Small Cap
Portfolio. The fixed interest option offered under a Contract is the Fixed
Account. Premium payments or transfers allocated to the Fixed Account, and 3%
interest per year thereon, are guaranteed, and additional interest may be
credited, with certain withdrawals subject to a Market Value Adjustment and
withdrawal charges. Unless specifically mentioned, this prospectus only
describes the variable investment options.
 
This entire prospectus, and those of the Funds, should be read carefully before
investing to understand the Contracts being offered. The "Statement of
Additional Information" dated May 1, 1997, available at no charge by calling or
writing the Company's Annuity & Variable Life Services Center as shown above,
provides further information. Its Table of Contents is at the end of this
prospectus.
 
THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE CURRENT PROSPECTUSES OF
THE MUTUAL FUNDS AVAILABLE AS FUNDING OPTIONS FOR THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS
PROSPECTUS. ALL PROSPECTUSES SHOULD BE RETAINED FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                         PROSPECTUS DATED: MAY 1, 1997
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   CONTENTS                        PAGE
<S>                                              <C>
DEFINITIONS....................................          3
HIGHLIGHTS.....................................          5
FEES AND EXPENSES..............................          7
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION................         12
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT...........         12
THE FUNDS......................................         13
  General......................................         16
  Substitution of Securities...................         16
  Voting Rights................................         16
PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND CONTRACT VALUE............         17
  Premium Payments.............................         17
  Allocation of Premium Payments...............         17
  Optional Variable Account Sub-Account
   Allocation Programs.........................         18
    Dollar Cost Averaging......................         18
    Automatic Rebalancing......................         19
  Contract Value...............................         19
  Variable Accumulation Unit...................         19
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS.........................         20
  Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (Sales
   Load).......................................         20
  Mortality and Expense Risk Charge............         21
  Administrative Expense Charge................         21
  Account Fee..................................         22
  Premium Tax Equivalents......................         22
  Income Taxes.................................         22
  Fund Expenses................................         22
  Transfer Fee.................................         22
DEATH BENEFITS.................................         23
  Death Benefits Provided by the Contract......         23
  Amount of Death Benefit......................         23
  Election and Effective Date of Election......         24
  Death of the Annuitant before the Annuity
   Date........................................         24
  Death of the Annuitant after the Annuity
   Date........................................         24
OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES........................         25
  Ownership....................................         25
  Assignment...................................         25
  Beneficiary..................................         25
  Change of Beneficiary........................         25
  Annuitant....................................         25
  Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-
   Accounts....................................         26
 
<CAPTION>
                   CONTENTS                        PAGE
<S>                                              <C>
  Procedures for Telephone Transfers...........         27
  Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals...........         27
  Delay of Payments and Transfers..............         27
  Change in Operation of Variable Account......         28
  Modification.................................         28
  Discontinuance...............................         29
ANNUITY PROVISIONS.............................         29
  Annuity Date; Change in Annuity Date and
   Annuity Option..............................         29
  Annuity Options..............................         29
  Fixed Options................................         29
  Variable Options.............................         30
  Evidence of Survival.........................         31
  Endorsement of Annuity Payments..............         31
THE FIXED ACCOUNT..............................         31
  Market Value Adjustment......................         33
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS..................         34
PERFORMANCE DATA...............................         34
  Money Market Sub-Account.....................         34
  Other Variable Account Sub-Accounts..........         34
  Performance Ranking or Rating................         35
TAX MATTERS....................................         35
  General......................................         35
  Diversification..............................         36
  Distribution Requirements....................         37
  Multiple Contracts...........................         37
  Tax Treatment of Assignments.................         37
  Withholding..................................         38
  Section 1035 Exchanges.......................         38
  Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Non-Qualified
   Contracts...................................         38
  Qualified Plans..............................         38
  Section 403(b) Plans.........................         39
  Individual Retirement Annuities..............         39
  Corporate Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans
   and H.R. 10 Plans...........................         39
  Deferred Compensation Plans..................         39
  Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified
   Contracts...................................         40
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS...........................         40
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS..............................         40
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF
 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION........................         41
</TABLE>
 
2
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
 
                    ACCUMULATION PERIOD: The period from the Effective Date to
                    the Annuity Date, the date on which the Death Benefit
                    becomes payable or the date on which the Contract is
                    surrendered or annuitized, whichever is earliest.
 
                    ACCUMULATION UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the
                    value of the Owner's interest in each funding option used in
                    the variable portion of the Contract prior to the Annuity
                    Date.
 
                    ANNUITANT: A person designated by the Owner in writing upon
                    whose continuation of life any series of payments for a
                    definite period or involving life contingencies depends. If
                    the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the Owner
                    becomes the Annuitant until naming a new Annuitant.
 
   
                    ANNUITY & VARIABLE LIFE SERVICES CENTER: The office of the
                    Company to which notices are given and any customer service
                    requests are made. Mailing address: CIGNA Individual
                    Insurance, Annuity & Variable Life Services Center, Routing
                    S-249, Hartford, CT 06152-2249. Premium Payments must be
                    sent, and all other correspondence may be sent, to either
                    Lockbox address: If by mail: P.O. Box 30790, Hartford, CT
                    06150; If by overnight courier: c/o Fleet Bank, 20 Church
                    Street, 20th Floor, MSN275, Hartford, CT 06120, Attn:
                    Lockbox 30790.
    
 
                    ANNUITY ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of the Contract at any
                    point in time.
 
                    ANNUITY DATE: The date on which annuity payments commence.
 
                    ANNUITY OPTION: The arrangement under which annuity payments
                    are made.
 
                    ANNUITY PERIOD: The period starting on the Annuity Date.
 
                    ANNUITY UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the portion
                    of annuity payments attributable to each funding option used
                    in the fixed and variable portion of the Contract on and
                    after the Annuity Date.
 
   
                    BENEFICIARY: The person entitled to the Death Benefit, who
                    must also be the "Designated Beneficiary", for purposes of
                    Section 72(s) of the Code, upon the Owner's death.
    
 
   
                    CERTIFICATE: The document which evidences the participation
                    of an Owner in a group contract.
    
 
                    CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
                    COMPANY: Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.
 
   
                    CONTRACT: The Variable Annuity Contract described in this
                    prospectus (or the certificate evidencing the Owner's
                    participation in a group contract).
    
 
                    CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, CONTRACT YEAR, EFFECTIVE DATE: The
                    Contract's Effective Date is the date it is issued. It is
                    also the date on which the first Contract Year, a 12-month
                    period, begins. Subsequent Contract Years begin on each
                    Contract Anniversary, which is the anniversary of the
                    Effective Date.
 
                    CONTRACT MONTH: The period from one Monthly Anniversary Date
                    to the next.
 
   
                    CONTRACT OWNER (OR OWNER): The person(s) initially
                    designated in the application or order to purchase or
                    otherwise, unless later changed, as having all ownership
                    rights under the Contract; is the Certificate Owner under a
                    group contract.
    
 
                                                                               3
<PAGE>
   
                    FIXED ACCOUNT: Those Sub-Accounts associated with Guaranteed
                    Periods and Guaranteed Rates. Fixed Account Assets are
                    maintained in the Company's General Account and not
                    allocated to the Variable Account.
    
 
                    FIXED ANNUITY: An annuity with payments which do not vary as
                    to dollar amount.
 
   
                    FUND(S): One or more of Alger American Fund -- Alger
                    American Small Capitalization Portfolio, Alger American
                    Leveraged AllCap Portfolio, Alger American MidCap Growth
                    Portfolio and Alger American Growth Portfolio; CIGNA
                    Variable Products Group -- Money Market Fund; Fidelity
                    Variable Insurance Products -- Fund Equity-Income Portfolio,
                    High Income Portfolio and Overseas Portfolio; Fidelity
                    Variable Insurance Products Fund II -- Investment Grade Bond
                    Portfolio and Contra Fund Portfolio; Fidelity Variable
                    Insurance Products Fund III -- Growth Opportunities
                    Portfolio; MFS-Registered Trademark- Variable Insurance
                    Trust -- MFS Total Return Series, MFS Utilities Series and
                    MFS Emerging Growth Series, MFS Research Series and MFS
                    Growth with Income Series; Neuberger & Berman Advisers
                    Management Trust -- Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio and
                    Partners Portfolio; OCC Accumulation Trust -- Global Equity
                    Portfolio, Managed Portfolio and Small Cap Portfolio. Each
                    is an open-end management investment company (mutual fund)
                    whose shares are available to fund the benefits provided by
                    the Contract.
    
 
                    GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE: The rate of interest credited by
                    the Company on a compound annual basis during a Guaranteed
                    Period.
 
   
                    GUARANTEED PERIOD: The period for which interest, at either
                    an initial or subsequent Guaranteed Interest Rate, will be
                    credited to any amounts which an Owner allocates to a Fixed
                    Account Sub-Account. In most states in which these Contracts
                    are issued, this period may be one, five or ten years, as
                    elected by the Owner.
    
 
                    GUARANTEED PERIOD AMOUNT: Any portion of a Purchaser's
                    Annuity Account Value allocated to a specific Guaranteed
                    Period with a specified Expiration Date (including credited
                    interest thereon).
 
                    INDEX RATE: An index rate based on the Treasury Constant
                    Maturity Series published by the Federal Reserve Board.
 
                    IN WRITING: In a written form satisfactory to the Company
                    and received by the Company at its Annuity & Variable Life
                    Services Center.
 
                    MONTHLY ANNIVERSARY DATE: The monthly anniversary of the
                    Effective Date, as shown on the specifications page of the
                    Contract, when the Company makes the monthly calculation of
                    any charge for the Optional Death Benefit.
 
   
                    NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS: A Contract used in connection with
                    a retirement plan which does not receive favorable federal
                    income tax treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408, or
                    457. The owner of a Non-Qualified Contract must be a natural
                    person or an agent for a natural person in order for the
                    Contract to receive favorable income tax treatment as an
                    annuity.
    
 
                    PAYEE: A recipient of payments under the Contract.
 
                    PREMIUM PAYMENT: Any amount paid to the Company cleared in
                    good funds as consideration for the benefits provided by the
                    Contract. Includes the initial Premium Payment and
                    subsequent Premium Payments.
 
   
                    QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract used in connection with a
                    retirement plan which receives favorable federal income tax
                    treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408 or 457.
    
 
                    SHARES: Shares of a Fund.
 
4
<PAGE>
                    SUB-ACCOUNT: That portion of the Fixed Account associated
                    with specific Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest
                    Rate(s) and that portion of the Variable Account which
                    invests in shares of a specific Fund.
 
   
                    SURRENDER (OR WITHDRAWAL): When a lump sum amount
                    representing all or part of the Annuity Account Value (minus
                    any applicable withdrawal charges, contract fees and premium
                    tax equivalents and adjusted by any Market Value Adjustment)
                    is paid to the Owner. After a full surrender, all of the
                    Owner's rights under the Contract are terminated. In this
                    prospectus, the terms "surrender" and "withdrawal" are used
                    interchangeably.
    
 
                    SURRENDER DATE: The date the Company processes the Owner's
                    election to surrender the Contract or to receive a partial
                    withdrawal.
 
                    VALUATION DATE: Every day on which Accumulation Units are
                    valued, which is each day on which the New York Stock
                    Exchange ("NYSE") is open for business, except any day on
                    which trading on the NYSE is restricted, or on which an
                    emergency exists, as determined by the Securities and
                    Exchange Commission ("Commission"), so that valuation or
                    disposal of securities is not practicable.
 
                    VALUATION PERIOD: The period of time beginning on the day
                    following the Valuation Date and ending on the next
                    Valuation Date. A Valuation Period may be more than one day
                    in length.
 
                    VARIABLE ACCOUNT: CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II, a
                    separate account of the Company under Connecticut law, in
                    which the assets of the Sub-Account(s) funded through shares
                    of one or more of the Funds are maintained. Assets of the
                    Variable Account attributable to the Contracts are not
                    chargeable with the general liabilities of the Company.
 
   
                    VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
                    calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
                    Owner's Annuity Account Value during the Accumulation
                    Period.
    
 
   
                    VARIABLE ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
                    calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
                    Owner's Annuity Account Value during the Annuity Period, to
                    determine the amount of each variable annuity payment.
    
 
HIGHLIGHTS
 
                    Premium Payments attributable to the variable portion of the
                    Contracts will be allocated to a segregated asset account of
                    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company")
                    which has been designated CG Variable Annuity Separate
                    Account II (the "Variable Account"). The Variable Account
                    invests in shares of one or more of the Funds available to
                    fund the Contract as selected by the Owner. Contract Owners
                    bear the investment risk for all amounts allocated to the
                    Variable Account. The Contract's provisions may vary in some
                    states. Inquiries about the Contracts may be made to the
                    Company's Annuity & Variable Life Services Center.
 
                    The Contract may be returned within 10 days after it is
                    received, longer in some states. It can be mailed or
                    delivered to either the Company or the agent who sold it.
                    Return of the Contract by mail is effective on being
                    postmarked, properly addressed and postage prepaid. The
                    Company will promptly refund the Contract Value in states
                    where permitted. This may be more or less than the Premium
                    Payment. In states where required, the Company will promptly
                    refund the Premium Payment, less any partial surrenders. The
                    Company has the right to allocate initial Premium Payments
                    to the Money Market Sub-Account until the expiration of the
                    right-to-examine period. If the Company does so allocate an
                    initial Premium Payment, it will refund the greater of the
                    Premium Payment, less any partial surrenders, or the
                    Contract Value. It is the Company's current practice
 
                                                                               5
<PAGE>
                    to directly allocate the initial Premium Payment to the
                    Fund(s) designated in the application or order to purchase,
                    unless state law requires a refund of Premium Payments
                    rather than of Annuity Account Value.
 
   
                    A Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) may be
                    deducted in the event of a full surrender or partial
                    withdrawal. The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is imposed
                    on Premium Payments within seven (7) years after their being
                    made. Contract Owners may, during each Contract Year,
                    withdraw up to fifteen percent (15%) of Premium Payments
                    made, or any remaining portion thereof, ("the Fifteen
                    Percent Free") without incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales
                    Charge. The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will vary in
                    amount, depending upon the Contract Year in which the
                    Premium Payment being surrendered or withdrawn was made. For
                    purposes of determining the applicability of the Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge, surrenders and withdrawals are deemed
                    to be on a first-in, first-out basis.
    
 
                    The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is found in the fee
                    table (See "Charges and Deductions -- Contingent Deferred
                    Sales Charge (Sales Load)"). The maximum Contingent Deferred
                    Sales Charge is 7% of Premium Payments. There may also be a
                    Market Value Adjustment on surrenders, withdrawals or
                    transfers from the Fixed Account portion of the Contract.
 
   
                    There is a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge which is equal,
                    on an annual basis, to 1.25% of the average daily net assets
                    of the Variable Account. This Charge compensates the Company
                    for assuming the mortality and expense risks under the
                    Contract (See "Charges and Deductions -- Mortality and
                    Expense Risk Charge").
    
 
   
                    There is an Administrative Expense Charge which is equal, on
                    an annual basis, to 0.15% of the average daily net assets of
                    the Variable Account (See "Charges and Deductions --
                    Administrative Expense Charge").
    
 
   
                    There is an annual Account Fee of $35 ($30 for New York
                    Contracts) which is waived if the Annuity Account Value
                    equals or exceeds $100,000 at the end of the Contract Year
                    (See "Charges and Deductions -- Account Fee").
    
 
   
                    Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state or
                    other governmental entity will be charged against Annuity
                    Account Value (See "Charges and Deductions -- Premium Tax
                    Equivalents").
    
 
                    Under certain circumstances there may be assessed a $10
                    transfer fee when a Contract Owner transfers Annuity Account
                    Values from one Sub-Account to another (See "Charges and
                    Deductions -- Transfer Fee").
 
                    There is a ten percent (10%) federal income tax penalty
                    applied to the income portion of any premature distribution
                    from Non-Qualified Contracts. However, the penalty is not
                    imposed on amounts distributed:
 
                    (a) after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death
                    of the Contract Owner (or, if the Contract Owner is not a
                    natural person, the Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is totally
                    disabled (for this purpose, disability is as defined in
                    Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (d) in a series of
                    substantially equal periodic payments made not less
                    frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
                    of the Payee or for the joint lives (or joint life
                    expectancies) of the Payee and his or her beneficiary; (e)
                    under an immediate annuity; or (f) which are allocable to
                    Premium Payments made prior to August 14, 1982. For federal
                    income tax purposes, distributions are deemed to be on a
                    last-in, first-out basis. Different tax withdrawal penalties
                    and restrictions apply to Qualified Contracts issued
                    pursuant to plans qualified under Code Section 401, 403(b),
                    408 or 457. (See "Tax Matters -- Tax Treatment of
                    Withdrawals -- Qualified Contracts.") For a further
                    discussion of the taxation of the Contracts, see "Tax
                    Matters."
 
6
<PAGE>
                    MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. In certain situations, a surrender
                    or transfer of amounts from the Fixed Account will be
                    subject to a Market Value Adjustment. The Market Value
                    Adjustment will reflect the relationship between a rate
                    based on an index published by the Federal Reserve Board as
                    to current yields on U.S. government securities of various
                    maturities at the time a surrender or transfer is made
                    ("Index Rate"), and the Index Rate at the time that the
                    Premium Payments being surrendered or transferred were made.
                    Generally, if the Index Rate at the time of surrender or
                    transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the time the
                    Premium Payment was allocated, then the application of the
                    Market Value Adjustment will result in a higher payment upon
                    surrender or transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the
                    time of surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate
                    at the time the Premium Payment was allocated, the
                    application of the Market Value Adjustment will generally
                    result in a lower payment upon surrender or transfer. It is
                    not applied against a surrender or transfer taking place at
                    the end of the Guaranteed Period.
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
                    CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION FEES
 
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of Premium
                    Payments):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               YEARS
                               SINCE
                              PAYMENT       CHARGE
                             ----------     ------
<S>                          <C>         <C>            <C>
                                0-1               7%
                                1-2               7%
                                                        A Contract Owner may, during each Contract Year, withdraw up to
                                2-3               7%    15% of Premium Payments made, or any remaining portion
                                3-4               6%    thereof, without incurring a
                                4-5               6%    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
                                5-6               5%
                                6-7               4%
                                 7+               0
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                   <C>
                 Transfer Fee........  $10
 
                 - Not imposed on the first twelve transfers during a Contract
                 Year. Pre-scheduled automatic dollar cost averaging or
                   automatic rebalancing transfers are not counted.
 
                 Account Fee.........  $35 per Contract Year ($30 for New York
                                       Contracts)
 
                 - Waived if Annuity Account Value at the end of the Contract
                 Year is $100,000 or more.
</TABLE>
    
 
                    VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES
                    (as a percentage of average account value)
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
                     Mortality and Expense Risk Charge.........       1.25%
                     Administrative Expense Charge.............       0.15%
                                                                       ---
                     Total Variable Account Annual Expenses....       1.40%
</TABLE>
    
 
                                                                               7
<PAGE>
EXPENSE DATA
 
   
The purpose of the following Table is to help Purchasers and prospective
purchasers understand the costs and expenses that are borne, directly and
indirectly, by Purchasers assuming that all Premium Payments are allocated to
the Variable Account. The table reflects expenses of the Variable Account as
well as of the individual Funds underlying the Variable Sub-Accounts.
    
 
                                   FEE TABLE
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              ALGER AMERICAN FUND
                            --------------------------------------------------------         FIDELITY VARIABLE INSURANCE
                                              ALGER         ALGER                                  PRODUCTS TRUSTS
                               ALGER        AMERICAN       AMERICAN        ALGER      ------------------------------------------
                              AMERICAN      LEVERAGED       MIDCAP       AMERICAN        CONTRA        EQUITY       INVESTMENT
                               GROWTH        ALLCAP         GROWTH       SMALL CAP        FUND         INCOME       GRADE BOND
                             PORTFOLIO      PORTFOLIO     PORTFOLIO      PORTFOLIO     PORTFOLIO     PORTFOLIO      PORTFOLIO
                            ------------  -------------  ------------  -------------  ------------  ------------  --------------
<S>                         <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL
 EXPENSES
Mortality and Expense Risk
 Charge...................        1.25%         1.25%          1.25%         1.25%          1.25%         1.25%          1.25%
Administrative Expense
 Charge...................        0.15%         0.15%          0.15%         0.15%          0.15%         0.15%          0.15%
Total Separate Account
 Annual Expenses..........        1.40%         1.40%          1.40%         1.40%          1.40%         1.40%          1.40%
FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL
 EXPENSES
Management Fees...........        0.75%         0.85%          0.80%         0.85%          0.61%         0.51%          0.45%
Other Expenses............        0.10%         0.71%          0.10%         0.07%          0.11%         0.10%          0.14%
Total Fund Portfolio
 Annual Expenses..........        0.85%         1.56%(1)       0.90%         0.92%          0.72%         0.61%          0.59%
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                           GROWTH
                            HIGH INCOME    OVERSEAS     OPPORTUNITIES
                               FUND       PORTFOLIO       PORTFOLIO
                            -----------  ------------  ---------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>           <C>
SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL
 EXPENSES
Mortality and Expense Risk
 Charge...................        1.25%        1.25%          1.25%
Administrative Expense
 Charge...................        0.15%        0.15%          0.15%
Total Separate Account
 Annual Expenses..........        1.40%        1.40%          1.40%
FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL
 EXPENSES
Management Fees...........        0.60%        0.76%          0.61%
Other Expenses............        0.11%        0.15%          0.16%
Total Fund Portfolio
 Annual Expenses..........        0.71%(2)       0.91%        0.77%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Included in Other Expenses of the Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio
    is .06% of interest expense. Absent reimbursements, the amounts of Other
    Expenses and Total Fund Expenses would be 3.07% and 3.92% respectively, for
    the Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.
 
(2) A portion of the brokerage commissions the Fund paid was used to reduce its
    expenses. Without this reduction, Total Fund Portfolio Annual Expenses would
    have been 0.81% for the Asset Manager Portfolio, and 0.71% for the High
    Income Portfolio. (note -- there were brokerage commissions paid but it did
    not affect the ratio.)
 
8
<PAGE>
 
The table does not reflect the deductions for the annual $35 Account Fee ($30
for New York Contracts) or premium tax equivalents. The information set forth
should be considered together with the information provided in this Prospectus
under the heading "Fees and Expenses", and in each Fund's Prospectus. All
expenses are expressed as a percentage of average account value.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST                              NEUBERGER&BERMAN
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------   ADVISERS MANAGEMENT TRUST(5)
    MFS                       MFS                                       ------------------------------    CIGNA FUNDS
   TOTAL         MFS        EMERGING        MFS                                           LIMITED       ---------------
  RETURN      UTILITIES      GROWTH       RESEARCH    MFS GROWTH WITH     PARTNERS        MATURITY       MONEY MARKET
  SERIES       SERIES        SERIES        SERIES      INCOME SERIES     PORTFOLIO     BOND PORTFOLIO        FUND
- -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ----------------  ------------  ----------------  ---------------
 
<S>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>               <C>           <C>               <C>
      1.25%        1.25%        1.25%         1.25%           1.25%           1.25%           1.25%            1.25%
      0.15%        0.15%        0.15%         0.15%           0.15%           0.15%           0.15%            0.15%
 
      1.40%        1.40%        1.40%         1.40%           1.40%           1.40%           1.40%            1.40%
 
      0.75%        0.75%        0.75%         0.75%           0.75%           0.85%           0.65%            0.35%
      0.25%        0.25%        0.25%         0.25%           0.25%           0.30%           0.10%            0.15%
 
      1.00%(3)       1.00%(3)       1.00%       1.00%         1.00%           1.15%           0.75%            0.50%
 
<CAPTION>
 
- -----------
                      OCC ACCUMULATION TRUST
    MFS      -----------------------------------------
   TOTAL        GLOBAL
  RETURN        EQUITY       MANAGED       SMALL CAP
  SERIES      PORTFOLIO     PORTFOLIO      PORTFOLIO
- -----------  ------------  ------------  -------------
<S>          <C>           <C>           <C>
      1.25%        1.25%         1.25%         1.25%
      0.15%        0.15%         0.15%         0.15%
      1.40%        1.40%         1.40%         1.30%
      0.75%        0.80%         0.80%         0.80%
      0.25%        0.45%         0.14%         0.20%
      1.00%        1.25%(6)       0.94%(6)       1.00%(6)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(3) The Funds' Adviser has agreed to bear, subject to reimbursement, expenses
    for each of the Total Return Series and Utilities Series, such that each
    Series' aggregate operating expense shall not exceed, on an annualized
    basis, 1.00% of the average daily net assets of the Series from November 2,
    1994 through December 31, 1996, 1.25% of the average daily net assets of the
    Series from January 1, 1997 through December 31, 1998, and 1.50% of the
    average daily net assets of the Series from January 1, 1999 through December
    31, 2004; provided however, that this obligation may be terminated or
    revised at any time. Absent this expense arrangement, "Other Expenses" and
    "Total Annual Expenses" would be 2.02% and 2.77%, respectively, for the
    Total Return Series, and 2.33% and 3.08%, respectively, for the Utility
    Series.
 
(4) The Funds' Adviser has agreed to bear, subject to reimbursement, until
    December 31, 2004, expenses of the World Governments Series such that the
    Series' aggregate operating expenses do not exceed 1.00%, on an annualized
    basis, of its average daily net assets. Absent this expense arrangement,
    "Other Expenses" and "Total Annual Expenses" for the World Governments
    Series would be 1.24% and 1.99%, respectively.
 
(5) Neuberger&Berman Advisers Management Trust (the "Trust") is divided into
    portfolios ("Portfolios"), each of which invests all of its net investable
    assets in a corresponding series ("Series") of Advisers Managers Trust.
    Expenses in the table reflect expenses of the Portfolios and include each
    Portfolio's PRO RATA portion of the operating expenses of each Portfolio's
    corresponding Series. The Portfolios pay Neuberger&Berman Management Inc.
    ("NBMI") an administration fee based on the Portfolios' net asset value.
    Each portfolio's corresponding Series pays NBMI a management fee based on
    the Series' average daily net assets. Accordingly, this table combines
    management fees at the Series level and administration fees at the Portfolio
    level in a unified fee rate. See "Expenses" in the Trust's Prospectus.
 
(6) The annual expenses of the OCC Accumulation Trust Portfolios as of December
    31, 1995 have been restated to reflect new management fee and expense
    limitation arrangements in effect as of May 1, 1996. Effective May 1, 1996,
    the expenses of the Portfolios of the OCC Accumulation Trust are
    contractually limited by OpCap Advisors so that their respective annualized
    operating expenses do not exceed 1.25% of their respective average daily net
    assets. Furthermore, through April 30, 1997, the annualized operating
    expenses of the Managed and Small Cap Portfolios will be voluntarily limited
    by OpCap Advisors so that annualized operating expenses of these Portfolios
    do not exceed 1.00% of their respective average daily net assets. Without
    such voluntary expense limitations, and taking into account the revised
    contractual provisions effective May 1, 1996 concerning management fees and
    expense limitations, the Management Fees, Other Expenses and Total Portfolio
    Annual Expenses incurred for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 would
    have been: .80%, .45% and 1.25%, respectively, for the Global Equity
    Portfolio; .80%, .14% and .94%, respectively, for the Managed Portfolio; and
    .80%, .39% and 1.19%, respectively, for the Small Cap Portfolio.
 
                                                                               9
<PAGE>
                    EXAMPLES
 
                    The Contract Owner would pay the following expenses on a
                    $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets,
                    and assuming all Premium Payments are allocated to the
                    Variable Account:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1 YEAR       3 YEARS      5 YEARS     10 YEARS
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                     1. IF THE CONTRACT IS SURRENDERED AT THE END OF THE APPLICABLE TIME
                      PERIOD:
                     Alger Small Capitalization Portfolio.....................   $      83    $     133    $     176    $     267
                     Alger Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.........................   $      90    $     152    $     209    $     331
                     Alger MidCap Growth Portfolio............................   $      83    $     132    $     175    $     265
                     Alger Growth Portfolio...................................   $      82    $     130    $     173    $     260
                     CIGNA Money Market Fund..................................   $      79    $     120    $     154    $     223
                     Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio.....................   $      80    $     123    $     160    $     235
                     Fidelity VIP High Income Portfolio.......................   $      81    $     126    $     165    $     246
                     Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio..........................   $      83    $     132    $     176    $     266
                     Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio..........   $      80    $     122    $     159    $     233
                     Fidelity VIP II Contra Fund Portfolio....................   $      81    $     126    $     166    $     247
                     Fidelity VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio..........   $      82    $     130    $     173    $     260
                     MFS Total Return Series..................................   $      84    $     135    $     180    $     275
                     MFS Utilities Series.....................................   $      84    $     135    $     180    $     275
                     MFS Emerging Growth Series...............................   $      84    $     135    $     180    $     275
                     MFS Research Series......................................   $      84    $     135    $     180    $     275
                     MFS Growth With Income Series............................   $      84    $     135    $     180    $     275
                     AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio......................   $      81    $     127    $     167    $     250
                     AMT Partners Portfolio...................................   $      86    $     140    $     188    $     290
                     OCC Global Equity Portfolio..............................   $      87    $     143    $     193    $     300
                     OCC Managed Portfolio....................................   $      83    $     133    $     177    $     269
                     OCC Small Cap Portfolio..................................   $      84    $     135    $     180    $     275
 
                     2. IF THE CONTRACT IS NOT SURRENDERED OR IF IT IS ANNUITIZED:
                     Alger Small Capitalization Portfolio.....................   $      24    $      73    $     125    $     267
                     Alger Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.........................   $      30    $      93    $     158    $     331
                     Alger MidCap Growth Portfolio............................   $      24    $      72    $     124    $     265
                     Alger Growth Portfolio...................................   $      23    $      71    $     122    $     260
                     CIGNA Money Market Fund..................................   $      19    $      60    $     103    $     223
                     Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio.....................   $      21    $      64    $     109    $     235
                     Fidelity VIP High Income Portfolio.......................   $      22    $      67    $     114    $     246
                     Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio..........................   $      24    $      73    $     125    $     266
                     Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio..........   $      20    $      63    $     108    $     233
                     Fidelity VIP II Contra Fund Portfolio....................   $      22    $      67    $     115    $     247
                     Fidelity VIP III Growth Opportunities Portfolio..........   $      23    $      71    $     122    $     260
                     MFS Total Return Series..................................   $      25    $      76    $     129    $     275
                     MFS Utilities Series.....................................   $      25    $      76    $     129    $     275
                     MFS Emerging Growth Series...............................   $      25    $      76    $     129    $     275
                     MFS Research Series......................................   $      25    $      76    $     129    $     275
                     MFS Growth With Income Series............................   $      25    $      76    $     129    $     275
                     AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio......................   $      22    $      68    $     116    $     250
                     AMT Partners Portfolio...................................   $      26    $      80    $     137    $     290
                     OCC Global Equity Portfolio..............................   $      27    $      83    $     142    $     300
                     OCC Managed Portfolio....................................   $      24    $      74    $     126    $     269
                     OCC Small Cap Portfolio..................................   $      25    $      76    $     129    $     275
</TABLE>
    
 
                    The preceding tables are intended to assist the Owner in
                    understanding the costs and expenses borne, directly or
                    indirectly, by Premium Payments allocated to the Variable
 
10
<PAGE>
   
                    Account. These include the expenses of the Funds, certain of
                    which are subject to expense reimbursement arrangements
                    which may be subject to change. See the Funds' Prospectuses.
                    In addition to the expenses listed above, charges for
                    premium tax equivalents may be applicable.
    
 
                    These examples reflect the annual $35 Account Fee as an
                    annual charge of .07% of assets, based upon an anticipated
                    average Annuity Account Value of $50,000. The results would
                    be slightly different for New York Contracts which have a
                    $30 annual Account Fee.
 
                    THESE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF
                    PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES, AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER
                    OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.
 
                                                                              11
<PAGE>
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
                    The Variable Account commenced operations on April 10, 1995.
                    The Sub-Accounts commenced operation on various dates
                    thereafter. There follows, for each of the twenty-one
                    Variable Account Sub-Accounts available under the Contracts,
                    information regarding the changes in the Accumulation Unit
                    values from date of inception through December 31, 1995, and
                    from January 1, 1996 through December 31, 1996, and the
                    number of Accumulation Units outstanding at December 31,
                    1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               (IN DOLLARS)           NUMBER OF
                                                        ACCUMULATION   ----------------------------  ACCUMULATION
                                                            UNIT        ACCUMULATION    ACCUMULATION    UNITS
                                                          BEGINNING      UNIT VALUE     UNIT VALUE   OUTSTANDING
                                SUB-ACCOUNT                 VALUE        AT 12/31/95    AT 12/31/96   12/31/96
                      --------------------------------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<C>                   <S>                               <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>
                      Alger American Growth Portfolio         10.00        12.385784     13.855323    1,330,936
                      Alger American Leveraged AllCap
                       Portfolio                              10.00        13.895178     15.364036      372,332
                      Alger American MidCap Growth
                       Portfolio                              10.00        13.106537     14.473761      677,431
                      Alger American Small Cap
                       Portfolio                              10.00        13.092181     13.460941    1,098,865
                      CIGNA Money Market Fund                 10.00           *             **           **
                      Fidelity VIP Equity-Income
                       Portfolio                              10.00        12.128673     13.679456    2,085,260
                      Fidelity VIP High Income
                       Portfolio                              10.00           *          10.802349      452,556
                      Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio         10.00           *          10.614394      178,578
                      Fidelity VIP II Contra Fund
                       Portfolio                              10.00           *             **           **
                      Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade
                       Bond Portfolio                         10.00        10.541110     10.734479      544,386
                      Fidelity VIP III Growth
                       Opportunities Portfolio                10.00           *             **           **
                      MFS Total Return Series                 10.00        11.003903     12.420693      706,567
                      MFS Utilities Series                    10.00        11.365171     13.292608      211,116
                      MFS Emerging Growth Series              10.00           *             **           **
                      MFS Research Series                     10.00           *             **           **
                      MFS Growth with Income Series           10.00           *             **           **
                      AMT Limited Maturity Bond
                       Portfolio                              10.00        10.547360     10.857343      337,716
                      AMT Partners Portfolio                  10.00        12.122020     15.500823      641,124
                      OCC Global Equity Portfolio             10.00        11.758951     13.347358      767,854
                      OCC Managed Portfolio                   10.00        11.143831     13.502565    2,477,621
                      OCC Small Cap Portfolio                 10.00        10.855343     12.718827      219,684
                      * Had not commenced operations as of December 31, 1995
                      ** Had not commenced operations as of December 31, 1996
</TABLE>
 
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
 
                    THE COMPANY. The Company is a stock life insurance company
                    incorporated under the laws of Connecticut by special act of
                    the Connecticut General Assembly in 1865. Its Home Office
                    mailing address is Hartford, Connecticut 06152, Telephone
                    (203) 726-6000. It has obtained authorization to do business
                    in fifty states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.
                    The Company issues group and individual life and health
                    insurance policies and annuities. The Company has various
                    wholly-owned subsidiaries which are generally engaged in the
                    insurance business. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary
                    of Connecticut General Corporation, Bloomfield, Connecticut.
                    Connecticut General Corporation is wholly-owned by CIGNA
                    Holdings Inc., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania which is in turn
                    wholly-owned by CIGNA Corporation, Philadelphia,
                    Pennsylvania. Connecticut General Corporation is the holding
                    company of various insurance companies, one of which is
                    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.
 
                    THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT. The Variable Account was established
                    by the Company as a separate account on January 25, 1994
                    pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors. Under
                    Connecticut insurance law, the income, gains or losses of
                    the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the
                    assets of the Variable Account without regard to the other
                    income, gains, or losses of the Company. These assets are
                    held in
 
12
<PAGE>
                    relation to the Contracts described in this Prospectus, to
                    the extent necessary to meet the Company's obligations
                    thereunder. Although that portion of the assets maintained
                    in the Variable Account equal to the reserves and other
                    contract liabilities with respect to the Variable Account
                    will not be charged with any liabilities arising out of any
                    other business conducted by the Company, all obligations
                    arising under the Contracts, including the promise to make
                    annuity payments, are general corporate obligations of the
                    Company.
 
                    The Variable Account is registered with the Securities and
                    Exchange Commission ("Commission") as a unit investment
                    trust under the 1940 Act and meets the definition of a
                    separate account under the federal securities laws.
                    Registration with the Commission does not involve
                    supervision of the management or investment practices or
                    policies of the Variable Account or of the Company by the
                    Commission.
 
                    The assets of the Variable Account are divided into
                    Sub-Accounts. Each Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares
                    of a specific Fund. All amounts allocated to the Variable
                    Account will be used to purchase Fund shares as designated
                    by the Owner at their net asset value. Any and all
                    distributions made by the Fund with respect to the shares
                    held by the Variable Account will be reinvested to purchase
                    additional shares at their net asset value. Deductions from
                    the Variable Account for cash withdrawals, annuity payments,
                    death benefits, account fees, mortality and expense risk
                    charges, administrative expense charges and any applicable
                    taxes will, in effect, be made by redeeming the number of
                    Fund shares at their net asset value equal in total value to
                    the amount to be deducted. The Variable Account will
                    purchase and redeem Fund shares on an aggregate basis and
                    will be fully invested in Fund shares at all times.
 
THE FUNDS
 
                    Each of the twenty-one Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account
                    is invested solely in shares of one of the twenty-one Funds
                    available as funding vehicles under the Contracts. Each of
                    the Funds is a series of one of eight Massachusetts or
                    Delaware business trusts, collectively referred to herein as
                    the "Trusts", each of which is registered as an open-end,
                    diversified management investment company under the 1940
                    Act.
 
                    The Trusts and their investment advisers and distributors
                    are:
 
                        Alger American Fund ("Alger Trust"), managed by Fred
                        Alger Management, Inc., 75 Maiden Lane, New York, NY
                        10038; and distributed by Fred Alger & Company,
                        Incorporated, 30 Montgomery Street, Jersey City, NJ
                        07302;
 
                        CIGNA Variable Products Group ("CIGNA Group"), managed
                        by CIGNA Investments, Inc. and distributed by CIGNA
                        Financial Advisors, Inc., 900 Cottage Grove Road,
                        Bloomfield, CT 06002;
 
                        Variable Insurance Products Fund ("Fidelity VIP"),
                        Variable Insurance Products Fund II ("Fidelity VIP II")
                        and Variable Insurance Products Fund III ("Fidelity VIP
                        III"), managed by Fidelity Management & Research Company
                        and distributed by Fidelity Distribution Corporation, 82
                        Devonshire Street, Boston, MA 02103;
 
                        MFS-Registered Trademark- Variable Insurance Trust ("MFS
                        Trust"), managed by Massachusetts Financial Services
                        Company and distributed by MFS Fund Distributors, Inc.,
                        500 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116;
 
                        Neuberger & Berman Advisers Management Trust ("AMT
                        Trust"), managed and distributed by Neuberger & Berman
                        Management Incorporated, 605 Third Avenue, New York, NY
                        10158-0006;
 
                                                                              13
<PAGE>
                        OCC Accumulation Trust ("OCC Trust"), managed by OpCap
                        Advisors and distributed by OCC Distributors, One World
                        Financial Center, New York, NY 10281.
 
                    Four Funds of ALGER Trust are available under the Contracts:
 
                        Alger American Growth Portfolio;
                        Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio;
                        Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio;
                        Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio.
 
                    One Fund of CIGNA Group is available under the Contracts:
 
                        Money Market Fund ("CIGNA Money Market Fund").
 
                    Three Funds of FIDELITY VIP are available under the
                    Contracts:
 
                        Equity-Income Portfolio ("Fidelity Equity-Income
                    Portfolio");
                        High Income Portfolio ("Fidelity High Income
                    Portfolio");
                        Overseas Portfolio ("Fidelity Overseas Portfolio").
 
                    Two Funds of FIDELITY VIP II are available under the
                    Contracts:
 
                        Contra Fund Portfolio ("Fidelity Contra Fund
                    Portfolio");
                        Investment Grade Bond Portfolio ("Fidelity Bond
                    Portfolio").
 
                    One Fund of FIDELITY VIP III is available under the
                    Contracts:
 
                        Growth Opportunities Portfolio ("Fidelity Growth
                        Opportunities Portfolio").
 
                    Five Funds of MFS Trust are available under the Contracts:
 
                        MFS Total Return Series;
                        MFS Utilities Series;
                        MFS Emerging Growth Series;
                        MFS Research Series;
                        MFS Growth with Income Series.
 
                    Two Funds of AMT Trust are available under the Contracts:
 
                        Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio;
                        Partners Portfolio.
 
                    Three Funds of OCC Trust are available under the Contracts:
 
                        Global Equity Portfolio;
                        Managed Portfolio;
                        Small Cap Portfolio.
 
                    The investment advisory fees charged the Funds by their
                    advisers are shown in the Fee Table at pages [8] and [9] of
                    this Prospectus.
 
                    There follows a brief description of the investment
                    objective and program of each Fund. There can be no
                    assurance that any of the stated investment objectives will
                    be achieved.
 
                    ALGER AMERICAN GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Large Cap Stocks): Seeks
                    long-term capital appreciation by investing in a
                    diversified, actively managed portfolio of equity
                    securities, primarily of companies with total market
                    capitalization of $1 billion or greater.
 
                    ALGER AMERICAN LEVERAGED ALLCAP PORTFOLIO (Large Cap
                    Stocks): Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing
                    in a diversified, actively managed portfolio of equity
                    securities, with the ability to engage in leveraging (up to
                    one-third of assets) and options and futures transactions.
 
14
<PAGE>
                    ALGER AMERICAN MIDCAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Small Cap Stocks):
                    Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in a
                    diversified, actively managed portfolio of equity
                    securities, primarily of companies whose total market
                    capitalization lies within the range of companies included
                    in the S & P MidCap 400 Index.
 
                    ALGER AMERICAN SMALL CAPITALIZATION PORTFOLIO (Small Cap
                    Stocks): Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing
                    in a diversified, actively managed portfolio of equity
                    securities, primarily of companies whose total market
                    capitalization lies within the range of companies included
                    in the Russell 2000 Growth Index or the S&P SmallCap 600
                    Index.
 
                    CIGNA GROUP MONEY MARKET FUND (Money Market): Seeks as high
                    a level of current income as is consistent with preserving
                    capital and providing liquidity, through investment in high
                    quality U.S. dollar denominated money market securities of
                    domestic and foreign issuers.
 
                    FIDELITY VIP II CONTRAFUND PORTFOLIO (Large Cap Stocks)
                    Seeks capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity
                    securities of companies that are undervalued or
                    out-of-favor.
 
                    FIDELITY VIP II INVESTMENT GRADE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fixed
                    Income-Intermediate Term Bonds): Seeks as high a level of
                    current income as is consistent with the preservation of
                    capital by investing in a broad range of investment-grade
                    fixed-income securities.
 
                    FIDELITY VIP EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Large Cap Stocks):
                    Seeks reasonable income by investing primarily in
                    income-producing equity securities, with some potential for
                    capital appreciation, seeking a yield that exceeds the
                    composite yield on the securities comprising the Standard
                    and Poor's Composite Index of 500 Stocks.
 
                    FIDELITY VIP HIGH INCOME PORTFOLIO (High Yield Bonds): Seeks
                    high current income by investing mainly in high yielding
                    debt securities, with an emphasis on lower quality
                    securities.
 
                    FIDELITY VIP OVERSEAS PORTFOLIO (International Equity):
                    Seeks long term growth of capital by investing mainly in
                    foreign securities.
 
                    FIDELITY VIP III GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO (Large Cap
                    Stocks): Seeks capital growth by investing primarily in
                    common stocks and securities convertible into common stocks.
 
                    MFS EMERGING GROWTH (Small Cap Stocks): Seeks long-term
                    growth of capital by investing primarily in common stocks of
                    companies management believes to be early in their life
                    cycle but which have the potential to become major
                    enterprises.
 
                    MFS GROWTH WITH INCOME (Large Cap Stocks): Seeks reasonable
                    current income and long-term growth of capital and income.
 
                    MFS RESEARCH SERIES (Large Cap Stocks): Seeks to provide
                    long-term growth of capital and future income.
 
                    MFS TOTAL RETURN SERIES (Balanced or Total Return): Seeks
                    primarily to obtain above-average income, (compared to a
                    portfolio invested entirely in equity securities) consistent
                    with the prudent employment of capital, and secondarily to
                    provide a reasonable opportunity for growth of capital and
                    income.
 
                    MFS UTILITIES SERIES (Specialty): Seeks capital growth and
                    current income (income above that available from a portfolio
                    invested entirely in equity securities) by investing, under
                    normal circumstances, at least 65% of its assets in equity
                    and debt securities of utility companies.
 
                    AMT LIMITED MATURITY BOND PORTFOLIO (Short-Term Bonds):
                    Seeks the highest current income consistent with low risk to
                    principal and liquidity; and secondarily, total return by
                    actively managing average portfolio duration in light of
                    market conditions and trends.
 
                                                                              15
<PAGE>
                    AMT PARTNERS PORTFOLIO (Large Cap Stocks): Seeks capital
                    growth. Invests primarily in common stocks of established
                    companies, using the value-oriented investment approach. The
                    Portfolio seeks capital growth through an investment
                    approach that is designed to increase capital with
                    reasonable risk. Its investment program seeks securities
                    believed to be undervalued based on strong fundamentals such
                    as low price-to-earnings ratios, consistent cash flow, and
                    support from asset values.
 
                    OCC GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO (International Stocks): Seeks
                    long-term capital appreciation through a global investment
                    strategy primarily involving equity securities.
 
                    OCC MANAGED PORTFOLIO (Balanced or Total Return): Seeks
                    growth of capital over time through investment in a
                    portfolio of common stocks, bonds and cash equivalents, the
                    percentage of which will vary based on management's
                    assessments of relative investment values.
 
                    OCC SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO (Small Cap Stocks): Seeks capital
                    appreciation through investments in a diversified portfolio
                    of equity securities of companies with market
                    capitalizations of under $1 billion.
 
                    The AMT Partners Portfolio, Fidelity Equity-Income
                    Portfolio, Fidelity Contra Fund Portfolio, Fidelity High
                    Income Portfolio, Fidelity Overseas Portfolio, MFS Emerging
                    Growth Series, MFS Research Series, MFS Total Return Series,
                    MFS Utilities Series, OCC Global Equity Portfolio, OCC
                    Managed Portfolio, and the OCC Small Cap Portfolio funds may
                    invest in non-investment grade, high yield, high-risk debt
                    securities (commonly referred to as "junk bonds"), as
                    detailed in the individual Fund prospectuses.
 
                    GENERAL
 
                    There is no assurance that the investment objective of any
                    of the Funds will be met. Contract Owners bear the complete
                    investment risk for Annuity Account Values allocated to a
                    Variable Account Sub-Account. Each such Sub-Account involves
                    inherent investment risk, and such risk varies significantly
                    among the Sub-Accounts. Contract Owners should read each
                    Fund's prospectus carefully and understand the Funds'
                    relative degrees of risk before making or changing
                    investment choices. Additional Funds may, from time to time,
                    be made available as investments to underlie the Contracts.
                    However, the right to make such selections will be limited
                    by the terms and conditions imposed on such transactions by
                    the Company (See "Premium Payments and Contract Value-
                    Allocation of Premium Payments").
 
                    SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES
 
                    If the shares of any Fund should no longer be available for
                    investment by the Variable Account or if, in the judgment of
                    the Company, further investment in such shares should become
                    inappropriate in view of the purpose of the Contracts, the
                    Company may substitute shares of another Fund. No
                    substitution of securities in any Sub-Account may take place
                    without prior approval of the Commission and under such
                    requirements as it may impose.
 
                    VOTING RIGHTS
 
                    In accordance with its view of present applicable law, the
                    Company will vote the shares of each Fund held in the
                    Variable Account at special meetings of the shareholders of
                    the particular Trust in accordance with written instructions
                    received from persons having the voting interest in the
                    Variable Account. The Company will vote shares for which it
                    has not received instructions, as well as shares
                    attributable to it, in the same proportion as it votes
                    shares for which it has received instructions. The Trusts do
                    not hold regular meetings of shareholders. Shareholder votes
                    take place whenever state law or the 1940
 
16
<PAGE>
                    Act so require, for example on certain elections of Board of
                    Trustees, the initial approval of investment advisory
                    contracts and changes in investment objectives and
                    fundamental investment policies.
 
                    The number of shares which a person has a right to vote will
                    be determined as of a date to be chosen by the Company not
                    more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting of the
                    particular Trust. Voting instructions will be solicited by
                    written communication at least fourteen (14) days prior to
                    the meeting.
 
                    The Funds' shares are issued and redeemed only in connection
                    with variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance
                    policies issued through separate accounts of the Company and
                    other life insurance companies. The Trusts do not foresee
                    any disadvantage to Contract Owners arising out of the fact
                    that shares may be made available to separate accounts which
                    are used in connection with both variable annuity and
                    variable life insurance products. Nevertheless, the Trusts'
                    Boards intend to monitor events in order to identify any
                    material irreconcilable conflicts which may possibly arise
                    and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in
                    response thereto. If such a conflict were to occur, one of
                    the separate accounts might withdraw its investment in a
                    Fund. This might force a Fund to sell portfolio securities
                    at disadvantageous prices.
 
PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND CONTRACT VALUE
 
                    PREMIUM PAYMENTS
 
   
                    The Contracts may be purchased under a flexible premium
                    payment plan. Premium Payments are payable in the frequency
                    and in the amount selected by the Contract Owner. The
                    initial Premium Payment is due on the Effective Date. It
                    must be at least $2,000. Subsequent Premium Payments must be
                    at least $100. These minimum amounts are not waived for
                    Qualified Plans. The Company reserves the right to decline
                    any application or order to purchase or Premium Payment. A
                    Premium Payment in excess of $1 million requires preapproval
                    by the Company.
    
 
                    The Company may, at its sole discretion, offer special
                    premium payment programs and/ or waive the minimum payment
                    requirements.
 
                    The Contract Owner may elect to increase, decrease or change
                    the frequency of Premium Payments.
 
                    ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS
 
                    Premium Payments are allocated to one or more of the
                    appropriate Sub-Accounts within the Variable Account and
                    Fixed Account as selected by the Contract Owner. For each
                    Variable Account Sub-Account, the Premium Payments are
                    converted into Accumulation Units. The number of
                    Accumulation Units credited to the Contract is determined by
                    dividing the Premium Payment allocated to the Sub-Account by
                    the value of the Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.
 
                    The Company will allocate the initial Premium Payment
                    directly to the Sub-Account(s) selected by the Owner unless
                    state law requires, during the right-to-examine period, a
                    refund of Premium Payments rather than Annuity Account
                    Value.
 
                    In such cases, the initial Premium Payment will be allocated
                    to the money market account until the right-to-examine
                    period has expired.
 
                    Transfers do not necessarily affect the allocation
                    instructions for payments. Subsequent payments will be
                    allocated as directed by the Owner; if no direction is
                    given, the allocation will be that which has been most
                    recently directed for payments by the Owner. The Owner may
                    change the allocation of future payments without fee,
                    penalty or
 
                                                                              17
<PAGE>
   
                    other charge upon written notice to the Annuity & Variable
                    Life Services Center. A change will be effective for
                    payments received on or after receipt of the notice of
                    change.
    
 
   
                    Any Premium Payment at the time of any allocation may be
                    allocated to a single or multiple sub-accounts in whole
                    percentages (e.g., 12%). No allocation can be made which
                    would result in a Variable Account Sub-Account of less than
                    $50 or a Fixed Account Sub-Account value of less than
                    $2,000. Further, at this time, no more than 18 Fixed Account
                    and Variable Account Sub-Accounts may be opened during the
                    life of the Contract. The Company may expand this number at
                    a future date.
    
 
                    The Company may, at its sole discretion, waive minimum
                    premium allocation requirements or minimum Variable Account
                    Sub-Account requirements.
 
                    For initial Premium Payments, if the application or order to
                    purchase for a Contract is in good order, the Company will
                    apply the Premium Payment to the Variable Account and credit
                    the Contract with Accumulation Units within two business
                    days of receipt at the Accumulation Unit Value for the
                    Valuation Period during which the Premium Payment is
                    accepted unless state law requires, during the
                    right-to-examine period, a refund of Premium Payments rather
                    than Annuity Account Value.
 
                    If the application or order to purchase for a Contract is
                    not in good order, the Company will attempt to get it in
                    good order or the Company will return the application or
                    order to purchase and the Premium Payment within five
                    business days. The Company will not retain a Premium Payment
                    for more than five business days while processing an
                    incomplete application or order to purchase unless it has
                    been so authorized by the purchaser.
 
                    For each subsequent Premium Payment, the Company will apply
                    such payment to the Variable Account and credit the Contract
                    with Accumulation Units at the Accumulation Unit Value for
                    the Valuation Period during which each such payment was
                    received in good order.
 
                    OPTIONAL VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNT ALLOCATION PROGRAMS
 
                    The Contract Owner may elect to enroll in either of the
                    following programs. However, both programs cannot be in
                    effect at the same time.
 
                    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING
 
   
                    Dollar Cost Averaging is a program which, if elected by the
                    Contract Owner, systematically allocates specified dollar
                    amounts from the Money Market Sub-Account or the One-Year
                    Fixed Account Sub-Account to one or more of the Contract's
                    Variable Account Sub-Accounts at regular intervals as
                    selected by the Contract Owner. By allocating on a regularly
                    scheduled basis as opposed to allocating the total amount at
                    one particular time, an Owner may be less susceptible to the
                    impact of market fluctuations.
    
 
   
                    Dollar Cost Averaging may be selected by establishing a
                    Money Market Sub-Account of at least $1,000 or a One-Year
                    Fixed Account Sub-Account with a value of at least $2,000.
                    The minimum amount per month to allocate is $50 (subject to
                    the 18 Sub-Account limitation described under "Allocation of
                    Premium Payments" above). Enrollment in this program may
                    occur at any time by calling or writing the Annuity &
                    Variable Life Services Center or by providing the
                    information requested on the Dollar Cost Averaging election
                    form to the Company and ensuring that sufficient value is in
                    the Money Market Sub-Account or the One-year Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account. Transfers to any Fixed Account Sub-Account or
                    from a Fixed Account Sub-Account other than the
    
 
18
<PAGE>
                    One-Year Fixed Account Sub-Account are not permitted under
                    Dollar Cost Averaging. The Company may, at its sole
                    discretion, waive Dollar Cost Averaging minimum deposit and
                    transfer requirements.
 
                    Dollar Cost Averaging will terminate when any of the
                    following occurs: (1) the number of designated transfers has
                    been completed; (2) the value of the Money Market Sub-
                    Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account is insufficient to
                    complete the next transfer; (3) the Owner requests
                    termination by telephone or in writing and such request is
                    received at least one week prior to the next scheduled
                    transfer date to take effect that month; or (4) the Contract
                    is surrendered.
 
   
                    The Dollar Cost Averaging program is not available following
                    the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for Dollar Cost
                    Averaging but the Company reserves the right to charge for
                    this program.
    
 
                    AUTOMATIC REBALANCING
 
                    Automatic Rebalancing is an option which, if elected by the
                    Contract Owner, periodically restores to a pre-determined
                    level the percentage of Contract Value allocated to each
                    Variable Account Sub-Account (e.g. 20% Money Market, 50%
                    Growth, 30% Utilities). This pre-determined level will be
                    the allocation initially selected when the Contract was
                    purchased, unless subsequently changed. The Automatic
                    Rebalancing allocation may be changed at any time by
                    submitting a request to the Company.
 
                    If Automatic Rebalancing is elected, all Net Premium
                    Payments allocated to the Variable Account Sub-Accounts must
                    be subject to Automatic Rebalancing. The Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account is not available for Automatic Rebalancing.
 
                    Automatic Rebalancing may take place on either a quarterly,
                    semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the Owner. Once
                    the rebalancing option is activated, any Variable Account
                    Sub-Account transfers executed outside of the rebalancing
                    option will terminate the Automatic Rebalancing option. Any
                    subsequent premium payment or withdrawal that modifies the
                    net account balance within each Variable Account Sub-Account
                    may also cause termination of the Automatic Rebalancing
                    option. Any such termination will be confirmed to the Owner.
                    The Owner may terminate the Automatic Rebalancing option or
                    re-enroll at any time by calling or writing the Annuity &
                    Variable Life Services Center.
 
   
                    The Automatic Rebalancing program is not available following
                    the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for Automatic
                    Rebalancing but the Company reserves the right to charge for
                    this program.
    
 
                    CONTRACT VALUE
 
                    The value of the Contract is the sum of the values
                    attributable to the Contract for each Fixed and Variable
                    Sub-Account. The value of each Variable Sub-Account is
                    determined by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units
                    attributable to the Contract in the Sub-Account by the value
                    of an Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.
 
                    ACCUMULATION UNIT
 
                    Premium Payments allocated to the Variable Account are
                    converted into Accumulation Units. This is done by dividing
                    each Premium Payment by the value of an Accumulation Unit
                    for the Valuation Period during which the Premium Payment is
                    allocated to the Variable Account. The Accumulation Unit
                    value for each Sub-Account was or will be set initially at
                    $10. It may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to
                    Valuation Period. The Accumulation Unit value for any later
                    Valuation Period is determined by multiplying
 
                                                                              19
<PAGE>
                    the Accumulation Unit Value for that Sub-Account for the
                    preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor for
                    the current Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor is
                    calculated as follows:
 
                    The Net Investment Factor for any Variable Account
                    Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is determined by
                    dividing (a) by (b) and then subtracting (c) from the
                    result, where:
   
                    (A) is the net result of:
    
                       (1)the net asset value (as described in the prospectus
                          for the Fund) of a Fund share held in the Variable
                          Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of the
                          Valuation Period, plus
                       (2)the per share amount of any dividend or other
                          distribution declared by the Fund on the shares held
                          in the Variable Account Sub-Account if the
                          "ex-dividend" date occurs during the Valuation Period,
                          plus or minus
                       (3)a per share credit or charge with respect to any taxes
                          paid or reserved for by the Company during the
                          Valuation Period which are determined by the Company
                          to be attributable to the operation of the Variable
                          Account Sub-Account;
                    (B) is the net asset value of a Fund share held in the
                        Variable Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of
                        the preceding Valuation Period; and
                    (C) is the asset charge factor determined by the Company for
                        the Valuation Period to reflect the charges for assuming
                        the mortality and expense risks and for administrative
                        expenses.
 
                    The asset charge factor for any Valuation Period is equal to
                    the daily asset charge factor multiplied by the number of
                    24-hour periods in the Valuation Period.
 
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
 
                    Various charges and deductions are made from Annuity Account
                    Values and the Variable Account. These charges and
                    deductions are:
 
                    CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE (SALES LOAD)
 
                    Upon a partial withdrawal or full surrender, a Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) will be calculated and
                    will be deducted from the Annuity Account Value. This Charge
                    reimburses the Company for expenses incurred in connection
                    with the promotion, sale and distribution of the Contracts.
                    The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge applies only to those
                    Premium Payments received within seven (7) years of the date
                    of partial withdrawal or full surrender. In calculating the
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge, Premium Payments are
                    allocated to the amount surrendered or withdrawn on a
                    first-in, first-out basis. The amount of the Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge is calculated by: (a) allocating
                    Premium Payments to the amount withdrawn or surrendered; (b)
                    multiplying each allocated Premium Payment that has been
                    held under the Contract for the period shown below by the
                    charge shown below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   YEARS SINCE
     PAYMENT           CHARGE
- ------------------     ------
<S>                 <C>
       0-1                   7%
       1-2                   7%
       2-3                   7%
       3-4                   6%
       4-5                   6%
       5-6                   5%
       6-7                   4%
        7+                   0
</TABLE>
    
 
20
<PAGE>
                    and (c) adding the products of each multiplication in (b)
                    above. The charge will not exceed 7% of the Premium
                    Payments. Any applicable negative Market Value Adjustment
                    and Account Fee will be deducted before application of the
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The charge is not imposed
                    on any death benefit paid or upon amounts applied to an
                    annuity option.
 
   
                    A Contract Owner may, during each Contract Year, withdraw up
                    to fifteen percent (15%) of Premium Payments, or any
                    remaining portion thereof, without incurring a Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge. The earliest Premium Payments
                    remaining in the Contract will be deemed withdrawn first
                    under this Fifteen Percent Free provision. No Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge will be deducted on withdrawals from
                    Premium Payments which have been held under the Contract for
                    more than seven (7) Contract Years or from annuity payments.
                    The Company may also eliminate or reduce the Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge under the Company procedures then in
                    effect.
    
 
                    For a partial withdrawal, unless the Owner designates
                    otherwise, the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will be
                    deducted proportionately from the Sub-Account(s) from which
                    the withdrawal is to be made by cancelling Accumulation
                    Units from each applicable Sub-Account in the ratio that the
                    value of each Sub-Account bears to the total of the values
                    of the Sub-Accounts from which the partial withdrawal is
                    made. If the value(s) of such Sub-Account(s) are
                    insufficient, the amount payable on the withdrawal will be
                    net of any remaining Contingent Deferred Sales Charges
                    unless the Owner and the Company agree otherwise.
 
   
                    Commissions of up to 6.75% will be paid to broker-dealers
                    who sell the Contracts, and the Company will incur other
                    promotional or distribution expenses associated with the
                    marketing of the Contracts. To the extent that the
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is insufficient to cover
                    the actual cost of distribution, the Company may use any of
                    its corporate assets, including potential profit which may
                    arise from the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to make up
                    any difference.
    
 
                    MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE
 
   
                    The Company deducts on each Valuation Date a Mortality and
                    Expense Risk Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to
                    1.25% of the average daily net assets of the Variable
                    Account (consisting of approximately .75% for mortality
                    risks and approximately .50% for expense risks). The
                    mortality risks assumed by the Company arise from its
                    contractual obligation to make annuity payments after the
                    Annuity Date for the life of the Annuitant in accordance
                    with annuity rates guaranteed in the Contract and to pay
                    death benefits that may exceed the Annuity Account Value.
                    The expense risk assumed by the Company is that all actual
                    expenses involved in administering the Contracts, including
                    Contract maintenance costs, administrative costs, mailing
                    costs, data processing costs, legal fees, accounting fees,
                    filing fees, and the costs of other services may exceed the
                    amount recovered from the Account Fee and the Administrative
                    Expense Charge, each of which is described below.
    
 
                    If the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is insufficient to
                    cover the actual costs, the loss will be borne by the
                    Company. Conversely, if the amount deducted proves more than
                    sufficient, the excess will be a profit to the Company. The
                    Company expects to profit from this charge.
 
                    The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is guaranteed by the
                    Company and cannot be increased.
 
                                                                              21
<PAGE>
                    ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE
 
   
                    The Company deducts on each Valuation Date an Administrative
                    Expense Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to 0.15%
                    of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account.
                    This charge is to reimburse the Company for a portion of its
                    expenses in administering the Contracts. This charge is
                    guaranteed by the Company and cannot be increased, and the
                    Company will not derive a profit from this charge.
    
 
                    ACCOUNT FEE
 
   
                    The Company deducts an annual Account Fee of $35 ($30 for
                    New York Contracts) from the Annuity Account Value on the
                    last Valuation Date of each Contract Year. This charge, like
                    the Administrative Expense Charge, is to reimburse the
                    Company for a portion of its expenses in administering the
                    Contracts. Prior to the Annuity Date, this charge is
                    deducted by cancelling Accumulation Units from each
                    applicable Sub-Account in the ratio that the value of each
                    Sub-Account bears to the total Annuity Account Value. When
                    the Contract is annuitized or surrendered for its full
                    Surrender Value on other than a Contract Anniversary, the
                    Account Fee will be prorated at the time of surrender or
                    annuitization. On and after the Annuity Date, the Account
                    Fee will be collected proportionately from the
                    Sub-Account(s) on which the Variable Annuity payment is
                    based, prorated on a monthly basis and will result in a
                    reduction of the annuity payments. The Account Fee will be
                    waived for any Contract Year in which the Annuity Account
                    Value equals or exceeds $100,000 as of the last Valuation
                    Date of the Contract Year.
    
 
                    PREMIUM TAX EQUIVALENTS
 
                    Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state,
                    municipality or other governmental entity will be charged
                    against Annuity Account Value. Premium taxes currently
                    imposed by certain states on the Contracts offered hereby
                    range from 0% to 3.5% of Premiums paid. Some states assess
                    premium taxes at the time Premium Payments are made; others
                    assess premium taxes at the time annuity payments begin. The
                    Company will, in its sole discretion, determine when taxes
                    have resulted from: the investment experience of the
                    Variable Account; receipt by the Company of the Premium
                    Payment(s); or commencement of annuity payments. The Company
                    may, at its sole discretion, pay taxes when due and deduct
                    an equivalent amount reflecting investment experience from
                    the Annuity Account Value at a later date. Payment at an
                    earlier date does not waive any right the Company may have
                    to deduct amounts at a later date.
 
                    INCOME TAXES
 
                    While the Company is not currently maintaining a provision
                    for federal income taxes, the Company has reserved the right
                    to establish a provision for income taxes if it determines,
                    in its sole discretion, that it will incur a tax as a result
                    of the operation of the Variable Account. The Company will
                    deduct for any income taxes incurred by it as a result of
                    the operation of the Variable Account whether or not there
                    was a provision for taxes and whether or not it was
                    sufficient.
 
                    FUND EXPENSES
 
                    There are other deductions from, and expenses paid out of,
                    the assets of the Funds which are described in the
                    accompanying Funds' prospectuses.
 
22
<PAGE>
                    TRANSFER FEE
 
                    Prior to the Annuity Date, a Contract Owner may transfer all
                    or a part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
                    another Sub-Account without the imposition of any transfer
                    fee or charge if there have been no more than twelve
                    transfers made in the Contract Year. For additional
                    transfers, the Company reserves the right to deduct a
                    transfer fee of up to $10 per transfer. Prescheduled
                    automatic Dollar Cost Averaging or Automatic Rebalancing
                    transfers are not counted toward the twelve transfer limit.
                    The Company reserves the right to charge a fee of up to $10
                    for each transfer after the Annuity Date. The transfer fee
                    at any given time will not be set at a level greater than
                    its cost and will contain no element of profit.
 
   
                    DEATH BENEFITS
    
 
   
                    DEATH BENEFITS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTS
    
 
   
                    In the event of death of the Contract Owner (or the
                    Annuitant, if the Owner is a non-natural person) prior to
                    the Annuity Date, a death benefit is payable to the
                    Beneficiary designated by the Owner upon due proof of death
                    (a certified copy of the Death Certificate) of the Owner. If
                    there is no designated Beneficiary, or contingent
                    Beneficiary, the Company will, upon receipt of due proof of
                    death of Owner, Beneficiary and contingent Beneficiary, pay
                    the death benefit in one lump sum to the deceased Owner's
                    estate.
    
 
   
                    If the death of any annuitant occurs on or after the Annuity
                    Date, no death benefit will be payable under the Contract
                    except as may be provided under the Annuity Option elected.
    
 
   
                    AMOUNT OF DEATH BENEFIT
    
 
   
                    The amount of the death benefit is determined as of the
                    effective date or deemed effective date of the death benefit
                    election (see "Election and Effective Date of Election"),
                    and is equal to the greatest of --
    
                    (A) the Annuity Account Value for the Valuation Period
                        during which the death benefit election is effective or
                        deemed to become effective;
                    (B) the sum of all the Premium Payments made under the
                        Contract, less the sum of all partial withdrawals; or
   
                    (C) the highest Annuity Account Value ever attained on a
                        Contract Anniversary date occurring on or before the
                        Owner's 80th birthday, with adjustments for any
                        subsequent Premium Payments, partial withdrawals and
                        charges made since such Contract Anniversary Date.
    
 
   
                    On or after Owner's 90th birthday, the amount of the death
                    benefit is the greater of (a) and (b) above.
    
 
   
                    No MVA or withdrawal charges are assessed against amounts
                    which are applied toward payment of a death benefit.
    
 
   
                    Upon a transfer of ownership, the death benefit becomes the
                    greatest of --
    
   
                    (A) the Annuity Account Value for the Valuation Period
                        during which the death benefit election is effective or
                        deemed to become effective;
    
   
                    (B) the sum of Premium Payments made less the sum of
                        withdrawals made on or before the date of transfer,
                        adjusted for any subsequent Premium Payments and partial
                        withdrawals made under the Contract; or
    
 
                                                                              23
<PAGE>
   
                    (C) the highest Annuity Account Value ever attained on a
                        Contract Anniversary date subsequent to the date of
                        transfer occurring on or before the new Owner's 80th
                        birthday, with adjustments for any subsequent Premium
                        Payments, partial withdrawals and charges made since
                        such Contract Anniversary Date.
    
 
   
                    On or after the then current Owner's 90th birthday, the
                    amount of the death benefit is the greater of (a) and (b)
                    above.
    
 
   
                    ELECTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF ELECTION
    
 
   
                    The Beneficiary may, at any time before the end of the sixty
                    (60) day period immediately following receipt of due proof
                    of death by the Company, elect the death benefit to be paid
                    as follows:
    
   
                    1.  the payment of the entire death benefit on a specified
                        date, which must be within five years of the date of the
                        death of the Owner or Annuitant, whichever is
                        applicable; or
    
   
                    2.  payment over the lifetime of the designated Beneficiary
                        or over a period not extending beyond the life
                        expectancy of the Beneficiary, with distribution
                        beginning within one year of the date of death of the
                        Owner or Annuitant, whichever is applicable (see
                        "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity Options"); or
    
   
                    3.  payment in accordance with one of the settlement options
                        under the Contract (see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity
                        Options"); or
    
   
                    4.  if the designated Beneficiary is the Owner's spouse,
                        he/she can continue the Contract in his/her own name.
    
 
   
                    Payment amounts may vary with their frequency and duration
                    (see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity Options"). To the extent
                    that the Beneficiary elects a variable payment option, the
                    Beneficiary will bear the investment risk associated with
                    the performance of the underlying Fund(s) in which the
                    relevant Variable Sub-Account invest(s).
    
 
   
                    Such election may be made by filing with the Company a
                    statement in writing specifying the method by which the
                    death benefit shall be paid and such election shall become
                    effective on the later of (a) the date the election is
                    received by the Company, and (b) the date due proof of death
                    of the Owner is received by the Company.
    
 
   
                    If no payment option is elected, a single sum settlement
                    will be made by the Company within seven (7) days of the end
                    of the sixty (60) day period following receipt of due proof
                    of death of the Owner or Annuitant as applicable.
    
 
   
                    If the Owner is a non-natural person, then for purposes of
                    the death benefit, the Annuitant shall be treated as the
                    Owner, except that in such case a change of annuitant would
                    be treated as a death of the annuitant.
    
 
                    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT BEFORE THE ANNUITY DATE
 
   
                    If the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Date and the
                    Annuitant is different from the Contract Owner, the Contract
                    Owner, if a natural person, may designate a new Annuitant.
                    Unless and until one is designated, the Contract Owner will
                    be the Annuitant. If the Contract Owner is not a natural
                    person, then the death benefit, valued as described in
                    "Amount of Death Benefit" but based on the Annuitant, is
                    paid on due proof of the Annuitant's death.
    
 
                    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE
 
   
                    If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Date, the death
                    benefit, if any, will be as specified in the Annuity Option
                    elected.
    
 
                    The Company will require due proof of the Annuitant's death.
                    Death benefits will be paid at least as rapidly as under the
                    method of distribution in effect at the Annuitant's death.
 
24
<PAGE>
OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES
 
                    OWNERSHIP
 
                    The Contract Owner has all rights and may receive all
                    benefits under the Contract. The Contract Owner may change
                    the Contract Owner at any time. If the Contract Owner dies,
                    a death benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary upon proof
                    of the Contract Owner's death. If the Owner is a
                    corporation, partnership or other non-natural person, the
                    death benefit is paid upon receipt of due proof of the
                    Annuitant's death. A change of Contract Owner will
                    automatically revoke any prior designation of Contract
                    Owner. A request for change must be: (1) made in writing;
                    and (2) received by the Company at its Annuity & Variable
                    Life Services Center. The change will become effective as of
                    the date the written request is signed. A new designation of
                    Contract Owner will not apply to any payment made or action
                    taken by the Company prior to the time it was received.
 
                    For non-qualified contracts, in accordance with Code Section
                    72(u), a deferred annuity contract held by a corporation or
                    other entity that is not a natural person is not treated as
                    an annuity contract for tax purposes. Income on the contract
                    is treated as ordinary income received by the owner during
                    the taxable year. But in accordance with Code Section 72(u),
                    an annuity contract held by a trust or other entity as agent
                    for a natural person is considered held by a natural person.
 
                    ASSIGNMENT
 
                    The Contract Owner may assign the Contract at any time
                    during his or her lifetime. Unless provided otherwise, an
                    assignment will not affect the interest of any previously
                    indicated Beneficiary. The Company will not be bound by any
                    assignment until written notice is received by the Company
                    at its Annuity & Variable Life Services Center. The Company
                    is not responsible for the validity of any assignment. The
                    Company will not be liable as to any payment or other
                    settlement made by the Company before such assignment has
                    been recorded at the Company's Annuity & Variable Life
                    Services Center.
 
                    If the Contract is issued pursuant to a Qualified Plan, it
                    may not be assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred except
                    as may be allowed under applicable law.
 
                    BENEFICIARY
 
                    The Beneficiary is named when the Contract is applied for
                    and, unless changed, is entitled to receive any death
                    benefits to be paid. Prior to the Annuity Date, death
                    benefits are paid to the Beneficiary on the death of the
                    Owner.
 
                    CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY
 
                    The Contract Owner may change a Beneficiary by filing a
                    written request with the Company at its Annuity & Variable
                    Life Services Center unless an irrevocable Beneficiary
                    designation was previously filed. After the change is
                    recorded, it will take effect as of the date the request was
                    signed. If the request reaches the Annuity & Variable Life
                    Services Center after the death of the Annuitant or Contract
                    Owner, as applicable, but before any payment is made, the
                    change will be valid. The Company will not be liable for any
                    payment made or action taken before it records the change.
 
                    ANNUITANT
 
                    The Annuitant must be a natural person. The maximum age of
                    the Annuitant on the date the Contract is issued is 90 years
                    old. The Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the
                    Annuity Date unless the Contract is owned by a non-natural
                    person. Joint
 
                                                                              25
<PAGE>
                    Annuitants are allowed at the time of annuitization only, if
                    the Company chooses to make a joint and survivor annuity
                    payment option available in addition to the options provided
                    in the Contract. The Annuitant has no rights or privileges
                    prior to the Annuity Date. When an Annuity Option is
                    elected, the amount payable as of the Annuity Date is based
                    on the age and gender classification (in accordance with
                    state law) of the Annuitant, as well as the Option selected
                    and the Annuity Account Value.
 
                    TRANSFER OF CONTRACT VALUES BETWEEN SUB-ACCOUNTS
 
                    Prior to the Annuity Date, the Contract Owner may transfer
                    all or part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
                    another Sub-Account without the imposition of any fee or
                    charge if there have been no more than twelve transfers made
                    in the Contract Year. For additional transfers, the Company
                    reserves the right to deduct a transfer fee of up to $10
                    (See "Charges and Deductions -- Transfer Fee"). This
                    Contract is not designed for professional market timing
                    organizations or other entities using programmed and
                    frequent transfers.
 
                    Repeated patterns of frequent transfers are disruptive to
                    the operation of the Sub-Accounts, and should the Company
                    become aware of such disruptive practices, the Company may
                    refuse to permit more than 12 transfers in any year and may
                    modify the transfer provisions of the Contract.
 
                    After the Annuity Date, provided a variable annuity option
                    was selected, the Contract Owner may make up to three
                    transfers between Variable Sub-Accounts in any Contract
                    Year.
 
                    All transfers are subject to the following:
                    A. The deduction of any transfer fee that may be imposed.
                       The transfer fee will be deducted from the amount which
                       is transferred if the entire amount in the Sub-Account is
                       being transferred, otherwise from the Sub-Account from
                       which the transfer is made.
                    B. The minimum amount which may be transferred is the lesser
                       of (i) $2,000 per Fixed Account Sub-Account or $50 per
                       Variable Account Sub-Account; or (ii) the Contract
                       Owner's entire interest in the Sub-Account. The Company,
                       at its sole discretion may waive these minimum
                       requirements.
                    C. No partial transfer will be made if the Contract Owner's
                       remaining Contract Value in the Sub-Account will be less
                       than $50.
                    D. Transfers will be effected during the Valuation Period
                       next following receipt by the Company of a written
                       transfer request (or by telephone, if authorized)
                       containing all required information. However, no transfer
                       may be made effective within seven calendar days of the
                       date on which the first annuity payment is due. Transfers
                       are not permitted during the right-to-examine period.
                    E. Any transfer request must clearly specify the amount
                       which is to be transferred and the Sub-Accounts which are
                       to be affected.
                    F. Transfers of all or a portion of any Fixed Account
                       Sub-Account values (other than transfers pursuant to the
                       Dollar Cost Averaging program) are subject to any
                       applicable Market Value Adjustment;
                    G. The Company reserves the right to defer transfers from
                       any Fixed Account Sub-Account for up to six months after
                       date of receipt of the transfer request;
                    H. Transfers involving the Variable Account Sub-Accounts are
                       subject to such restrictions as may be imposed by the
                       Funds;
                    I. The Company reserves the right at any time and without
                       prior notice to any party to terminate, suspend or modify
                       the transfer privileges described above.
                    J. After the Annuity Date, transfers may not take place
                       between a Fixed Annuity Option and a Variable Annuity
                       Option.
 
26
<PAGE>
                    K. The Company reserves the right to reject any premium
                       allocation or transfer which would cause the Fixed
                       Account Sub-Account values in aggregate to exceed then
                       current Company limits.
 
                    Transfers between Sub-Accounts may be made by calling or
                    writing the Annuity & Variable Life Services Center.
                    Transfer requests must be received prior to 4:00 Eastern
                    Time in order to be effective that day.
 
                    Transfers between any Sub-Accounts may be suspended or
                    postponed during any period in which the New York Stock
                    Exchange is closed or has suspended trading.
 
                    PROCEDURES FOR TELEPHONE TRANSFERS
 
                    Owners may effect telephone transfers by calling the Annuity
                    & Variable Life Services Center.
 
                    The Company will take the following procedures to confirm
                    that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine.
                    Before a service representative accepts any request, the
                    caller will be asked for specific information to validate
                    the request. All calls will be recorded. All transactions
                    performed will be confirmed by the Company in writing. The
                    Company is not liable for any loss, cost or expense for
                    acting on telephone instructions which are believed to be
                    genuine in accordance with these procedures.
 
                    SURRENDERS AND PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS
 
                    While the Contract is in force and before the Annuity Date,
                    the Company will, upon written request to the Company by the
                    Contract Owner, allow the surrender or partial withdrawal of
                    all or a portion of the Contract for its Surrender Value.
                    Surrenders or partial withdrawals will result in the
                    cancellation of Accumulation Units from each applicable
                    Sub-Account in the ratio that the value of each Sub-Account
                    bears to the total Annuity Account Value, unless the
                    Contract Owner specifies in writing in advance which units
                    are to be cancelled. The Company will pay the amount of any
                    surrender or partial withdrawal within seven (7) days of
                    receipt of a valid request, unless the "Delay of Payments"
                    provision is in effect. (See "Delay of Payments and
                    Transfers")
 
                    Certain tax withdrawal penalties and restrictions may apply
                    to surrenders and partial withdrawals from Contracts. (See
                    "Tax Matters.") Contract Owners should consult their own tax
                    counsel or other tax adviser regarding any surrenders and
                    partial withdrawals.
 
                    The Surrender Value is the Annuity Account Value for the
                    Valuation Period next following the Valuation Period during
                    which the written request to the Company for surrender is
                    received, reduced, in the case of full surrender, by the sum
                    of:
                    A. any applicable premium tax equivalents not previously
                       deducted;
                    B. any applicable Account Fee; and
                    C. any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge; and
                       for partial withdrawals, by the sum of A and C above.
 
                    DELAY OF PAYMENTS AND TRANSFERS
 
                    The Company reserves the right to suspend or postpone
                    payments or transfers for any period when:
                    1. the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than
                       customary weekend and holiday closings);
                    2. trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
                    3. an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of
                       securities held in the Variable Account is not reasonably
                       practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
                       determine the value of the Variable Account's net assets;
                       or
 
                                                                              27
<PAGE>
                    4. during any other period when the Commission, by order, so
                       permits for the protection of Contract Owners.
 
                    The applicable rules and regulations of the Commission will
                    govern as to whether the conditions described in 2. and 3.
                    exist.
 
                    The Company reserves the right to defer the payment or
                    transfer of amounts withdrawn from any Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account for a period not to exceed six months from the
                    date written request for such withdrawal or transfer is
                    received by the Company. If payment or transfer is deferred
                    beyond thirty (30) days, the Company will pay interest of
                    not less than 3% per year on amounts so deferred.
 
                    In addition, payment of the amount of any withdrawal
                    derived, all or in part, from any Premium Payment paid to
                    the Company by check or draft may be postponed until the
                    Company determines the check or draft has been honored.
 
                    CHANGE IN OPERATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT
 
                    At the Company's election and if deemed in the best
                    interests of persons having voting rights under the
                    Contracts, the Variable Account may be operated as a
                    management company under the 1940 Act or any other form
                    permitted by law; de-registered under the 1940 Act in the
                    event registration is no longer required (deregistration of
                    the Variable Account requires an order by the Commission);
                    or combined with one or more other separate accounts. To the
                    extent permitted by applicable law, the Company also may
                    transfer the assets of the Variable Account associated with
                    the Contracts to another account or accounts. In the event
                    of any change in the operation of the Variable Account
                    pursuant to this provision, the Company may make appropriate
                    endorsement to the Contracts to reflect the change and take
                    such other action as may be necessary and appropriate to
                    effect the change.
 
                    MODIFICATION
 
                    Upon notice to the Owner (or the Payee(s) during the Annuity
                    Period), the Contracts may be modified by the Company if
                    such modification: (i) is necessary to make the Contracts or
                    the Variable Account comply with, or take advantage of, any
                    law or regulation issued by a governmental agency to which
                    the Company or the Variable Account is subject; or (ii) is
                    necessary to attempt to assure continued qualification of
                    the Contracts under the Code or other federal or state laws
                    relating to retirement annuities or annuity contracts; or
                    (iii) is necessary to reflect a change in the operation of
                    the Variable Account or its Sub-Account(s) (See "Change in
                    Operation of Variable Account"); or (iv) provides additional
                    Variable Account and/or fixed accumulation options. In the
                    event of any such modification, the Company may make
                    appropriate endorsement to the Contracts to reflect such
                    modification.
 
                    In addition, upon notice to the Owner, the Contracts may be
                    modified by the Company to change the withdrawal charges,
                    Account Fees, mortality and expense risk charges,
                    administrative expense charges, the tables used in
                    determining the amount of the first monthly fixed annuity
                    payment, and the formula used to calculate the Market Value
                    Adjustment, provided that such modification shall apply only
                    to Contracts established after the effective date of such
                    modification. In order to exercise its modification rights
                    in these particular instances, the Company must notify the
                    Owner of such modification in writing. All of the charges
                    and the annuity tables which are provided in the Contracts
                    prior to any such modification will remain in effect
                    permanently, unless improved by the Company, with respect to
                    Contracts established prior to the effective date of such
                    modification.
 
28
<PAGE>
                    DISCONTINUANCE
 
                    The Company reserves the right to limit or discontinue the
                    offer and issuance of new Contracts. Such limitation or
                    discontinuance shall have no effect on rights or benefits
                    with respect to any Contracts issued prior to the effective
                    date of such limitation or discontinuance.
 
ANNUITY PROVISIONS
 
                    ANNUITY DATE; CHANGE IN ANNUITY DATE AND ANNUITY OPTION
 
                    The Contract Owner selects an Annuity Date at the time of
                    application or order to purchase. The Contract Owner may,
                    upon at least forty-five (45) days prior written notice to
                    the Company, at any time prior to the Annuity Date, change
                    the Annuity Date. The Annuity Date must always be the first
                    day of a calendar month. The Annuity Date may not be later
                    than the month following the Annuitant's 90th birthday.
 
                    The Contract Owner may, upon at least forty-five (45) days
                    prior written notice to the Company, at any time prior to
                    the Annuity Date, select and/or change the Annuity Option.
 
                    ANNUITY OPTIONS
 
                    Instead of having the proceeds paid in one sum, the Contract
                    Owner may select one of the Annuity Options. These may be on
                    a fixed or variable basis, or a combination thereof. The
                    Annuity Option must be selected at least 30 days prior to
                    the Annuity Date. The Company may, at the time of election
                    of an Annuity Option, offer more favorable rates in lieu of
                    those guaranteed. The Company also may make available other
                    settlement options. The Company uses sex distinct or unisex
                    annuity rate tables when determining appropriate annuity
                    payments.
 
                    FIXED OPTIONS
 
                    Under a fixed option, once the selection has been made and
                    payments have begun, the amount of the payments will not
                    vary. The fixed options currently available are:
 
                    FIRST OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY. The Company will make equal
                    monthly payments during the life of the Annuitant, ceasing
                    with the last payment due prior to the death of the
                    Annuitant.
 
                    SECOND OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. The
                    Company will make equal monthly payments during the life of
                    the Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period shown in
                    the annuity tables contained in the Contract. The amount of
                    each monthly payment per $1,000 of proceeds is based on the
                    age and gender classification (in accordance with state law)
                    of the Annuitant when the first payment is made and on the
                    minimum period chosen.
 
                    THIRD OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND. The Company
                    will make equal monthly payments during the life of the
                    Annuitant. Upon the death of the Annuitant, after payments
                    have started, the Company will pay in one sum any excess of
                    the amount of the proceeds applied under this Option over
                    the total of all payments made under this Option. The amount
                    of each monthly payment per $1,000 of proceeds is based on
                    the age and gender (in accordance with state law) of the
                    Annuitant when the first payment is made.
 
                    FOURTH OPTION -- ANNUITY CERTAIN. The Company will make
                    equal monthly payments for a number of years selected, not
                    less than five or more than thirty years.
 
                                                                              29
<PAGE>
                    VARIABLE OPTIONS
 
                    The actual dollar amount of variable annuity payments is
                    dependent upon (i) the Annuity Account Value at the time of
                    annuitization, (ii) the annuity table specified in the
                    Contract, (iii) the Annuity Option selected, and (iv) the
                    investment performance of the Sub-Account selected. Each
                    annuity payment will be less if payments are to be made more
                    frequently or for longer periods of time.
 
                    The dollar amount of the first monthly variable annuity
                    payment is determined by applying the available value (after
                    deduction of any premium tax equivalents not previously
                    deducted) to the table using the age and gender (in
                    accordance with state law) of the Annuitant. The number of
                    Annuity Units is then determined by dividing this dollar
                    amount by the then current Annuity Unit value. Thereafter,
                    the number of Annuity Units remains unchanged during the
                    period of annuity payments. This determination is made
                    separately for each Sub-Account of the Variable Account. The
                    number of Annuity Units is determined for each Sub-Account
                    and is based upon the available value in each Sub-Account as
                    of the date annuity payments are to begin.
 
                    The dollar amount determined for each Sub-Account will then
                    be aggregated for purposes of making payments.
 
                    The dollar amount of the second and later variable annuity
                    payments is equal to the number of Annuity Units determined
                    for each Sub-Account times the Annuity Unit value for that
                    Sub-Account as of the due date of the payment. This amount
                    may increase or decrease from month to month.
 
                    The annuity tables contained in the Contract are based on a
                    three percent (3%) assumed net investment rate. If the
                    actual net investment rate exceeds three percent (3%),
                    payments will increase. Conversely, if the actual rate is
                    less than three percent (3%), annuity payments will
                    decrease.
 
                    The Annuitant receives the value of a fixed number of
                    Annuity Units each month. The value of a fixed number of
                    Annuity Units will reflect the investment performance of the
                    Sub-Account selected and the amount of each annuity payment
                    will vary accordingly.
 
                    The Annuity Unit Value for a Sub-Account is determined by
                    multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for that Sub-Account for
                    the preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor
                    for the current Valuation Period (calculated as described on
                    pages 19 and 20 of this Prospectus) and multiplying the
                    result by 0.999919020, the daily factor to neutralize the
                    assumed net investment rate, discussed above, of 3% per
                    annum which is built into the annuity rate table. It may
                    increase or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation
                    Period.
 
                    The variable options currently available are:
 
                    OPTION I -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY. Monthly annuity payments
                    are paid during the life of an Annuitant, ceasing with the
                    last annuity payment due prior to the Annuitant's death.
 
                    OPTION II -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN
                    PERIOD. Monthly annuity payments are paid during the life of
                    an Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period selected,
                    which may be five, ten, fifteen or twenty years;
 
                    OPTION III -- VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN. Monthly annuity
                    payments are paid for a number of years selected, not less
                    than five or more than thirty years.
 
                    After the Annuity Date, the payee may, by written request to
                    the Annuity & Variable Life Services Center, exchange
                    Annuity Units of one Variable Sub-Account for Annuity Units
                    of equivalent value in another Variable Sub-Account up to
                    three times each Contract Year.
 
30
<PAGE>
                    EVIDENCE OF SURVIVAL
 
                    The Company reserves the right to require evidence of the
                    survival of any Payee at the time any payment payable to
                    such Payee is due under the following Annuity Options: Life
                    Annuity (fixed), Life Annuity with Certain Period (fixed),
                    Cash Refund Life Annuity (fixed), Variable Life Annuity, and
                    Variable Life Annuity with Certain Period.
 
                    ENDORSEMENT OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS
 
                    The Company will make each annuity payment at its Home
                    Office by check. Each check must be personally endorsed by
                    the Payee or the Company may require that proof of the
                    Annuitant's survival be furnished.
 
THE FIXED ACCOUNT
 
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS MADE UP OF THE GENERAL ASSETS OF THE
                    COMPANY OTHER THAN THOSE ALLOCATED TO ANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT.
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS PART OF THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT.
                    BECAUSE OF APPLICABLE EXEMPTIVE AND EXCLUSIONARY PROVISIONS,
                    INTERESTS IN THE FIXED ACCOUNT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
                    UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "1933 ACT"), AND
                    NEITHER THE FIXED ACCOUNT NOR THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT
                    HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                    (THE "1940 ACT"). THEREFORE, NEITHER THE FIXED ACCOUNT NOR
                    ANY INTEREST THEREIN IS GENERALLY SUBJECT TO REGULATION
                    UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE 1933 ACT OR THE 1940 ACT.
                    ACCORDINGLY, THE COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED THAT THE STAFF OF
                    THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED THE
                    DISCLOSURE IN THIS PROSPECTUS RELATING TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT.
 
                    The initial Premium Payment and any subsequent Premium
                    Payment(s) will be allocated to Sub-Accounts available in
                    connection with the Fixed Account to the extent elected by
                    the Owner at the time such Premium Payment is made. In
                    addition, all or part of the Owner's Annuity Account Value
                    may be transferred among Sub-Accounts available under the
                    Contract as described under "Transfer of Contract Values
                    between Sub-Accounts." Instead of the Owner's assuming all
                    of the investment risk as is the case for Premium Payments
                    allocated to the Variable Account, the Company guarantees it
                    will credit interest of at least 3% per year to amounts
                    allocated to the Fixed Account.
 
                    Assets supporting amounts allocated to Sub-Accounts within
                    the Fixed Account become part of the Company's general
                    account assets and are available to fund the claims of all
                    creditors of the Company. All of the Company's general
                    account assets will be available to fund benefits under the
                    Contracts. The Owner does not participate in the investment
                    performance of the assets of the Fixed Account or the
                    Company's general account.
 
                    The Company will invest the assets of the general account in
                    those assets chosen by the Company and allowed by applicable
                    state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments
                    that may be made by life insurance companies and the
                    percentage of their assets that may be committed to any
                    particular type of investment. In general, these laws permit
                    investments, within specified limits and subject to certain
                    qualifications, in federal, state and municipal obligations,
                    corporate bonds, preferred and common stocks, real estate
                    mortgages, real estate and certain other investments.
 
                    If the Account Value within a Fixed Account Sub-Account is
                    maintained for the duration of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, the Company guarantees that it will credit interest
                    to that amount at the guaranteed rate specified for the
                    Sub-Account which may but need not be more than 3% per year.
                    Any amount withdrawn from or transferred out of the
                    Sub-Account prior to the expiration of the Sub-Account's
                    Guaranteed Period is subject to a Market Value Adjustment
                    (see "Market Value Adjustment") and a Deferred Sales Charge,
                    if applicable. The Company guarantees, however, that a
                    Contract will be credited with interest at a rate of not
                    less than 3% per year, compounded annually, on
 
                                                                              31
<PAGE>
                    amounts allocated to any Fixed Account Sub-Account,
                    regardless of any application of the Market Value Adjustment
                    (that is, the Market Value Adjustment will not reduce the
                    amount available for surrender, withdrawal or transfer to an
                    amount less than the initial amount allocated or transferred
                    to the Fixed Account Sub-Account plus interest of 3% per
                    year). The Company reserves the right to defer the payment
                    or transfer of amounts withdrawn from the Fixed Account for
                    a period not to exceed six (6) months from the date a proper
                    request for surrender, withdrawal or transfer is received by
                    the Company.
 
                    FIXED ACCUMULATION VALUE. The fixed accumulation value of an
                    Annuity Account, if any, for any Valuation Period is equal
                    to the sum of the values of all Fixed Account Sub-Accounts
                    which are part of the Annuity Account for such Valuation
                    Period.
 
                    GUARANTEED PERIODS. The Owner may elect to allocate Premium
                    Payments to one or more Sub-Accounts within the Fixed
                    Account. Each Sub-Account will maintain a Guaranteed Period
                    with a duration of one, five or ten years. Every Premium
                    Payment allocated to a Fixed Account Sub-Account starts a
                    new Sub-Account with its own duration and Guaranteed
                    Interest Rate. The duration of the Guaranteed Period will
                    affect the Guaranteed Interest Rate of the Sub-Account.
                    Initial Premium Payments and subsequent Premium Payments, or
                    portions thereof, and transferred amounts allocated to a
                    Fixed Account Sub-Account, less any amounts subsequently
                    withdrawn, will earn interest at the Guaranteed Interest
                    Rate during the particular Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period
                    unless prematurely withdrawn prior to the end of the
                    Guaranteed Period. Initial Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods
                    begin on the date a Premium Payment is accepted or, in the
                    case of a transfer, on the effective date of the transfer,
                    and end on the date after the number of calendar years in
                    the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period elected from the date on
                    which the amount was allocated to the Sub-Account (the
                    "Expiration Date"). Any portion of Annuity Account Value
                    allocated to a specific Sub-Account with a specified
                    Expiration Date (including interest earned thereon) will be
                    referred to herein as a "Guaranteed Period Amount." Interest
                    will be credited daily at a rate equivalent to the compound
                    annual rate. As a result of renewals and transfers of
                    portions of the Annuity Account Value described under
                    "Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-Accounts" above,
                    which will begin new Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods, amounts
                    allocated to Sub-Accounts of the same duration may have
                    different Expiration Dates. Thus each Guaranteed Period
                    Amount will be treated separately for purposes of
                    determining any applicable Market Value Adjustment (see
                    "Market Value Adjustment").
 
                    The Company will notify the Owner in writing prior to the
                    Expiration Date for any Guaranteed Period Amount. A new
                    Sub-Account Guaranteed Period of the same duration as the
                    previous Sub-Account Guaranteed Period will commence
                    automatically at the end of the previous Guaranteed Period
                    unless the Company receives, following such notification but
                    prior to the end of such Guaranteed Period, a written
                    election by the Owner to transfer the Guaranteed Period
                    Amount to a different Fixed Account Sub-Account or to a
                    Variable Account Sub-Account from among those being offered
                    by the Company at such time. Transfers of any Guaranteed
                    Period Amount which become effective upon the expiration of
                    the applicable Guaranteed Period are not subject to the
                    twelve transfers per Contract Year limitations or the
                    additional Fixed Sub-Account transfer restrictions (see
                    "Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-Accounts").
 
                    GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES. The Company periodically will
                    establish an applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate for each of
                    the Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods within the Fixed Account.
                    Current Guaranteed Interest Rates may be changed by the
                    Company frequently or infrequently depending on interest
                    rates on investments available to the Company and other
                    factors as described below, but once established, rates will
                    be guaranteed for the entire duration of the respective
                    Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period. However, any amount
                    withdrawn from the Sub-Account may be subject to any
 
32
<PAGE>
                    applicable withdrawal charges, Account Fees, Market Value
                    Adjustment, premium taxes or other fees. Amounts transferred
                    out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account prior to the end of the
                    Guaranteed Period will be subject to the Market Value
                    Adjustment.
 
                    The Guaranteed Interest Rate will not be less than 3% per
                    year compounded annually, regardless of any application of
                    the Market Value Adjustment. The Company has no specific
                    formula for determining the rate of interest that it will
                    declare as a Guaranteed Interest Rate, as these rates will
                    be reflective of interest rates available on the types of
                    debt instruments in which the Company intends to invest
                    amounts allocated to the Fixed Account (see "The Fixed
                    Account"). In addition, the Company's management may
                    consider other factors in determining Guaranteed Interest
                    Rates for a particular Sub-Account including: regulatory and
                    tax requirements; sales commissions and administrative
                    expenses borne by the Company; general economic trends; and
                    competitive factors. THERE IS NO OBLIGATION TO DECLARE A
                    RATE IN EXCESS OF 3% PER YEAR; THE OWNER ASSUMES THE RISK
                    THAT DECLARED RATES WILL NOT EXCEED 3% PER YEAR. THE COMPANY
                    HAS COMPLETE DISCRETION TO DECLARE ANY RATE, SO LONG AS THAT
                    RATE IS AT LEAST 3% PER YEAR.
 
                    MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
 
                    Any surrender or transfer of a Fixed Account Guaranteed
                    Period Amount, other than a surrender or transfer pursuant
                    to an election which becomes effective upon the Expiration
                    Date of the Guaranteed Period, will be subject to a Market
                    Value Adjustment ("MVA"). The MVA will be applied to the
                    amount being surrendered or transferred after deduction of
                    any applicable Annuity Account Fee and before deduction of
                    any applicable surrender charge.
 
                    The MVA generally reflects the relationship between the
                    Index Rate (based upon the Treasury Constant Maturity Series
                    published by the Federal Reserve) in effect at the time a
                    Premium Payment is allocated to a Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period under the Contract and the Index Rate in effect at
                    the time of the Premium Payment's surrender or transfer. It
                    also reflects the time remaining in the Sub-Account's
                    Guaranteed Period. Generally, if the Index Rate at the time
                    of surrender or transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the
                    time the Premium Payment was allocated, then the application
                    of the MVA will result in a higher payment upon surrender or
                    transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the time of
                    surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate at the
                    time the Premium Payment was allocated, the application of
                    the MVA will generally result in a lower payment upon
                    surrender or transfer.
 
                    The MVA is computed by applying the following formula:
 
                                               (1+A)N
                                               ------
                                               (1+B)N
 
                    where:
 
                    A = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
                    Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
                    time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, determined at the beginning of the Guaranteed
                    Period.
 
                    B = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
                    Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
                    time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, determined at the time of surrender or transfer,
                    plus a 0.50% adjustment (unless otherwise limited by
                    applicable state law). If Index Rates "A" and "B" are within
                    .25% of each other when the index rate factor is determined,
                    no such percentage adjustment to "B" will be made, unless
                    otherwise required by state law. This
 
                                                                              33
<PAGE>
                    adjustment builds into the formula a factor representing
                    direct and indirect costs to the Company associated with
                    liquidating general account assets in order to satisfy
                    surrender requests. This adjustment of 0.50% has been added
                    to the denominator of the formula
 
34
<PAGE>
                    because it is anticipated that a substantial portion of
                    applicable general account portfolio assets will be in
                    relatively illiquid securities. Thus, in addition to direct
                    transaction costs, if such securities must be sold (E.G.,
                    because of surrenders), the market price may be lower.
                    Accordingly, even if interest rates decline, there will not
                    be a positive adjustment until this factor is overcome, and
                    then any adjustment will be lower than otherwise, to
                    compensate for this factor. Similarly, if interest rates
                    rise, any negative adjustment will be greater than
                    otherwise, to compensate for this factor. If interest rates
                    stay the same, this factor will result in a small but
                    negative Market Value Adjustment.
 
                    N = The number of years remaining in the Guaranteed Period
                    (E.G. 1 year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2
                    years)
 
                    See the Statement of Additional information for examples of
                    the application of the Market Value Adjustment.
 
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
                    CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc. ("CFA"), located at 900
                    Cottage Grove Road, Bloomfield, CT acts as the principal
                    underwriter and the distributor of the Contracts as well as
                    of variable life insurance policies and other variable
                    annuity contracts issued by the Company. CFA, a registered
                    broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
                    a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
                    is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Connecticut General
                    Corporation. The Contracts are offered on a continuous
                    basis. CFA and the Company may enter into agreements to sell
                    the Contracts through various broker-dealers whose agents
                    are licensed to sell the Contracts.
 
PERFORMANCE DATA
 
                    MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT
 
                    From time to time, the Money Market Sub-Account may
                    advertise its "yield" and "effective yield." Both yield
                    figures will be based on historical earnings and are not
                    intended to indicate future performance. The "yield" of the
                    Money Market Sub-Account refers to the income generated by
                    Annuity Account Values in the Money Market Sub-Account over
                    a seven-day period (which period will be stated in the
                    advertisement). This income is then "annualized." That is,
                    the amount of income generated by the investment during that
                    week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week
                    period and is shown as a percentage of the Annuity Account
                    Values in the Money Market Sub-Account. The "effective
                    yield" is calculated similarly but, when annualized, the
                    income earned by Annuity Account Values in the Money Market
                    Sub-Account is assumed to be reinvested. The "effective
                    yield" will be slightly higher than the "yield" because of
                    the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment. The
                    computation of the yield calculation includes a deduction
                    for the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the
                    Administrative Expense Charge, and the Account Fee.
 
                    OTHER VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNTS
 
                    From time to time, the other Variable Account Sub-Accounts
                    may publish their current yields and total returns in
                    advertisements and communications to Contract Owners. The
                    current yield for each Variable Account Sub-Account will be
                    calculated by dividing the annualization of the dividend and
                    interest income earned by the underlying Fund during a
                    recent 30-day period by the maximum Accumulation Unit value
                    at the end of such period. Total return information will
                    include the underlying Fund's average annual compounded rate
                    of return over the most recent four calendar quarters and
                    the period from the underlying Fund's inception of
                    operations, based upon the value of the Accumulation Units
                    acquired through a hypothetical $1,000 investment at the
 
34
<PAGE>
                    Accumulation Unit value at the beginning of the specified
                    period and upon the value of the Accumulation Unit at the
                    end of such period, assuming reinvestment of all
                    distributions and the deduction of the Mortality and Expense
                    Risk Charge, the Administrative Expense Charge and the
                    Annuity Account Fee. Each Variable Account Sub-Account may
                    also advertise aggregate and average total return
                    information over different periods of time.
 
                    In each case, the yield and total return figures will
                    reflect all recurring charges against the Variable Account
                    Sub-Account's income, including the deduction for the
                    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the Administrative
                    Expense Charge and the Account Fee for the applicable time
                    period. Contract Owners should note that the investment
                    results of each Sub-Account will fluctuate over time, and
                    any presentation of a Variable Account Sub-Account's current
                    yield or total return for any prior period should not be
                    considered as a representation of what an investment may
                    earn or what a Contract Owner's yield or total return may be
                    in any future period. See "Historical Performance Data" in
                    the Statement of Additional Information.
 
                    PERFORMANCE RANKING OR RATING
 
                    The performance of each or all of the Sub-Accounts of the
                    Variable Account may be compared in its advertising and
                    sales literature to the performance of other variable
                    annuity issuers in general or to the performance of
                    particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual
                    funds, or series of mutual funds with investment objectives
                    similar to each of the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.
                    Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper") Morningstar
                    Variable Annuity/Life Performance Report of Morningstar,
                    Inc. ("Morningstar") and the Variable Annuity Research and
                    Data Service ("VARDS-Registered Trademark-") are independent
                    services which monitor and rank or rate the performance of
                    variable annuity issuers in each of the major categories of
                    investment objectives on an industry-wide basis.
 
                    Lipper's rankings include variable life issuers as well as
                    variable annuity issuers. VARDS-Registered Trademark-
                    rankings compare only variable annuity issuers. Morningstar
                    ratings include mutual funds used by both variable life and
                    variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared
                    by Lipper and VARDS-Registered Trademark- rank such issuers
                    on the basis of total return, assuming reinvestment of
                    distributions, but do not take sales charges, redemption
                    fees or certain expense deductions at the separate account
                    level into consideration. In addition,
                    VARDS-Registered Trademark- prepares risk-adjusted rankings,
                    which consider the effects of market risk on total return
                    performance. This type of ranking may address the question
                    as to which funds provide the highest total return with the
                    least amount of risk. Morningstar assigns ratings of zero to
                    five stars to the mutual funds taking into account primarily
                    historical performance and risk factors.
 
TAX MATTERS
 
                    NOTE: THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION IS BASED UPON THE COMPANY'S
                    UNDERSTANDING OF CURRENT FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW APPLICABLE
                    TO ANNUITIES IN GENERAL. THE COMPANY CANNOT PREDICT THE
                    PROBABILITY THAT ANY CHANGES IN SUCH LAWS WILL BE MADE.
                    OWNERS ARE CAUTIONED TO SEEK COMPETENT TAX ADVICE REGARDING
                    THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH CHANGES. THE COMPANY DOES NOT
                    GUARANTEE THE TAX STATUS OF THE CONTRACTS. OWNERS BEAR THE
                    COMPLETE RISK THAT THE CONTRACTS MAY NOT BE TREATED AS
                    "ANNUITY CONTRACTS" UNDER FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS.
 
                    GENERAL
 
                    Section 72 of the Code governs taxation of annuities in
                    general. A Contract Owner is not taxed on increases in the
                    value of a Contract until distribution occurs, either in the
                    form of a lump sum payment or as annuity payments under the
                    Settlement Option elected.
 
                                                                              35
<PAGE>
                    For a lump sum payment received as a total surrender (total
                    redemption), the recipient is taxed on the portion of the
                    payment that exceeds the cost basis of the Contract. For
                    Non-Qualified Contracts, this cost basis is generally the
                    Premium Payments, while for Qualified Contracts there may be
                    no cost basis. The taxable portion of the lump sum payment
                    is taxed at ordinary income tax rates.
 
                    For annuity payments, the taxable portion is determined by a
                    formula which establishes the ratio that the cost basis of
                    the Contract bears to the total value of annuity payments
                    for the term of the Contract. The taxable portion is taxed
                    at ordinary income rates. For certain types of Qualified
                    Plans there may be no cost basis in the Contract within the
                    meaning of Section 72 of the Code. Contract Owners,
                    Annuitants and Beneficiaries under the Contracts should seek
                    competent financial advice about the tax consequences of any
                    distributions.
 
                    The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under
                    Subchapter L of the Code. For federal income tax purposes,
                    the Variable Account is not a separate entity from the
                    Company, and its operations form a part of the Company.
                    Accordingly, the Variable Account will not be taxed
                    separately as a "regulated investment company" under
                    Subchapter M of the Code. The Company does not expect to
                    incur any federal income tax liability with respect to
                    investment income and net capital gains arising from the
                    activities of the Variable Account retained as part of the
                    reserves under the Contract. Based on this expectation, it
                    is anticipated that no charges will be made against the
                    Variable Account for federal income taxes. If, in future
                    years, any federal income taxes or other economic burden are
                    incurred by the Company with respect to the Variable Account
                    or the Contracts, the Company may make a charge for any such
                    amounts that are attributable to the Variable Account.
 
                    DIVERSIFICATION
 
                    Section 817(h) of the Code imposes certain diversification
                    standards on the underlying assets of variable annuity
                    contracts. The Code provides that a variable annuity
                    contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for any
                    period (and any subsequent period) for which the investments
                    are not adequately diversified in accordance with
                    regulations prescribed by the United States Treasury
                    Department ("Treasury Department"). Disqualification of the
                    Contract as an annuity contract would result in imposition
                    of federal income tax to the Contract Owner with respect to
                    earnings allocable to the Contract prior to the receipt of
                    payments under the Contract. The Code contains a safe harbor
                    provision which provides that annuity contracts such as the
                    Contracts meet the diversification requirements if, as of
                    the end of each quarter, the underlying assets meet the
                    diversification standards for a regulated investment company
                    and no more than fifty-five percent (55%) of the total
                    assets consist of cash, cash items, U.S. government
                    securities and securities of other regulated investment
                    companies.
 
                    The Treasury Department issued regulations (Treas. Reg.
                    1.817-5) which established diversification requirements for
                    the investment portfolios underlying variable contracts such
                    as the Contracts. The regulations amplify the
                    diversification requirements for variable contracts set
                    forth in the Code and provide an alternative to the safe
                    harbor provision described above. Under the regulations, an
                    investment portfolio will be deemed adequately diversified
                    if: (1) no more than 55% of the value of the total assets of
                    the portfolio is represented by any one investment; (2) no
                    more than 70% of the value of the total assets of the
                    portfolio is represented by any two investments; (3) no more
                    than 80% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
                    is represented by any three investments; and (4) no more
                    than 90% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
                    is represented by any four investments.
 
36
<PAGE>
                    The Code provides that for purposes of determining whether
                    or not the diversification standards imposed on the
                    underlying assets of variable contracts by Section 817(h) of
                    the Code have been met, "each United States government
                    agency or instrumentality shall be treated as a separate
                    issuer."
 
                    The Company intends, and the Trusts have undertaken, that
                    all Funds underlying the Contracts will be managed in such a
                    manner as to comply with these diversification requirements.
 
                    The Treasury Department has indicated that guidelines may be
                    forthcoming under which a variable annuity contract will not
                    be treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes if the
                    owner of the contract has excessive control over the
                    investments underlying the contract (i.e., by being able to
                    transfer values among sub-accounts with only limited
                    restrictions). The issuance of such guidelines may require
                    the Company to impose limitations on a Contract Owner's
                    right to control the investment. It is not known whether any
                    such guidelines would have a retroactive effect.
 
                    DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
 
                    Section 72(s) of the Code requires that in order to be
                    treated as an annuity contract for Federal income tax
                    purposes, any Nonqualified Contract must provide that (a) if
                    any Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date but prior to the
                    time the entire interest in the Contract has been
                    distributed, the remaining portion of such interest will be
                    distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
                    distribution being used when the Owner died; and (b) if any
                    Owner dies prior to the Annuity Date, the entire interest in
                    the Contract will be distributed within five years after
                    such death. These requirements will be considered satisfied
                    as to any portion of the Owner's interest which is payable
                    to or for the benefit of a "designated beneficiary" and
                    which is distributed over the life of such "designated
                    beneficiary" or over a period not extending beyond the life
                    expectancy of that beneficiary, provided that such
                    distributions begin within one year of the Owner's death.
                    The Owner's "designated beneficiary" is the person
                    designated by such Owner as a Beneficiary and to whom
                    ownership of the Contract passes by reason of death and must
                    be a natural person. However, if the Owner's "designated
                    beneficiary" is the surviving spouse of the Owner, the
                    Contract may be continued with the surviving spouse as the
                    new Owner.
 
                    The Contracts contain provisions which are intended to
                    comply with the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Code,
                    although no regulations interpreting these requirements have
                    yet been issued. The Company intends to review such
                    provisions and modify them if necessary to try to assure
                    that they comply with the Section 72(s) requirements when
                    clarified by regulation or otherwise. Similar rules may
                    apply to a Qualified Contract.
 
                    MULTIPLE CONTRACTS
 
                    The Code provides that multiple non-qualified annuity
                    contracts which are issued during a calendar year to the
                    same contract owner by one company or its affiliates are
                    treated as one annuity contract for purposes of determining
                    the tax consequences of any distribution. Such treatment may
                    result in adverse tax consequences, including more rapid
                    taxation of the distributed amounts from such combination of
                    contracts. Contract Owners should consult a tax adviser
                    prior to purchasing more than one nonqualified annuity
                    contract in any single calendar year.
 
                    TAX TREATMENT OF ASSIGNMENTS
 
                    An assignment or pledge of a Contract may be a taxable
                    event. Contract Owners should therefore consult competent
                    tax advisers should they wish to assign their Contracts.
 
                                                                              37
<PAGE>
                    WITHHOLDING
 
                    Withholding of federal income taxes on the taxable portion
                    of all distributions may be required unless the recipient
                    elects not to have any such amounts withheld and properly
                    notifies the Company of that election. Different rules may
                    apply to United States citizens or expatriates living
                    abroad. Withholding is mandatory for certain distributions
                    from Qualified Contracts. In addition, some states have
                    enacted legislation requiring withholding.
 
                    SECTION 1035 EXCHANGES
 
                    Code Section 1035 generally provides that no gain or loss
                    shall be recognized on the exchange of one annuity contract
                    for another. If the surrendered contract was issued prior to
                    August 14, 1982, the tax rules that formerly provided that
                    the surrender was taxable only to the extent the amount
                    received exceeds the owner's investment in the contract will
                    continue to apply to amounts allocable to investment in the
                    contract before August 14, 1982. Special rules and
                    procedures apply to Code Section 1035 transactions.
                    Prospective purchasers wishing to take advantage of Code
                    Section 1035 should consult their tax advisers.
 
                    TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
                    NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
 
                    Section 72 of the Code governs the treatment of
                    distributions from annuity contracts. It provides that if
                    the Annuity Account Value exceeds the aggregate Premium
                    Payments made, any amount withdrawn will be treated as
                    coming first from the earnings and then, only after the
                    income portion is exhausted, as coming from the principal.
                    Withdrawn earnings are includable in gross income. It
                    further provides that a ten percent (10%) penalty will apply
                    to the income portion of any premature distribution.
                    However, the penalty is not imposed on amounts received: (a)
                    after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death of
                    the Contract Owner (or, if the Contract Owner is a
                    non-natural person, the Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is
                    totally disabled (for this purpose disability is as defined
                    in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (d) in a series of
                    substantially equal periodic payments made not less
                    frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
                    of the Payee or for the joint lives (or joint life
                    expectancies) of the Payee and his/her beneficiary; (e)
                    under an immediate annuity; or (f) which are allocable to
                    Premium Payments made prior to August 14, 1982.
 
                    The above information does not apply, except where noted, to
                    Qualified Contracts. However, separate tax withdrawal
                    penalties and restrictions may apply to such Qualified
                    Contracts. (See "Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified
                    Contracts.")
 
                    QUALIFIED PLANS
 
                    The Contracts offered by this Prospectus are designed to be
                    suitable for use under various types of Qualified Plans.
                    Because of the minimum purchase payment requirements, these
                    Contracts may not be appropriate for some periodic payment
                    retirement plans. Taxation of participants in each Qualified
                    Plan varies with the type of plan and terms and conditions
                    of each specific plan. Contract Owners, Annuitants and
                    Beneficiaries are cautioned that benefits under a Qualified
                    Plan may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan
                    regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contracts
                    issued pursuant to the plan. Although the Company provides
                    administration for the Contract, it does not provide
                    administrative support for Qualified Plans. Following are
                    general descriptions of the types of Qualified Plans with
                    which the Contracts may be used. Such descriptions are not
                    exhaustive and are for general informational purposes
 
38
<PAGE>
                    only. The tax rules regarding Qualified Plans are very
                    complex and will have differing applications, depending on
                    individual facts and circumstances. Each purchaser should
                    obtain competent tax advice prior to purchasing a Contract
                    issued in connection with a Qualified Plan.
 
                    Special favorable tax treatment may be available for certain
                    types of contributions and distributions (including special
                    rules for certain lump sum distributions). Adverse tax
                    consequences may result from contributions in excess of
                    specified limits, distributions prior to age 59 1/2 (subject
                    to certain exceptions), distributions that do not conform to
                    specified minimum distribution rules, aggregate
                    distributions in excess of a specified annual amount, and in
                    certain other circumstances. Therefore, the Company makes no
                    attempt to provide more than general information about use
                    of the Contract with the various types of qualified plans.
                    Purchasers and participants under qualified plans as well as
                    Annuitants, Payees and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the
                    rights of any person to any benefits under qualified plans
                    may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan
                    themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the
                    Contract issued in connection therewith.
 
                    SECTION 403() Plans
 
                    Under Section 403(b) of the Code, payments made by public
                    school systems and certain tax exempt organizations to
                    purchase annuity policies for their employees are excludable
                    from the gross income of the employee, subject to certain
                    limitations. However, such payments may be subject to FICA
                    (Social Security) taxes. Additionally, in accordance with
                    the requirements of the Code, Section 403(b) annuities
                    generally may not permit distribution of (i) elective
                    contributions made in years beginning after December 31,
                    1988, and (ii) earnings on those contributions and (iii)
                    earnings on amounts attributed to elective contributions
                    held as of the end of the last year beginning before January
                    1, 1989. Distributions of such amounts will be allowed only
                    upon the death of the employee, on or after attainment of
                    age 59 1/2, separation from service, disability, or
                    financial hardship, except that income attributable to
                    elective contributions may not be distributed in the case of
                    hardship.
 
                    INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES
 
                    Sections 219 and 408 of the Code permit individuals or their
                    employers to contribute to an individual retirement program
                    known as an "Individual Retirement Annuity" or an "IRA".
                    Individual Retirement Annuities are subject to limitation on
                    the amount which may be contributed and deducted and the
                    time when distributions may commence. In addition,
                    distributions from certain other types of qualified plans
                    may be placed into an Individual Retirement Annuity on a
                    tax-deferred basis.
 
                    CORPORATE PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING PLANS AND H.R. 10 PLANS
 
                    Section 401(a) and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate
                    employers to establish various types of retirement plans for
                    employees and self-employed individuals to establish
                    qualified plans for themselves and their employees. Such
                    retirement plans may permit the purchase of the Contracts to
                    provide benefits under the plans.
 
                    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS
 
                    Section 457 of the Code, while not actually providing for a
                    qualified plan as that term is normally used, provides for
                    certain deferred compensation plans with respect to service
                    for state governments, local governments, political
                    sub-divisions, agencies, instrumentalities and certain
                    affiliates of such entities and tax exempt organizations
                    which enjoy
 
                                                                              39
<PAGE>
                    special treatment. The Contracts can be used with such
                    plans. Under such plans a participant may specify the form
                    of investment in which his or her participation will be
                    made. All such investments, however, are owned by, and are
                    subject to, the claims of the general creditors of the
                    sponsoring employer.
 
                    The above description of federal income tax consequences
                    pertaining to the different types of Qualified Plans that
                    may be funded by the Contracts is only a brief summary and
                    is not intended as tax advice. The rules governing the
                    provisions of Qualified Plans are extremely complex and
                    often difficult to comprehend. Anything less than full
                    compliance with the applicable rules, all of which are
                    subject to change, may have significant adverse tax
                    consequences. A prospective purchaser considering the
                    purchase of a Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan
                    should first consult a qualified and competent tax adviser
                    with regard to the suitability of the Contract as an
                    investment vehicle for the Qualified Plan.
 
                    TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
                    QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
 
                    Section 72(t) of the Code imposes a 10% penalty tax on the
                    taxable portion of any distribution from qualified
                    retirement plans, including Contracts issued and qualified
                    under Code Sections 401, 403(b), 408 and 457. To the extent
                    amounts are not includable in gross income because they have
                    been properly rolled over to an IRA or to another eligible
                    Qualified Plan, no tax penalty will be imposed. The tax
                    penalty will not apply to the following distributions: (a)
                    if distribution is made on or after the date on which the
                    Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) distributions following the
                    death of the Contract Owner or Annuitant (as applicable) or
                    disability of the Payee (for this purpose disability is as
                    defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (c) after
                    separation from service, distributions that are part of
                    substantially equal periodic payments made not less
                    frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
                    of the Payee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies)
                    of such Payee and his/her designated beneficiary; (d)
                    distributions to a Payee who has separated from service
                    after attaining age 55; (e) distributions made to the extent
                    such distributions do not exceed the amount allowable as a
                    deduction under Code Section 213 to the Payee for amounts
                    paid during the taxable year for medical care: and (f)
                    distributions made to an alternate payee pursuant to a
                    qualified domestic relations order.
 
                    The exceptions stated in Items (d), (e) and (f) above do not
                    apply in the case of an Individual Retirement Annuity.
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                    Audited financial statements of the Company as of December
                    31, 1996 and 1995 and for each of the three years in the
                    period ended December 31, 1996 are included in the Statement
                    of Additional Information. Also included are audited
                    financial statements for the Variable Account, which
                    commenced operations April 10, 1995, as of and for the
                    periods (as defined in the financial statements) ended
                    December 31, 1995 and 1996.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
                    There are no legal proceedings to which the Variable
                    Account, the Distributor or the Company is a party except
                    for routine litigation which the Company does not believe is
                    relevant to the Contracts offered by this Prospectus.
 
40
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
A Statement of Additional Information which contains more details concerning
some subjects discussed in this Prospectus is available (at no cost) by calling
or writing the Annuity & Variable Life Services Center. The following is the
Table of Contents for that Statement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               TABLE OF CONTENTS                     PAGE
<S>                                               <C>
THE CONTRACTS-GENERAL PROVISIONS................           3
  The Contracts.................................           3
  Loans.........................................           3
  Non-Participating Contracts...................           3
  Misstatement of Age...........................           3
CALCULATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUES..........           3
  Variable Accumulation Unit Value..............           3
  Net Investment Factor.........................           4
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS AND TABLES..................           4
  Variable Account Unit Value Calculations......           4
  Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment
   Tables.......................................           5
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY.................           6
ADMINISTRATION..................................           7
 
<CAPTION>
               TABLE OF CONTENTS                     PAGE
<S>                                               <C>
ACCOUNT INFORMATION.............................           7
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS...................           7
CUSTODY OF ASSETS...............................           7
HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA.....................           8
  Money Market Sub-Account Yield................           8
  Other Sub-Account Yields......................           8
  Total Returns.................................           9
  Other Performance Data........................           9
LEGAL MATTERS...................................          10
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS...............................          10
EXPERTS.........................................          10
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................          10
  Connecticut General Life Insurance Company....          11
  CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II.......          33
</TABLE>
 
                                                                              41
<PAGE>
               PART B.  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO. 1
<PAGE>
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
        FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS -- NEW YORK
 
                                 Issued through
 
                    CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II
 
                                   Offered by
 
                   CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Home Office Location:                          Mailing Address:
900 Cottage Grove Road                         CIGNA Individual Insurance
Hartford, Connecticut 06152                    Annuity & Variable Life Services Center
                                                 Routing S-249
                                               Hartford, Connecticut 06152-2249
                                               Telephone: (800) 552-9898
 
Lockbox Address -- By Mail:                    Lockbox Address -- By Overnight:
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company     Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
P.O. Box 30790                                 c/o Fleet Bank
Hartford, CT 06150                             20 Church Street
                                               20th Floor, MSN275
                                               Hartford, CT 06120
                                               Attn: Lockbox 30790
</TABLE>
 
    This Statement of Additional Information ("Statement") expands upon subjects
discussed  in the  current Prospectus  for the  Variable Annuity  Contracts (the
"Contracts") offered by  Connecticut General Life  Insurance Company through  CG
Variable  Annuity Separate Account II.  You may obtain a  copy of the Prospectus
dated May  1, 1997,  by  calling (800)  552-9898, or  by  writing to  Annuity  &
Variable Life Services Center, Routing S-249, Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company,  Hartford, Connecticut 06152-2249. Terms used in the current Prospectus
for the Contracts are incorporated in this Statement.
 
    THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS  NOT A PROSPECTUS AND SHOULD  BE
READ  ONLY IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS  FOR THE CONTRACTS AND CG VARIABLE
ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II.
 
Dated: May 1, 1997
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   PAGE
                                                                                                                  -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
THE CONTRACTS -- GENERAL PROVISIONS........................................................................           3
  The Contracts............................................................................................           3
  Loans....................................................................................................           3
  Non-Participating Contracts..............................................................................           3
  Misstatement of Age......................................................................................           3
 
CALCULATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUES.....................................................................           3
  Variable Accumulation Unit Value.........................................................................           3
  Net Investment Factor....................................................................................           4
 
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS AND TABLES.............................................................................           4
  Variable Account Unit Value Calculations.................................................................           4
  Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment Tables.....................................................           5
 
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY............................................................................           6
 
ADMINISTRATION.............................................................................................           7
 
ACCOUNT INFORMATION........................................................................................           7
 
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS..............................................................................           7
 
CUSTODY OF ASSETS..........................................................................................           7
 
HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA................................................................................           8
  Money Market Sub-Account Yield...........................................................................           8
  Other Sub-Account Yields.................................................................................           8
  Total Returns............................................................................................           9
  Other Performance Data...................................................................................          10
 
LEGAL MATTERS..............................................................................................          10
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS..........................................................................................          10
 
EXPERTS....................................................................................................          10
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.......................................................................................          10
  Connecticut General Life Insurance Company...............................................................
  CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II..................................................................
 
APPENDIX I.................................................................................................
  Variable Account Unit Value Sample Calculations for New York Contracts Issued Before May 1, 1996.........
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
    In  order to  supplement the  description in  the Prospectus,  the following
provides additional information about Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
(the "Company") and the Contracts  which may be of  interest to an Owner.  Terms
have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise indicated.
 
                      THE CONTRACTS -- GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
THE CONTRACTS
 
    A Contract, attached riders, amendments and any application, form the entire
contract.  Only the President, a Vice President,  a Secretary, a Director, or an
Assistant Director  of  the Company  may  change or  waive  any provision  in  a
Contract.  Any changes or waivers must be  in writing. The Company may change or
amend the Contracts if such change  or amendment is necessary for the  Contracts
to  comply  with  or  take  advantage  of any  state  or  federal  law,  rule or
regulation.
 
LOANS
 
    Under the Contracts, loans are not permitted.
 
NON-PARTICIPATING CONTRACTS
 
    The Contracts do not participate or share in the profits or surplus earnings
of the Company.
 
MISSTATEMENT OF AGE
 
    If the age of the Annuitant is misstated, any amounts payable by the Company
under the  Contract will  be adjusted  to  be those  amounts which  the  Premium
Payments  would have purchased  for the correct age,  according to the Company's
rates in effect  on the  Date of  Issue. Any  overpayment by  the Company,  with
interest  at  the rate  of 6%  per  year, compounded  annually, will  be charged
against the payments to be made next succeeding the adjustment. Any underpayment
by the Company will be paid in a lump sum.
 
                     CALCULATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUES
 
    On any Valuation Date, the Variable Account value is equal to the totals  of
the  values allocated to  the Contracts in  each Sub-Account. The  portion of an
Owner's Annuity Account Value held in any Variable Account Sub-Account is  equal
to  the number of  Sub-Account units allocated  to a Contract  multiplied by the
Sub-Account accumulation unit value as described below.
 
VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE
 
    Upon receipt of a Premium Payment by  the Company at its Annuity &  Variable
Life  Services Center, all or that portion, if any, of the Premium Payment to be
allocated to the Variable Account Sub-Accounts will be credited to the  Variable
Account  in the  form of Variable  Accumulation Units. The  number of particular
Variable Accumulation Units to be credited is determined by dividing the  dollar
amount  allocated to the particular Variable Account Sub-Account by the Variable
Accumulation Unit Value for the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for  the
Valuation  Period during which the Premium  Payment is received at the Company's
Variable Products  Service Center  (for  the initial  Premium Payment,  for  the
Valuation Period during which the Premium Payment is accepted).
 
    The  Variable Accumulation Unit Value  for each Variable Account Sub-Account
was set initially  at $10.00 for  the first Valuation  Period of the  particular
Variable Account Sub-Account. The Variable Account commenced operations on April
10,  1995.  The Variable  Accumulation Unit  Value  for the  particular Variable
Account Sub-Account  for  any  subsequent  Valuation  Period  is  determined  by
multiplying  the Variable  Accumulation Unit  Value for  the particular Variable
Account Sub-Account for the  immediately preceding Valuation  Period by the  Net
Investment  Factor  for the  particular  Variable Account  Sub-Account  for such
subsequent Valuation  Period.  The Variable  Accumulation  Unit Value  for  each
Variable Account Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is the value determined as
of  the end of  the particular Valuation  Period and may  increase, decrease, or
remain constant from Valuation Period to Valuation Period.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    The Variable Account portion of the  Annuity Account Value, if any, for  any
Valuation  Period is equal to the sum  of the value of all Variable Accumulation
Units of each  Variable Account Sub-Account  credited to the  Contract for  such
Valuation  Period. The value in a  Contract of each Variable Account Sub-Account
is determined by multiplying the number of Variable Accumulation Units, if  any,
credited  to such  Variable Account  Sub-Account in  a Contract  by the Variable
Accumulation Unit Value of the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for  such
Valuation Period.
 
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR
 
    The  Net Investment  Factor is  an index  applied to  measure the investment
performance of a Variable Account Sub-Account  from one Valuation Period to  the
next.  The Net Investment  Factor may be greater  or less than  or equal to 1.0;
therefore, the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit may increase, decrease,  or
remain the same.
 
    The  Net  Investment Factor  for any  Variable  Account Sub-Account  for any
Valuation Period is determined by dividing  (a) by (b) and then subtracting  (c)
from the result where:
 
    (a) is the net result of:
 
        (1)  the net asset  value of a  Fund share held  in the Variable Account
           Sub-Account determined as of the end of the Valuation Period, plus
 
        (2) the per share amount of any dividend or other distribution  declared
           by the Fund on the shares held in the Variable Account Sub-Account if
           the  "ex-dividend" date occurs  during the Valuation  Period, plus or
           minus
 
        (3) a per  share credit  or charge  with respect  to any  taxes paid  or
           reserved  for by  the Company during  the Valuation  Period which are
           determined by the Company to be attributable to the operation of  the
           Variable Account Sub-Account;
 
    (b)  is the  net asset value  of a Fund  share held in  the Variable Account
       Sub-Account determined as of the  end of the preceding Valuation  Period;
       and
 
    (c)  is the asset charge factor determined  by the Company for the valuation
       period to reflect the  charges for assuming  mortality and expense  risks
       and for administrative expenses.
 
                         SAMPLE CALCULATIONS AND TABLES
 
VARIABLE ACCOUNT UNIT VALUE CALCULATIONS*
 
    VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE CALCULATION.  Assume the net asset value of
a Fund share at the end of the current Valuation Period is $16.50; and its value
at  the  end  of the  immediately  preceding  Valuation Period  was  $16.46; the
Valuation Period  is one  day; and  no dividends  or distributions  caused  Fund
shares  to go "ex-dividend" during the  current Valuation Period. $16.50 divided
by $16.46 is 1.002430134. Subtracting the one day risk factor for mortality  and
expense  risks and the administrative expense  charge of .00003862644 (the daily
equivalent of  the current  charge of  1.40% on  an annual  basis) gives  a  net
investment  factor of 1.00239150756.  If the value  of the Variable Accumulation
Unit for the  immediately preceding  Valuation Period had  been $14.703693,  the
value  for  the  current  Valuation Period  would  be  $14.738857  ($14.703693 X
1.00239150756).
 
    VARIABLE ANNUITY  UNIT VALUE  CALCULATION.   The  assumptions in  the  above
example exist. Also assume that the value of an Annuity Unit for the immediately
preceding  Valuation Period had  been $13.579136. As  the first variable annuity
payment is determined  by using an  assumed interest  rate of 3%  per year,  the
value  of the Annuity Unit for the  current Valuation Period would be $13.610508
[$13.579136  X  1.00239150756  (the  net  investment  factor)  X   0.999919020].
0.999919020  is the factor, for a one day Valuation Period, that neutralizes the
assumed interest  rate of  three percent  (3%) per  year used  to establish  the
Annuity Payment Rates found in the Contract.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
    VARIABLE  ANNUITY PAYMENT CALCULATION.  Assume that a Participant's Variable
Annuity Account  is credited  with 5319.7531  Variable Accumulation  Units of  a
particular  Sub-Account;  that  the  Variable Accumulation  Unit  Value  and the
Annuity Unit Value for the particular Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which
ends immediately  preceding  the  Annuity Date  are  $14.703693  and  $13.579136
respectively;  that the Annuity Payment  Rate for the age  and option elected is
$6.52 per $1,000; and that the Annuity Unit Value on the day prior to the second
variable annuity payment date is $13.610170. The first variable annuity  payment
would be $509.99 (5319.7531 X $14.703693 X 6.52 divided by 1,000). The number of
Annuity  Units credited would be 37.5569 ($509.99 divided by $13.579136) and the
second variable annuity payment would be $511.16 (37.5569 X $13.610170).
 
    *For New York Contracts issued before May 1, 1996, see Appendix I.
 
WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT TABLES
 
    The following example illustrates the  detailed calculations for a  $100,000
deposit  into the Fixed Account  with a guaranteed rate of  8% for a duration of
five years. The intent of the example is to show the effect of the Market  Value
Adjustment  ("MVA") and the 3% minimum guarantee under various interest rates on
the calculation  of  the cash  surrender  (withdrawal) value.  Any  charges  for
optional  death benefit  risks are  not taken into  account in  the example. The
effect of the MVA is  reflected in the index rate  factor in column (2) and  the
minimum  3%  guarantee is  shown  under column  (4)  under the  "Surrender Value
Calculation". The  "Surrender Charge  Calculation" assumes  there have  been  no
prior  withdrawals and  illustrates the  operation of  the Fifteen  Percent Free
provision of the  Contract. The  "Market Value Adjustment  Tables" and  "Minimum
Value Calculation" contain the explicit calculation of the index factors and the
3%  minimum guarantee respectively. The "Annuity Value Calculation" and "Minimum
Value" calculations assume the imposition of the annual $30 Annuity Account  Fee
charge,  but that fee  is waived if  the Annuity Account  Value at the  end of a
Contract Year is $100,000 or more.
 
                            WITHDRAWAL CHARGE TABLES
 
                     SAMPLE CALCULATIONS FOR MALE 35 ISSUE
                             CASH SURRENDER VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Single premium.....................   $100,000
Premium taxes......................   0
Withdrawals........................   None
Guaranteed period..................   5 years
Guaranteed interest rate...........   8%
Annuity date.......................   Age 70
Index rate A.......................   7.5%
Index rate B (before adjustment)...   8.00% end of contract year 1
                                      7.75% end of contract year 2
                                      7.00% end of contract year 3
                                      6.50% end of contract year 4
Percentage adjustment to B.........   0.5%
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                          SURRENDER VALUE CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      (1)          (2)           (3)           (4)          (5)          (6)          (7)
                                    ANNUITY    INDEX RATE     ADJUSTED       MINIMUM    GREATER OF    SURRENDER    SURRENDER
CONTRACT YEAR                        VALUE       FACTOR     ANNUITY VALUE     VALUE       (3)&(4)      CHARGE        VALUE
- --------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                               <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
1...............................  $   107,970     0.972573   $   105,009   $   102,970  $   105,009   $   5,950   $    99,059
2...............................  $   116,578     0.993056   $   115,768   $   106,029  $   115,768   $   5,100   $   110,668
3...............................  $   125,874     1.004667   $   126,461   $   109,180  $   126,461   $   4,250   $   122,211
4...............................  $   135,914     1.007026   $   136,869   $   112,425  $   136,869   $   3,400   $   133,469
5...............................  $   146,757     1.000000   $   146,757   $   115,768  $   146,757   $   2,550   $   144,207
</TABLE>
 
                           ANNUITY VALUE CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONTRACT YEAR                                 ANNUITY VALUE
- ------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>
1.............................       $100,000 X 1.08 - $30 = $107,970
2.............................       $107,965 X 1.08 - $30 = $116,578
3.............................       $116,567 X 1.08 - $30 = $125,874
4.............................       $125,858 X 1.08 - $30 = $135,914
5.............................       $135,891 X 1.08 - $30 = $146,757
</TABLE>
 
                          SURRENDER CHARGE CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      (1)                                     (3)
                                                                   SURRENDER               (2)             SURRENDER
CONTRACT YEAR                                                    CHARGE FACTOR   SURRENDER CHARGE FACTOR    CHARGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  -----------------------  -----------
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>                      <C>
1.............................................................       0.07                  0.0595          $   5,950
2.............................................................       0.06                  0.0510          $   5,100
3.............................................................       0.05                  0.0425          $   4,250
4.............................................................       0.04                  0.0340          $   3,400
5.............................................................       0.03                  0.0255          $   2,550
</TABLE>
 
                         MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT TABLES
                        INTEREST RATE FACTOR CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     (1)          (2)            (3)            (4)          (5)
                                                                    INDEX        INDEX        ADJUSTED           N          (1+A)
CONTRACT YEAR                                                      RATE A       RATE B      INDEX RATE B        --          (1+B)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ---------------               -----------
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
1..............................................................     7.5%         8.00           8.25             4        0.972573
2..............................................................     7.5%         7.75           7.75             3        0.993056
3..............................................................     7.5%         7.00           7.25             2        1.004667
4..............................................................     7.5%         6.50           6.75             1        1.007026
5..............................................................     7.5%          NA             NA              0           NA
</TABLE>
 
                           MINIMUM VALUE CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONTRACT YEAR                                 MINIMUM VALUE
- ------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>
1.............................       $100,000 X 1.03 - $30 = $102,970
2.............................       $102,965 X 1.03 - $30 = $106,029
3.............................       $106,019 X 1.03 - $30 = $109,180
4.............................       $109,165 X 1.03 - $30 = $112,425
5.............................       $112,404 X 1.03 - $30 = $115,768
</TABLE>
 
                        STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY
 
    The Company,  a Connecticut  corporation, is  subject to  regulation by  the
Connecticut  Department  of Insurance.  An annual  statement  is filed  with the
Connecticut Department of Insurance each year
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the  Company
as  of  December  31  of  the  preceding  year.  Periodically,  the  Connecticut
Department of  Insurance  or  other  authorities  examine  the  liabilities  and
reserves  of the Company and the Variable Account, and a full examination of the
Company's operations is conducted periodically by the Connecticut Department  of
Insurance.  In  addition,  the Company  is  subject  to the  insurance  laws and
regulations of other states within which  it is licensed to operate.  Generally,
the  Insurance Department of  any other state  applies the laws  of the state of
domicile in determining permissible investments.
 
    A Contract is governed by  the laws of the state  in which it is  delivered.
The values and benefits of each Contract are at least equal to those required by
such state.
 
                                 ADMINISTRATION
 
    The  Company  performs  certain  administrative  functions  relating  to the
Contracts, the individual Annuity Accounts, the Fixed Account, and the  Variable
Account.  These functions include, among other things, maintaining the books and
records of the Variable  Account, the Fixed Account,  and the Sub-Accounts,  and
maintaining  records  of  the  name,  address,  taxpayer  identification number,
contract number, Annuity  Account number and  type, the status  of each  Annuity
Account  and  other pertinent  information necessary  to the  administration and
operation of the Contracts.
 
                              ACCOUNT INFORMATION
 
    At least once during each Calendar Year, the Company will furnish the  Owner
with  a report  showing the Annuity  Account Value  at the end  of the preceding
Calendar Year, all transactions  during the Calendar  Year, the current  Annuity
Account  Value,  the  number  of Accumulation  Units  in  each  Variable Account
Sub-Account Accumulation Account and the  applicable Accumulation Unit Value  as
of  the date of the report. In addition, each person having voting rights in the
Variable Account  and  a  Fund  or  Funds will  receive  each  such  reports  or
prospectuses  as may be required  by the Investment Company  Act of 1940 and the
Securities Act of 1933.  The Company will also  send each Owner such  statements
reflecting  transactions in  the Owner's Annuity  Account as may  be required by
applicable laws, rules and regulations.
 
    Upon request to  the Annuity &  Variable Life Services  Center, the  Company
will provide an Owner with information regarding fixed and variable accumulation
values.
 
                         DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
    The  Contracts will  be sold  by licensed  insurance agents  in those states
where the  Contracts  may lawfully  be  sold.  Such agents  will  be  registered
representatives  of broker-dealers registered under  the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 who are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.
(NASD).   The  Contracts  will   be  distributed  by   the  Company's  principal
underwriter, CIGNA  Financial Advisers,  Inc. ("CFA"),  located at  900  Cottage
Grove  Road, Bloomfield, CT. CFA is a Connecticut corporation organized in 1967,
and is the  principal underwriter  for the Company's  other registered  separate
accounts.  Commissions and other  distribution compensation will  be paid by the
Company and  will  not be  more  than 7.00%  of  Premium Payments.  The  Company
received  $39,289 in deferred sales charges attributable to the Variable Account
portion of the Contracts issued pursuant to CG Variable Annuity Separate Account
II for the period ended December 31, 1996.
 
    Sales charges on and exchange  privileges under the Contracts are  described
in  the Prospectus. There are no variations in the prices at which the Contracts
are offered for certain types of purchasers.
 
                               CUSTODY OF ASSETS
 
    The Company is  the Custodian  of the assets  of the  Variable Account.  The
Company  will purchase Fund shares at net asset value in connection with amounts
allocated  to  the  Variable  Account   Sub-Accounts  in  accordance  with   the
instructions   of  the   Purchasers  and  redeem   Fund  shares   at  net  asset
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
value for the  purpose of meeting  the contractual obligations  of the  Variable
Account,  paying charges relative to the  Variable Account or making adjustments
for  annuity  reserves  held  in  the  Variable  Account.  The  assets  of   the
Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account are held separate and apart from the assets
of  any other segregated  asset accounts of  the Company and  separate and apart
from the Company's general account assets. The Company maintains records of  all
purchases  and  redemptions  of  shares  of  each  Fund  held  by  each  of  the
Sub-Accounts of the Variable  Account. Additional protection  for the assets  of
the  Variable Account  is afforded by  the Company's fidelity  bond covering the
acts of officers and employees of the  Company which is presently in the  amount
of $100,000,000.
 
                          HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA
 
    Historical  performance  data  as  of  December 31,  1996  for  each  of the
Sub-Accounts of the Separate Account follows in the Financial Statements.
 
MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT YIELD
 
    From time to time,  the Money Market Sub-Account  may advertise its  "yield"
and  "effective yield." Both yield figures  will be based on historical earnings
and are not intended  to indicate future performance.  The "yield" of the  Money
Market  Sub-Account refers to the income  generated by Annuity Account Values in
the Money  Market Sub-Account  over a  seven-day period  (which period  will  be
stated  in the  advertisement). This income  is then "annualized."  That is, the
amount of income generated by the investment  during that week is assumed to  be
generated  each week over a  52-week period and is shown  as a percentage of the
Annuity Account Values in the Money Market Sub-Account. The "effective yield" is
calculated similarly but, when annualized, the income earned by Annuity  Account
Values  in  the  Money  Market  Sub-Account is  assumed  to  be  reinvested. The
"effective yield"  will be  slightly  higher than  the  "yield" because  of  the
compounding  effect of this  assumed reinvestment. The  computation of the yield
calculation includes a deduction for the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge,  the
Administrative Expense Charge, and the Annuity Account Fee.
 
    The  effective  yield is  calculated  by compounding  the  unannualized base
period return according to the following formula:
 
                EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD RETURN + 1)] - 1
 
    The yield on  amounts held  in the  Money Market  Sub-Account normally  will
fluctuate  on a daily basis.  Therefore, the disclosed yield  for any given past
period is  not an  indication or  representation of  future yields  or rates  of
return.  The Money Market  Sub-Account's actual yield is  affected by changes in
interest rates on  money market  securities, average portfolio  maturity of  the
Money  Market Fund, the  types and quality  of portfolio securities  held by the
Money Market Fund and its operating  expenses. The yield figures do not  reflect
withdrawal charges or premium taxes.
 
OTHER SUB-ACCOUNT YIELDS
 
    The  Company  may  from  time  to time  advertise  or  disclose  the current
annualized yield of  one or  more of the  Sub-Accounts of  the Variable  Account
(except  the Money Market Sub-Account) for  30-day periods. The annualized yield
of a Sub-Account refers to income  generated by the Sub-Account over a  specific
30-day  period.  Because  the yield  is  annualized,  the yield  generated  by a
Sub-Account during the  30-day period  is assumed  to be  generated each  30-day
period over a 12-month period. The yield is
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
computed by: (i) dividing the net investment income per accumulation unit earned
during  the period by the maximum offering price per unit on the last day of the
period, according to the following formula:
 
Yield = 2   [(a - b + 1) - 1]
                       cd
 
Where:    a    =   Net investment income earned during the period by
                   the Fund attributable to shares owned by the
                   Sub-Account.
          b    =   Expenses accrued for the period.
          c    =   The average daily number of accumulation units
                   outstanding during the period.
          d    =   The maximum offering price per accumulation unit
                   on the last day of the period.
 
    Because of the charges and deductions  imposed by the Variable Account,  the
yield for a Sub-Account of the Variable Account will be lower than the yield for
its  corresponding Fund. The yield calculations do not reflect the effect of any
premium taxes or deferred sales charges  that may be applicable to a  particular
Contract.  Deferred sales charges range from 7% to 1% of the amount withdrawn or
surrendered on total Premium Payments paid less prior partial withdrawals, based
on the Contract Year in which the withdrawal or surrender occurs.
 
    The yield  on amounts  held  in the  Sub-Accounts  of the  Variable  Account
normally  will fluctuate over time. Therefore, the disclosed yield for any given
past period is not an indication or representation of future yields or rates  of
return. A Sub-Account's actual yield is affected by the types and quality of the
Fund's investments and its operating expenses.
 
TOTAL RETURNS
 
    The  Company may from  time to time  also advise or  disclose annual average
total returns for one or  more of the Sub-Accounts  of the Variable Account  for
various  periods of time. When a Sub-Account has  been in operation for 1, 5 and
10 years, respectively,  the total return  for these periods  will be  provided.
Total returns for other periods of time may from time to time also be disclosed.
Total returns represent the average annual compounded rates of return that would
equate the initial amount invested to the redemption value of that investment as
of the last day of each of the periods.
 
    Total  returns will  be calculated using  Sub-Account Unit  Values which the
Company calculates on  each Valuation  Period based  on the  performance of  the
Sub-Account's  underlying Fund, and the deductions for the mortality and expense
risk charge, the administrative expense charge, and the Account Fee. The Account
Fee is reflected by dividing the  total amount of such charges collected  during
the  year that are attributable to the Variable Account by the total average net
assets of all the  Variable Sub-Accounts. The  resulting percentage is  deducted
from  the return in calculating the  ending redeemable value. These figures will
not reflect any premium taxes. Total return calculations will reflect the effect
of deferred sales  charges that may  be applicable to  a particular period.  The
total return will then be calculated according to the following formula:
 
                                  P(1+T) = ERV
 
Where:    P    =   A hypothetical initial Premium Payment of $1,000.
          T    =   Average annual total return.
          n    =   Number of years in the period.
         ERV   =   Ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000
                   payment made at the beginning of the one, five or
                   ten-year period, at the end of the one, five or
                   ten-year period (or fractional portion thereof).
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
OTHER PERFORMANCE DATA
 
    The Company may from time to time also disclose average annual total returns
in  a  non-standard format  in conjunction  with  the standard  format described
above. The non-standard format will be identical to the standard one except that
the deferred sales charge percentage will be assumed to be 0%.
 
    The Company  may from  time to  time disclose  cumulative total  returns  in
conjunction  with the  standard format  described above.  The cumulative returns
will be calculated using the following formula assuming that the deferred  sales
charge percentage will be 0%.
 
                               CTR = (ERV/P) - 1
 
Where:   CTR   =   The cumulative total return net of Sub-Account
                   recurring charges for the period.
         ERV   =   The ending redeemable value of the hypothetical
                   investment made at the beginning of the one, five
                   or ten-year period, at the end of the one, five or
                   ten-year period (or fractional portion thereof).
          P    =   A hypothetical initial payment of $10,000
 
    All  non-standard performance data  will only be  advertised if the standard
performance data is also disclosed.
 
    The Company  may also  from  time to  time  use advertising  which  includes
hypothetical  illustrations to  compare the difference  between the  growth of a
taxable investment and a tax-deferred investment in a variable annuity.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Legal advice regarding  certain matters relating  to the federal  securities
laws applicable to the issuance of the Contracts described in the Prospectus and
this  Statement  has  been  provided  by  Edwin  L.  Kerr,  Counsel,  Individual
Insurance, CIGNA Companies.  All matters  of Connecticut law  pertaining to  the
Contracts,  including the validity  of the Contracts and  the Company's right to
issue the Contracts  under Connecticut  Insurance Law and  any other  applicable
state  insurance  or  securities  laws,  have  been  passed  upon  by  Robert A.
Picarello, Chief Counsel, Individual Insurance, CIGNA Companies.
 
                               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    There are no legal proceedings to which  the Variable Account is a party  or
to  which the  assets of the  Variable Account  are subject. The  Company is not
involved in any  litigation that is  of material importance  in relation to  its
total assets or that relates to the Variable Account.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The  consolidated financial statements of Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and for each of the three years in  the
period  ended  December  31,  1996  included  in  this  Statement  of Additional
Information have been so included in reliance on the report of Price  Waterhouse
LLP,  independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting. Price Waterhouse LLP's consent to this reference to the
firm as an  "expert" is filed  as an  exhibit to the  registration statement  of
which this Statement of Additional Information is a part.
 
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The  consolidated financial statements of the  Company which are included in
this Statement  should be  considered only  as  bearing on  the ability  of  the
Company to meet the obligations under the
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
Contracts.   They  should  not  be  considered  as  bearing  on  the  investment
performance of the  assets held in  the Variable Account,  or on the  Guaranteed
Interest  Rate credited by the Company during a Guaranteed Period. The financial
statements of the Variable Account as of December 31, 1996 are also included.
 
                          -FINANCIALS TO BE SUPPLIED -
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
               PART B.  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO. 2
<PAGE>
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
              FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
 
                                 Issued through
 
                    CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II
 
                                   Offered by
 
                   CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Home Office Location:                          Mailing Address:
900 Cottage Grove Road                         CIGNA Individual Insurance
Hartford, Connecticut 06152                    Annuity & Variable Life Services Center
                                               Routing S-249
                                               Hartford, Connecticut 06152-2249
 
                                 Telephone: (800) 552-9898
 
Lockbox Address -- By Mail:                    Lockbox Address -- By Overnight:
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company     Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
P.O. Box 30790                                 c/o Fleet Bank
Hartford, CT 06150                             20 Church Street
                                               20th Floor, MSN275
                                               Hartford, CT 06120
                                               Attn: Lockbox 30790
</TABLE>
 
    This Statement of Additional Information ("Statement") expands upon subjects
discussed  in the  current Prospectus  for the  Variable Annuity  Contracts (the
"Contracts") offered by  Connecticut General Life  Insurance Company through  CG
Variable  Annuity Separate Account II.  You may obtain a  copy of the Prospectus
dated May  1, 1997,  by  calling (800)  552-9898, or  by  writing to  Annuity  &
Variable Life Services Center, Routing S-249, Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company,  Hartford, Connecticut 06152-2249. Terms used in the current Prospectus
for the Contracts are incorporated in this Statement.
 
    THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS  NOT A PROSPECTUS AND SHOULD  BE
READ  ONLY IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS  FOR THE CONTRACTS AND CG VARIABLE
ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II.
 
Dated: May 1, 1997
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   PAGE
                                                                                                                  -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
THE CONTRACTS -- GENERAL PROVISIONS........................................................................           3
  The Contracts............................................................................................           3
  Loans....................................................................................................           3
  Non-Participating Contracts..............................................................................           3
  Misstatement of Age......................................................................................           3
 
CALCULATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUES.....................................................................           3
  Variable Accumulation Unit Value.........................................................................           3
  Net Investment Factor....................................................................................           4
 
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS AND TABLES.............................................................................           4
  Variable Account Unit Value Calculations.................................................................           4
  Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment Tables.....................................................           5
 
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY............................................................................           6
 
ADMINISTRATION.............................................................................................           7
 
ACCOUNT INFORMATION........................................................................................           7
 
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS..............................................................................           7
 
CUSTODY OF ASSETS..........................................................................................           7
 
HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA................................................................................           8
  Money Market Sub-Account Yield...........................................................................           8
  Other Sub-Account Yields.................................................................................           8
  Total Returns............................................................................................           9
  Other Performance Data...................................................................................           9
 
LEGAL MATTERS..............................................................................................          10
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS..........................................................................................          10
 
EXPERTS....................................................................................................          10
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.......................................................................................          10
  Connecticut General Life Insurance Company...............................................................          11
  CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II..................................................................          33
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
    In  order to  supplement the  description in  the Prospectus,  the following
provides additional information about Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
(the "Company") and the Contracts  which may be of  interest to an Owner.  Terms
have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise indicated.
 
                      THE CONTRACTS -- GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
THE CONTRACTS
 
    A Contract, attached riders, amendments and any application, form the entire
contract.  Only the President, a Vice President,  a Secretary, a Director, or an
Assistant Director  of  the Company  may  change or  waive  any provision  in  a
Contract.  Any changes or waivers must be  in writing. The Company may change or
amend the Contracts if such change  or amendment is necessary for the  Contracts
to  comply  with  or  take  advantage  of any  state  or  federal  law,  rule or
regulation.
 
LOANS
 
    Under the Contracts, loans are not permitted.
 
NON-PARTICIPATING CONTRACTS
 
    The Contracts do not participate or share in the profits or surplus earnings
of the Company.
 
MISSTATEMENT OF AGE
 
    If the age of the Annuitant is misstated, any amounts payable by the Company
under the  Contract will  be adjusted  to  be those  amounts which  the  Premium
Payments  would have purchased  for the correct age,  according to the Company's
rates in effect  on the  Date of  Issue. Any  overpayment by  the Company,  with
interest  at  the rate  of 6%  per  year, compounded  annually, will  be charged
against the payments to be made next succeeding the adjustment. Any underpayment
by the Company will be paid in a lump sum.
 
    If the age or  sex of the  Owner is misstated, the  Company will adjust  the
charge  associated with any Optional Death  Benefits elected to the charges that
would have been assessed for the correct age and sex.
 
                     CALCULATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUES
 
    On any Valuation Date, the Variable Account value is equal to the totals  of
the  values allocated to  the Contracts in  each Sub-Account. The  portion of an
Owner's Annuity Account Value held in any Variable Account Sub-Account is  equal
to  the number of  Sub-Account units allocated  to a Contract  multiplied by the
Sub-Account accumulation unit value as described below.
 
VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE
 
    Upon receipt of a Premium Payment by  the Company at its Annuity &  Variable
Life  Services Center, all or that portion, if any, of the Premium Payment to be
allocated to the Variable Account Sub-Accounts will be credited to the  Variable
Account  in the  form of Variable  Accumulation Units. The  number of particular
Variable Accumulation Units to be credited is determined by dividing the  dollar
amount  allocated to the particular Variable Account Sub-Account by the Variable
Accumulation Unit Value for the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for  the
Valuation  Period during which the Premium  Payment is received at the Company's
Variable Products  Service Center  (for  the initial  Premium Payment,  for  the
Valuation Period during which the Premium Payment is accepted).
 
    The  Variable Accumulation Unit Value  for each Variable Account Sub-Account
was set initially  at $10.00 for  the first Valuation  Period of the  particular
Variable Account Sub-Account. The Variable Account commenced operations on April
10,  1995.  The Variable  Accumulation Unit  Value  for the  particular Variable
Account Sub-Account  for  any  subsequent  Valuation  Period  is  determined  by
multiplying  the Variable  Accumulation Unit  Value for  the particular Variable
Account Sub-Account for the  immediately preceding Valuation  Period by the  Net
Investment  Factor  for the  particular  Variable Account  Sub-Account  for such
subsequent Valuation Period. The Variable Accumulation Unit
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
Value for each  Variable Account  Sub-Account for  any Valuation  Period is  the
value  determined  as of  the end  of  the particular  Valuation Period  and may
increase, decrease,  or  remain  constant from  Valuation  Period  to  Valuation
Period.
 
    The  Variable Account portion of the Annuity  Account Value, if any, for any
Valuation Period is equal to the sum  of the value of all Variable  Accumulation
Units  of each  Variable Account Sub-Account  credited to the  Contract for such
Valuation Period. The value in a  Contract of each Variable Account  Sub-Account
is  determined by multiplying the number of Variable Accumulation Units, if any,
credited to such  Variable Account  Sub-Account in  a Contract  by the  Variable
Accumulation  Unit Value of the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for such
Valuation Period.
 
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR
 
    The Net Investment  Factor is  an index  applied to  measure the  investment
performance  of a Variable Account Sub-Account  from one Valuation Period to the
next. The Net Investment  Factor may be  greater or less than  or equal to  1.0;
therefore,  the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit may increase, decrease, or
remain the same.
 
    The Net  Investment Factor  for  any Variable  Account Sub-Account  for  any
Valuation  Period is determined by dividing (a)  by (b) and then subtracting (c)
from the result where:
 
    (a) is the net result of:
 
        (1) the net asset  value of a  Fund share held  in the Variable  Account
           Sub-Account determined as of the end of the Valuation Period, plus
 
        (2)  the per share amount of any dividend or other distribution declared
           by the Fund on the shares held in the Variable Account Sub-Account if
           the "ex-dividend" date  occurs during the  Valuation Period, plus  or
           minus
 
        (3)  a per  share credit  or charge  with respect  to any  taxes paid or
           reserved for by  the Company  during the Valuation  Period which  are
           determined  by the Company to be attributable to the operation of the
           Variable Account Sub-Account;
 
    (b) is the  net asset value  of a Fund  share held in  the Variable  Account
       Sub-Account  determined as of the end  of the preceding Valuation Period;
       and
 
    (c) is the asset charge factor  determined by the Company for the  valuation
       period  to reflect the  charges for assuming  mortality and expense risks
       and for administrative expenses.
 
                         SAMPLE CALCULATIONS AND TABLES
 
VARIABLE ACCOUNT UNIT VALUE CALCULATIONS
 
    VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE CALCULATION.  Assume the net asset value of
a Fund share at the end of the current Valuation Period is $16.50; and its value
at the  end  of the  immediately  preceding  Valuation Period  was  $16.46;  the
Valuation  Period  is one  day; and  no dividends  or distributions  caused Fund
shares to go "ex-dividend" during  the current Valuation Period. $16.50  divided
by  $16.46 is 1.002430134. Subtracting the one day risk factor for mortality and
expense risks and the administrative  expense charge of .00003584933 (the  daily
equivalent  of  the current  charge of  1.30% on  an annual  basis) gives  a net
investment factor of 1.00239428467.  If the value  of the Variable  Accumulation
Unit  for the  immediately preceding Valuation  Period had  been $14.703693, the
value for  the  current  Valuation  Period would  be  $14.738898  ($14.703693  X
1.00239428467).
 
    VARIABLE  ANNUITY  UNIT VALUE  CALCULATION.   The  assumptions in  the above
example exist. Also assume that the value of an Annuity Unit for the immediately
preceding Valuation Period had  been $13.579136. As  the first variable  annuity
payment  is determined  by using an  assumed interest  rate of 3%  per year, the
value of the Annuity Unit for  the current Valuation Period would be  $13.610546
[$13.579136   X  1.00239428467  (the  net  investment  factor)  X  0.999919020].
0.999919020 is the factor, for a one day Valuation Period, that neutralizes  the
assumed  interest rate  of three  percent (3%)  per year  used to  establish the
Annuity Payment Rates found in the Contract.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
    VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENT CALCULATION.  Assume that a Participant's  Variable
Annuity  Account is  credited with  5319.7531 Variable  Accumulation Units  of a
particular Sub-Account;  that  the  Variable Accumulation  Unit  Value  and  the
Annuity Unit Value for the particular Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which
ends  immediately  preceding  the  Annuity Date  are  $14.703693  and $13.579136
respectively; that the Annuity  Payment Rate for the  age and option elected  is
$6.52 per $1,000; and that the Annuity Unit Value on the day prior to the second
variable  annuity payment date is $13.610170. The first variable annuity payment
would be $509.99 (5319.7531 X $14.703693 X 6.52 divided by 1,000). The number of
Annuity Units credited would be 37.5569 ($509.99 divided by $13.579136) and  the
second variable annuity payment would be $511.16 (37.5569 X $13.610170).
 
WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT TABLES
 
    The  following example illustrates the  detailed calculations for a $100,000
deposit into the Fixed Account  with a guaranteed rate of  8% for a duration  of
five  years. The intent of the example is to show the effect of the Market Value
Adjustment ("MVA") and the 3% minimum guarantee under various interest rates  on
the  calculation  of  the cash  surrender  (withdrawal) value.  Any  charges for
optional death benefit  risks are  not taken into  account in  the example.  The
effect  of the MVA is reflected  in the index rate factor  in column (2) and the
minimum 3%  guarantee is  shown  under column  (4)  under the  "Surrender  Value
Calculation".  The  "Surrender Charge  Calculation" assumes  there have  been no
prior withdrawals  and illustrates  the operation  of the  Fifteen Percent  Free
provision  of the  Contract. The "Market  Value Adjustment  Tables" and "Minimum
Value Calculation" contain the explicit calculation of the index factors and the
3% minimum guarantee respectively. The "Annuity Value Calculation" and  "Minimum
Value"  calculations assume the imposition of the annual $35 Annuity Account Fee
charge, but that  fee is waived  if the Annuity  Account Value at  the end of  a
Contract Year is $100,000 or more.
 
                            WITHDRAWAL CHARGE TABLES
 
                     SAMPLE CALCULATIONS FOR MALE 35 ISSUE
                             CASH SURRENDER VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Single premium.....................   $100,000
Premium taxes......................   0
Withdrawals........................   None
Guaranteed period..................   5 years
Guaranteed interest rate...........   8%
Annuity date.......................   Age 70
Index rate A.......................   7.5%
Index rate B.......................   8.00% end of contract year 1
                                      7.75% end of contract year 2
                                      7.00% end of contract year 3
                                      6.50% end of contract year 4
Percentage adjustment to B.........   0.5%
</TABLE>
 
                          SURRENDER VALUE CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      (1)          (2)           (3)           (4)          (5)          (6)          (7)
                                    ANNUITY    INDEX RATE     ADJUSTED       MINIMUM    GREATER OF    SURRENDER    SURRENDER
CONTRACT YEAR                        VALUE       FACTOR     ANNUITY VALUE     VALUE       (3)&(4)      CHARGE        VALUE
- --------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                               <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
1...............................  $   107,965     0.963640   $   104,039   $   102,965  $   104,039   $   5,950   $    98,089
2...............................  $   116,567     0.993056   $   115,758   $   106,019  $   115,758   $   5,100   $   110,658
3...............................  $   125,858     1.000000   $   125,858   $   109,165  $   125,858   $   4,250   $   121,608
4...............................  $   135,891     1.004673   $   136,526   $   112,404  $   136,526   $   3,400   $   133,126
5...............................  $   146,727     1.000000   $   146,727   $   115,742  $   146,727   $   2,550   $   144,177
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                           ANNUITY VALUE CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONTRACT YEAR                                 ANNUITY VALUE
- ------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>
1.............................       $100,000 X 1.08 - $35 = $107,965
2.............................       $107,965 X 1.08 - $35 = $116,567
3.............................       $116,567 X 1.08 - $35 = $125,858
4.............................       $125,858 X 1.08 - $35 = $135,891
5.............................       $135,891 X 1.08 - $35 = $146,727
</TABLE>
 
                          SURRENDER CHARGE CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      (1)                                     (3)
                                                                   SURRENDER               (2)             SURRENDER
CONTRACT YEAR                                                    CHARGE FACTOR   SURRENDER CHARGE FACTOR    CHARGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  -----------------------  -----------
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>                      <C>
1.............................................................       0.07                  0.0595          $   5,950
2.............................................................       0.06                  0.0510          $   5,100
3.............................................................       0.05                  0.0425          $   4,250
4.............................................................       0.04                  0.0340          $   3,400
5.............................................................       0.03                  0.0255          $   2,550
</TABLE>
 
                         MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT TABLES
                        INTEREST RATE FACTOR CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     (1)          (2)            (3)            (4)          (5)
                                                                    INDEX        INDEX        ADJUSTED           N         (1+A)N
CONTRACT YEAR                                                      RATE A       RATE B      INDEX RATE B        --         (1+B)N
- ---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ---------------               -----------
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
1..............................................................     7.5%         8.00           8.50             4        0.963640
2..............................................................     7.5%         7.75           7.75             3        0.993056
3..............................................................     7.5%         7.00           7.50             2        1.000000
4..............................................................     7.5%         6.50           7.00             1        1.004673
5..............................................................     7.5%          NA             NA              0           NA
</TABLE>
 
                           MINIMUM VALUE CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONTRACT YEAR                                 MINIMUM VALUE
- ------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>
1.............................       $100,000 X 1.03 - $35 = $102,965
2.............................       $102,965 X 1.03 - $35 = $106,019
3.............................       $106,019 X 1.03 - $35 = $109,165
4.............................       $109,165 X 1.03 - $35 = $112,404
5.............................       $112,404 X 1.03 - $35 = $115,742
</TABLE>
 
                        STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY
 
    The  Company, a  Connecticut corporation,  is subject  to regulation  by the
Connecticut Department  of Insurance.  An  annual statement  is filed  with  the
Connecticut  Department  of  Insurance  each year  covering  the  operations and
reporting on the financial  condition of the  Company as of  December 31 of  the
preceding  year. Periodically, the Connecticut  Department of Insurance or other
authorities examine the liabilities and reserves of the Company and the Variable
Account, and  a  full  examination  of the  Company's  operations  is  conducted
periodically  by  the  Connecticut  Department of  Insurance.  In  addition, the
Company is subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other states  within
which  it is  licensed to  operate. Generally,  the Insurance  Department of any
other state applies the laws of the state of domicile in determining permissible
investments.
 
    A Contract is governed by  the laws of the state  in which it is  delivered.
The values and benefits of each Contract are at least equal to those required by
such state.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                 ADMINISTRATION
 
    The  Company  performs  certain  administrative  functions  relating  to the
Contracts, the individual Annuity Accounts, the Fixed Account, and the  Variable
Account.  These functions include, among other things, maintaining the books and
records of the Variable  Account, the Fixed Account,  and the Sub-Accounts,  and
maintaining  records  of  the  name,  address,  taxpayer  identification number,
contract number, Annuity  Account number and  type, the status  of each  Annuity
Account  and  other pertinent  information necessary  to the  administration and
operation of the Contracts.
 
                              ACCOUNT INFORMATION
 
    At least once during each Calendar Year, the Company will furnish the  Owner
with  a report  showing the Annuity  Account Value  at the end  of the preceding
Calendar Year, all transactions  during the Calendar  Year, the current  Annuity
Account  Value,  the  number  of Accumulation  Units  in  each  Variable Account
Sub-Account Accumulation Account and the  applicable Accumulation Unit Value  as
of  the date of the report. In addition, each person having voting rights in the
Variable Account  and  a  Fund  or  Funds will  receive  each  such  reports  or
prospectuses  as may be required  by the Investment Company  Act of 1940 and the
Securities Act of 1933.  The Company will also  send each Owner such  statements
reflecting  transactions in  the Owner's Annuity  Account as may  be required by
applicable laws, rules and regulations.
 
    Upon request to  the Annuity &  Variable Life Services  Center, the  Company
will provide an Owner with information regarding fixed and variable accumulation
values.
 
                         DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
    The  Contracts will  be sold  by licensed  insurance agents  in those states
where the  Contracts  may lawfully  be  sold.  Such agents  will  be  registered
representatives  or broker-dealers registered under  the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 who are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.
(NASD).   The  Contracts  will   be  distributed  by   the  Company's  principal
underwriter, CIGNA  Financial Advisors,  Inc. ("CFA"),  located at  900  Cottage
Grove  Road, Bloomfield, CT. CFA is a Connecticut corporation organized in 1967,
and is the  principal underwriter  for the Company's  other registered  separate
accounts.  Commissions and other  distribution compensation will  be paid by the
Company and  will  not be  more  than 7.00%  of  Premium Payments.  The  Company
received  $39,289 in deferred sales charges attributable to the Variable Account
portion of the Contracts issued pursuant to CG Variable Annuity Separate Account
II for the period ended December 31, 1996.
 
    Sales charges on and exchange  privileges under the Contracts are  described
in  the Prospectus. There are no variations in the prices at which the Contracts
are offered for certain types of purchasers.
 
                               CUSTODY OF ASSETS
 
    The Company is  the Custodian  of the assets  of the  Variable Account.  The
Company  will purchase Fund shares at net asset value in connection with amounts
allocated  to  the  Variable  Account   Sub-Accounts  in  accordance  with   the
instructions of the Purchasers and redeem Fund shares at net asset value for the
purpose  of meeting the contractual obligations  of the Variable Account, paying
charges relative  to the  Variable  Account or  making adjustments  for  annuity
reserves  held in the  Variable Account. The  assets of the  Sub-Accounts of the
Variable Account  are held  separate and  apart  from the  assets of  any  other
segregated  asset  accounts  of the  Company  and  separate and  apart  from the
Company's general account assets. The Company maintains records of all purchases
and redemptions of shares of each Fund  held by each of the Sub-Accounts of  the
Variable  Account. Additional protection for the  assets of the Variable Account
is afforded by  the Company's fidelity  bond covering the  acts of officers  and
employees of the Company which is presently in the amount of $100,000,000.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                          HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA
 
    Historical  performance  data  as  of  December 31,  1996  for  each  of the
Sub-Accounts of the Separate Account follows in the Financial Statements.
 
MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT YIELD
 
    From time to time,  the Money Market Sub-Account  may advertise its  "yield"
and  "effective yield." Both yield figures  will be based on historical earnings
and are not intended  to indicate future performance.  The "yield" of the  Money
Market  Sub-Account refers to the income  generated by Annuity Account Values in
the Money  Market Sub-Account  over a  seven-day period  (which period  will  be
stated  in the  advertisement). This income  is then "annualized."  That is, the
amount of income generated by the investment  during that week is assumed to  be
generated  each week over a  52-week period and is shown  as a percentage of the
Annuity Account Values in the Money Market Sub-Account. The "effective yield" is
calculated similarly but, when annualized, the income earned by Annuity  Account
Values  in  the  Money  Market  Sub-Account is  assumed  to  be  reinvested. The
"effective yield"  will be  slightly  higher than  the  "yield" because  of  the
compounding  effect of this  assumed reinvestment. The  computation of the yield
calculation includes a deduction for the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge,  the
Administrative Expense Charge, and the Annuity Account Fee.
 
    The  effective  yield is  calculated  by compounding  the  unannualized base
period return according to the following formula:
 
                EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD RETURN + 1)] - 1
 
    The yield on  amounts held  in the  Money Market  Sub-Account normally  will
fluctuate  on a daily basis.  Therefore, the disclosed yield  for any given past
period is  not an  indication or  representation of  future yields  or rates  of
return.  The Money Market  Sub-Account's actual yield is  affected by changes in
interest rates on  money market  securities, average portfolio  maturity of  the
Money  Market Fund, the  types and quality  of portfolio securities  held by the
Money Market Fund and its operating  expenses. The yield figures do not  reflect
withdrawal charges or premium taxes or any charges for Optional Death Benefit(s)
selected.
 
OTHER SUB-ACCOUNT YIELDS
 
    The  Company  may  from  time  to time  advertise  or  disclose  the current
annualized yield of  one or  more of the  Sub-Accounts of  the Variable  Account
(except  the Money Market Sub-Account) for  30-day periods. The annualized yield
of a Sub-Account refers to income  generated by the Sub-Account over a  specific
30-day  period.  Because  the yield  is  annualized,  the yield  generated  by a
Sub-Account during the  30-day period  is assumed  to be  generated each  30-day
period  over a 12-month period.  The yield is computed  by: (i) dividing the net
investment income per accumulation unit earned during the period by the  maximum
offering  price  per  unit on  the  last day  of  the period,  according  to the
following formula:
 
Yield = 2   [(a - b + 1) - 1]
                       cd
 
Where:    a    =   Net investment income earned during the period by
                   the Fund attributable to shares owned by the
                   Sub-Account.
          b    =   Expenses accrued for the period.
          c    =   The average daily number of accumulation units
                   outstanding during the period.
          d    =   The maximum offering price per accumulation unit
                   on the last day of the period.
 
    Because of the charges and deductions  imposed by the Variable Account,  the
yield for a Sub-Account of the Variable Account will be lower than the yield for
its  corresponding Fund. The yield calculations do not reflect the effect of any
premium taxes or deferred sales charges that may be
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
applicable to a particular Contract. Deferred sales charges range from 7% to  1%
of the amount withdrawn or surrendered on total Premium Payments paid less prior
partial  withdrawals,  based on  the Contract  Year in  which the  withdrawal or
surrender occurs.
 
    The yield  on amounts  held  in the  Sub-Accounts  of the  Variable  Account
normally  will fluctuate over time. Therefore, the disclosed yield for any given
past period is not an indication or representation of future yields or rates  of
return. A Sub-Account's actual yield is affected by the types and quality of the
Fund's investments and its operating expenses.
 
TOTAL RETURNS
 
    The  Company may from  time to time  also advise or  disclose annual average
total returns for one or  more of the Sub-Accounts  of the Variable Account  for
various  periods of time. When a Sub-Account has  been in operation for 1, 5 and
10 years, respectively,  the total return  for these periods  will be  provided.
Total returns for other periods of time may from time to time also be disclosed.
Total returns represent the average annual compounded rates of return that would
equate the initial amount invested to the redemption value of that investment as
of the last day of each of the periods.
 
    Total  returns will  be calculated using  Sub-Account Unit  Values which the
Company calculates on  each Valuation  Period based  on the  performance of  the
Sub-Account's  underlying Fund, and the deductions for the mortality and expense
risk charge, the administrative expense charge, and the Account Fee. The Account
Fee is reflected by dividing the  total amount of such charges collected  during
the  year that are attributable to the Variable Account by the total average net
assets of all the  Variable Sub-Accounts. The  resulting percentage is  deducted
from  the return in calculating the  ending redeemable value. These figures will
not reflect any  premium taxes  or any charges  for any  Optional Death  Benefit
selected  by the  Owner. Total  return calculations  will reflect  the effect of
deferred sales charges that may be applicable to a particular period. The  total
return will then be calculated according to the following formula:
 
                                  P(1+T) = ERV
 
Where:    P    =   A hypothetical initial Premium Payment of $1,000.
          T    =   Average annual total return.
          n    =   Number of years in the period.
         ERV   =   Ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000
                   payment made at the beginning of the one, five or
                   ten-year period, at the end of the one, five or
                   ten-year period (or fractional portion thereof).
 
OTHER PERFORMANCE DATA
 
    The Company may from time to time also disclose average annual total returns
in  a  non-standard format  in conjunction  with  the standard  format described
above. The non-standard format will be identical to the standard one except that
the deferred sales charge percentage will be assumed to be 0%.
 
    The Company  may from  time to  time disclose  cumulative total  returns  in
conjunction  with the  standard format  described above.  The cumulative returns
will be calculated using the following formula assuming that the deferred  sales
charge percentage will be 0%.
 
                               CTR = (ERV/P) - 1
 
Where:   CTR   =   The cumulative total return net of Sub-Account
                   recurring charges for the period.
         ERV   =   The ending redeemable value of the hypothetical
                   investment made at the beginning of the one, five
                   or ten-year period, at the end of the one, five or
                   ten-year period (or fractional portion thereof).
          P    =   A hypothetical initial payment of $10,000
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
    All  non-standard performance data  will only be  advertised if the standard
performance data is also disclosed.
 
    The Company  may also  from  time to  time  use advertising  which  includes
hypothetical  illustrations to  compare the difference  between the  growth of a
taxable investment and a tax-deferred investment in a variable annuity.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Legal advice regarding  certain matters relating  to the federal  securities
laws applicable to the issuance of the Contracts described in the Prospectus and
this  Statement  has  been  provided  by  Edwin  L.  Kerr,  Counsel,  Individual
Insurance, CIGNA Companies.  All matters  of Connecticut law  pertaining to  the
Contracts,  including the validity  of the Contracts and  the Company's right to
issue the Contracts  under Connecticut  Insurance Law and  any other  applicable
state  insurance  or  securities  laws,  have  been  passed  upon  by  Robert A.
Picarello, Chief Counsel, Individual Insurance, CIGNA Companies.
 
                               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    There are no legal proceedings to which  the Variable Account is a party  or
to  which the  assets of the  Variable Account  are subject. The  Company is not
involved in any  litigation that is  of material importance  in relation to  its
total assets or that relates to the Variable Account.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The  consolidated financial statements of Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and for each of the three years in  the
period  ended  December  31,  1996  included  in  this  Statement  of Additional
Information have been so included in reliance on the report of Price  Waterhouse
LLP,  independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting. Price Waterhouse LLP's consent to this reference to the
firm as an  "expert" is filed  as an  exhibit to the  registration statement  of
which this Statement of Additional Information is a part.
 
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The  consolidated financial statements of the  Company which are included in
this Statement  should be  considered only  as  bearing on  the ability  of  the
Company  to  meet  the  obligations  under the  Contracts.  They  should  not be
considered as bearing on  the investment performance of  the assets held in  the
Variable  Account, or  on the Guaranteed  Interest Rate credited  by the Company
during a Guaranteed Period. The financial statements of the Variable Account  as
of December 31, 1996 are also included.
 
                                 - To be Supplied -
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
               PART B. STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO. 3
<PAGE>
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
              FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
 
                                 Issued through
 
                    CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II
 
                                   Offered by
 
                   CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Home Office Location:                          Mailing Address:
900 Cottage Grove Road                         CIGNA Individual Insurance
Hartford, Connecticut 06152                    Annuity & Variable Life Services Center
                                                 Routing S-249
                                               Hartford, Connecticut 06152-2249
                                               (800) 552-9898
 
Lockbox Address -- By Mail:                    Lockbox Address -- By Overnight:
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company     Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
P.O. Box 30790                                 c/o Fleet Bank
Hartford, CT 06150                             20 Church Street
                                               20th Floor, MSN275
                                               Hartford, CT 06120
                                               Attn: Lockbox 30790
</TABLE>
 
    This Statement of Additional Information ("Statement") expands upon subjects
discussed  in the  current Prospectus  for the  Variable Annuity  Contracts (the
"Contracts") offered by  Connecticut General Life  Insurance Company through  CG
Variable  Annuity Separate Account II.  You may obtain a  copy of the Prospectus
dated May  1, 1997,  by  calling (800)  552-9898, or  by  writing to  Annuity  &
Variable Life Services Center, Routing S-249, Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company,  Hartford, Connecticut 06152-2249. Terms used in the current Prospectus
for the Contracts are incorporated in this Statement.
 
    THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS  NOT A PROSPECTUS AND SHOULD  BE
READ  ONLY IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS  FOR THE CONTRACTS AND CG VARIABLE
ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II.
 
Dated: May 1, 1997
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   PAGE
                                                                                                                  -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
THE CONTRACTS -- GENERAL PROVISIONS........................................................................           3
  The Contracts............................................................................................           3
  Loans....................................................................................................           3
  Non-Participating Contracts..............................................................................           3
  Misstatement of Age......................................................................................           3
 
CALCULATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUES.....................................................................           3
  Variable Accumulation Unit Value.........................................................................           3
  Net Investment Factor....................................................................................           4
 
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS AND TABLES.............................................................................           4
  Variable Account Unit Value Calculations.................................................................           4
  Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment Tables.....................................................           5
 
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY............................................................................           6
 
ADMINISTRATION.............................................................................................           7
 
ACCOUNT INFORMATION........................................................................................           7
 
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS..............................................................................           7
 
CUSTODY OF ASSETS..........................................................................................           7
 
HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA................................................................................           8
  Money Market Sub-Account Yield...........................................................................           8
  Other Sub-Account Yields.................................................................................           8
  Total Returns............................................................................................           9
  Other Performance Data...................................................................................          10
 
LEGAL MATTERS..............................................................................................          10
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS..........................................................................................          10
 
EXPERTS....................................................................................................          10
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.......................................................................................          10
  Connecticut General Life Insurance Company...............................................................          11
  CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II..................................................................          33
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
    In  order to  supplement the  description in  the Prospectus,  the following
provides additional information about Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
(the "Company") and the Contracts  which may be of  interest to an Owner.  Terms
have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise indicated.
 
                      THE CONTRACTS -- GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
THE CONTRACTS
 
    A Contract, attached riders, amendments and any application, form the entire
contract.  Only the President, a Vice President,  a Secretary, a Director, or an
Assistant Director  of  the Company  may  change or  waive  any provision  in  a
Contract.  Any changes or waivers must be  in writing. The Company may change or
amend the Contracts if such change  or amendment is necessary for the  Contracts
to  comply  with  or  take  advantage  of any  state  or  federal  law,  rule or
regulation.
 
LOANS
 
    Under the Contracts, loans are not permitted.
 
NON-PARTICIPATING CONTRACTS
 
    The Contracts do not participate or share in the profits or surplus earnings
of the Company.
 
MISSTATEMENT OF AGE
 
    If the age of the Annuitant is misstated, any amounts payable by the Company
under the  Contract will  be adjusted  to  be those  amounts which  the  Premium
Payments  would have purchased  for the correct age,  according to the Company's
rates in effect  on the  Date of  Issue. Any  overpayment by  the Company,  with
interest  at  the rate  of 6%  per  year, compounded  annually, will  be charged
against the payments to be made next succeeding the adjustment. Any underpayment
by the Company will be paid in a lump sum.
 
    If the age or  sex of the  Owner is misstated, the  Company will adjust  the
charge  associated with any Optional Death  Benefits elected to the charges that
would have been assessed for the correct age and sex.
 
                     CALCULATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUES
 
    On any Valuation Date, the Variable Account value is equal to the totals  of
the  values allocated to  the Contracts in  each Sub-Account. The  portion of an
Owner's Annuity Account Value held in any Variable Account Sub-Account is  equal
to  the number of  Sub-Account units allocated  to a Contract  multiplied by the
Sub-Account accumulation unit value as described below.
 
VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE
 
    Upon receipt of a Premium Payment by  the Company at its Annuity &  Variable
Life  Services Center, all or that portion, if any, of the Premium Payment to be
allocated to the Variable Account Sub-Accounts will be credited to the  Variable
Account  in the  form of Variable  Accumulation Units. The  number of particular
Variable Accumulation Units to be credited is determined by dividing the  dollar
amount  allocated to the particular Variable Account Sub-Account by the Variable
Accumulation Unit Value for the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for  the
Valuation  Period during which the Premium  Payment is received at the Company's
Variable Products  Service Center  (for  the initial  Premium Payment,  for  the
Valuation Period during which the Premium Payment is accepted).
 
    The  Variable Accumulation Unit Value  for each Variable Account Sub-Account
was set initially  at $10.00 for  the first Valuation  Period of the  particular
Variable Account Sub-Account. The Variable Account commenced operations on April
10,  1995.  The Variable  Accumulation Unit  Value  for the  particular Variable
Account Sub-Account  for  any  subsequent  Valuation  Period  is  determined  by
multiplying  the Variable  Accumulation Unit  Value for  the particular Variable
Account Sub-Account for the  immediately preceding Valuation  Period by the  Net
Investment  Factor  for the  particular  Variable Account  Sub-Account  for such
subsequent Valuation Period. The Variable Accumulation Unit
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
Value for each  Variable Account  Sub-Account for  any Valuation  Period is  the
value  determined  as of  the end  of  the particular  Valuation Period  and may
increase, decrease,  or  remain  constant from  Valuation  Period  to  Valuation
Period.
 
    The  Variable Account portion of the Annuity  Account Value, if any, for any
Valuation Period is equal to the sum  of the value of all Variable  Accumulation
Units  of each  Variable Account Sub-Account  credited to the  Contract for such
Valuation Period. The value in a  Contract of each Variable Account  Sub-Account
is  determined by multiplying the number of Variable Accumulation Units, if any,
credited to such  Variable Account  Sub-Account in  a Contract  by the  Variable
Accumulation  Unit Value of the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for such
Valuation Period.
 
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR
 
    The Net Investment  Factor is  an index  applied to  measure the  investment
performance  of a Variable Account Sub-Account  from one Valuation Period to the
next. The Net Investment  Factor may be  greater or less than  or equal to  1.0;
therefore,  the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit may increase, decrease, or
remain the same.
 
    The Net  Investment Factor  for  any Variable  Account Sub-Account  for  any
Valuation  Period is determined by dividing (a)  by (b) and then subtracting (c)
from the result where:
 
    (a) is the net result of:
 
        (1) the net asset  value of a  Fund share held  in the Variable  Account
           Sub-Account determined as of the end of the Valuation Period, plus
 
        (2)  the per share amount of any dividend or other distribution declared
           by the Fund on the shares held in the Variable Account Sub-Account if
           the "ex-dividend" date  occurs during the  Valuation Period, plus  or
           minus
 
        (3)  a per  share credit  or charge  with respect  to any  taxes paid or
           reserved for by  the Company  during the Valuation  Period which  are
           determined  by the Company to be attributable to the operation of the
           Variable Account Sub-Account;
 
    (b) is the  net asset value  of a Fund  share held in  the Variable  Account
       Sub-Account  determined as of the end  of the preceding Valuation Period;
       and
 
    (c) is the asset charge factor  determined by the Company for the  valuation
       period  to reflect the  charges for assuming  mortality and expense risks
       and for administrative expenses.
 
                         SAMPLE CALCULATIONS AND TABLES
 
VARIABLE ACCOUNT UNIT VALUE CALCULATIONS
 
    VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE CALCULATION.  Assume the net asset value of
a Fund share at the end of the current Valuation Period is $16.50; and its value
at the  end  of the  immediately  preceding  Valuation Period  was  $16.46;  the
Valuation  Period  is one  day; and  no dividends  or distributions  caused Fund
shares to go "ex-dividend" during  the current Valuation Period. $16.50  divided
by  $16.46 is 1.002430134. Subtracting the one day risk factor for mortality and
expense risks and the administrative  expense charge of .00003862644 (the  daily
equivalent  of  the current  charge of  1.40% on  an annual  basis) gives  a net
investment factor of 1.00239150756.  If the value  of the Variable  Accumulation
Unit  for the  immediately preceding Valuation  Period had  been $14.703693, the
value for  the  current  Valuation  Period would  be  $14.738898  ($14.703693  X
1.00239150756).
 
    VARIABLE  ANNUITY  UNIT VALUE  CALCULATION.   The  assumptions in  the above
example exist. Also assume that the value of an Annuity Unit for the immediately
preceding Valuation Period had  been $13.579136. As  the first variable  annuity
payment  is determined  by using an  assumed interest  rate of 3%  per year, the
value of the Annuity Unit for  the current Valuation Period would be  $13.610508
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
[$13.579136   X  1.00239150756  (the  net  investment  factor)  X  0.999919020].
0.999919020 is the factor, for a one day Valuation Period, that neutralizes  the
assumed  interest rate  of three  percent (3%)  per year  used to  establish the
Annuity Payment Rates found in the Contract.
 
    VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENT CALCULATION.  Assume that a Participant's  Variable
Annuity  Account is  credited with  5319.7531 Variable  Accumulation Units  of a
particular Sub-Account;  that  the  Variable Accumulation  Unit  Value  and  the
Annuity Unit Value for the particular Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which
ends  immediately  preceding  the  Annuity Date  are  $14.703693  and $13.579136
respectively; that the Annuity  Payment Rate for the  age and option elected  is
$6.52 per $1,000; and that the Annuity Unit Value on the day prior to the second
variable  annuity payment date is $13.610170. The first variable annuity payment
would be $509.99 (5319.7531 X $14.703693 X 6.52 divided by 1,000). The number of
Annuity Units credited would be 37.5569 ($509.99 divided by $13.579136) and  the
second variable annuity payment would be $511.16 (37.5569 X $13.610170).
 
WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT TABLES
 
    The  following example illustrates  the detailed calculations  for a $50,000
deposit into the Fixed Account  with a guaranteed rate of  8% for a duration  of
five  years. The intent of the example is to show the effect of the Market Value
Adjustment ("MVA") and the 3% minimum guarantee under various interest rates  on
the  calculation  of  the cash  surrender  (withdrawal) value.  Any  charges for
optional death benefit  risks are  not taken into  account in  the example.  The
effect  of the MVA is reflected  in the index rate factor  in column (2) and the
minimum 3%  guarantee is  shown  under column  (4)  under the  "Surrender  Value
Calculation".  The  "Surrender Charge  Calculation" assumes  there have  been no
prior withdrawals  and illustrates  the operation  of the  Fifteen Percent  Free
provision  of the  Contract. The "Market  Value Adjustment  Tables" and "Minimum
Value Calculation" contain the explicit calculation of the index factors and the
3% minimum guarantee respectively. The "Annuity Value Calculation" and  "Minimum
Value"  calculations assume the imposition of the annual $35 Annuity Account Fee
charge, but that  fee is waived  if the Annuity  Account Value at  the end of  a
Contract  Year is $100,000 or more. The  results would be slightly different for
New York Contracts which have a $30 annual Account Fee.
 
                            WITHDRAWAL CHARGE TABLES
 
                     SAMPLE CALCULATIONS FOR MALE 35 ISSUE
                             CASH SURRENDER VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Single premium.....................   $50,000
Premium taxes......................   None
Withdrawals........................   None
Guaranteed period..................   5 years
Guaranteed interest rate...........   8%
Annuity date.......................   Age 70
Index rate A.......................   7.50%
Index rate B.......................   8.00% end of contract year 1
                                      7.75% end of contract year 2
                                      7.00% end of contract year 3
                                      6.50% end of contract year 4
Percentage adjustment to B.........   0.50%
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                          SURRENDER VALUE CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          (1)         (2)           (3)          (4)         (5)          (6)         (7)
                                        ANNUITY   INDEX RATE     ADJUSTED      MINIMUM   GREATER OF    SURRENDER   SURRENDER
CONTRACT YEAR                            VALUE      FACTOR     ANNUITY VALUE    VALUE      (3)&(4)      CHARGE       VALUE
- -------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
1....................................  $  53,965     0.963640   $    52,003   $  51,465   $  52,003    $   2,975   $  49,028
2....................................  $  58,247     0.993056   $    57,843   $  52,974   $  57,843    $   2,975   $  54,868
3....................................  $  62,872     1.000000   $    62,872   $  54,528   $  62,872    $   2,975   $  59,897
4....................................  $  67,867     1.004673   $    68,184   $  56,129   $  68,184    $   2,550   $  65,634
5....................................  $  73,261     1.000000   $    73,261   $  57,778   $  73,261    $   2,550   $  70,711
</TABLE>
 
                           ANNUITY VALUE CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONTRACT YEAR                                 ANNUITY VALUE
- ------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>
1.............................        $50,000 X 1.08 - $35 = $53,965
2.............................        $53,965 X 1.08 - $35 = $58,247
3.............................        $58,247 X 1.08 - $35 = $62,872
4.............................        $62,872 X 1.08 - $35 = $67,867
5.............................        $67,867 X 1.08 - $35 = $73,261
</TABLE>
 
                          SURRENDER CHARGE CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      (1)                                     (3)
                                                                   SURRENDER               (2)             SURRENDER
CONTRACT YEAR                                                    CHARGE FACTOR   SURRENDER CHARGE FACTOR    CHARGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  -----------------------  -----------
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>                      <C>
1.............................................................       0.07                  0.0595          $   2,975
2.............................................................       0.07                  0.0595          $   2,975
3.............................................................       0.07                  0.0595          $   2,975
4.............................................................       0.06                  0.0510          $   2,550
5.............................................................       0.06                  0.0510          $   2,550
</TABLE>
 
                         MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT TABLES
                        INTEREST RATE FACTOR CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  (1)        (2)          (3)           (4)          (5)
                                                                 INDEX      INDEX      ADJUSTED          N          (1+A)
CONTRACT YEAR                                                   RATE A     RATE B    INDEX RATE B       --          (1+B)
- -------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  -------------               -----------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>
1............................................................    7.50%      8.00%        8.50%           4        0.963640
2............................................................    7.50%      7.75%        7.75%           3        0.993056
3............................................................    7.50%      7.00%        7.50%           2        1.000000
4............................................................    7.50%      6.50%        7.00%           1        1.004673
5............................................................    7.50%       NA           NA             0           NA
</TABLE>
 
                           MINIMUM VALUE CALCULATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONTRACT YEAR                                 MINIMUM VALUE
- ------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>
1.............................        $50,000 X 1.03 - $35 = $51,465
2.............................        $51,465 X 1.03 - $35 = $52,974
3.............................        $52,974 X 1.03 - $35 = $54,528
4.............................        $54,528 X 1.03 - $35 = $56,129
5.............................        $56,129 X 1.03 - $35 = $57,778
</TABLE>
 
                        STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY
 
    The Company,  a Connecticut  corporation, is  subject to  regulation by  the
Connecticut  Department  of Insurance.  An annual  statement  is filed  with the
Connecticut Department of Insurance each year
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the  Company
as  of  December  31  of  the  preceding  year.  Periodically,  the  Connecticut
Department of  Insurance  or  other  authorities  examine  the  liabilities  and
reserves  of the Company and the Variable Account, and a full examination of the
Company's operations is conducted periodically by the Connecticut Department  of
Insurance.  In  addition,  the Company  is  subject  to the  insurance  laws and
regulations of other states within which  it is licensed to operate.  Generally,
the  Insurance Department of  any other state  applies the laws  of the state of
domicile in determining permissible investments.
 
    A Contract is governed by  the laws of the state  in which it is  delivered.
The values and benefits of each Contract are at least equal to those required by
such state.
 
                                 ADMINISTRATION
 
    The  Company  performs  certain  administrative  functions  relating  to the
Contracts, the individual Annuity Accounts, the Fixed Account, and the  Variable
Account.  These functions include, among other things, maintaining the books and
records of the Variable  Account, the Fixed Account,  and the Sub-Accounts,  and
maintaining  records  of  the  name,  address,  taxpayer  identification number,
contract number, Annuity  Account number and  type, the status  of each  Annuity
Account  and  other pertinent  information necessary  to the  administration and
operation of the Contracts.
 
                              ACCOUNT INFORMATION
 
    At least once during each Calendar Year, the Company will furnish the  Owner
with  a report  showing the Annuity  Account Value  at the end  of the preceding
Calendar Year, all transactions  during the Calendar  Year, the current  Annuity
Account  Value,  the  number  of Accumulation  Units  in  each  Variable Account
Sub-Account Accumulation Account and the  applicable Accumulation Unit Value  as
of  the date of the report. In addition, each person having voting rights in the
Variable Account  and  a  Fund  or  Funds will  receive  each  such  reports  or
prospectuses  as may be required  by the Investment Company  Act of 1940 and the
Securities Act of 1933.  The Company will also  send each Owner such  statements
reflecting  transactions in  the Owner's Annuity  Account as may  be required by
applicable laws, rules and regulations.
 
    Upon request to  the Annuity &  Variable Life Services  Center, the  Company
will provide an Owner with information regarding fixed and variable accumulation
values.
 
                         DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
    The  Contracts will  be sold  by licensed  insurance agents  in those states
where the  Contracts  may lawfully  be  sold.  Such agents  will  be  registered
representatives  or broker-dealers registered under  the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 who are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.
(NASD).   The  Contracts  will   be  distributed  by   the  Company's  principal
underwriter, CIGNA  Financial Advisors,  Inc. ("CFA"),  located at  900  Cottage
Grove  Road, Bloomfield, CT 06002. CFA is a Connecticut corporation organized in
1967, and  is  the principal  underwriter  for the  Company's  other  registered
separate  accounts. Commissions and other distribution compensation will be paid
by the Company and will not be more than 6.50% of Premium Payments. The  Company
received  $39,289 in deferred sales charges attributable to the Variable Account
portion of the Contracts issued pursuant to CG Variable Annuity Separate Account
II for the period ended December 31, 1996.
 
    Sales charges on and exchange  privileges under the Contracts are  described
in  the Prospectus. There are no variations in the prices at which the Contracts
are offered for certain types of purchasers.
 
                               CUSTODY OF ASSETS
 
    The Company is  the Custodian  of the assets  of the  Variable Account.  The
Company  will purchase Fund shares at net asset value in connection with amounts
allocated  to  the  Variable  Account   Sub-Accounts  in  accordance  with   the
instructions   of  the   Purchasers  and  redeem   Fund  shares   at  net  asset
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
value for the  purpose of meeting  the contractual obligations  of the  Variable
Account,  paying charges relative to the  Variable Account or making adjustments
for  annuity  reserves  held  in  the  Variable  Account.  The  assets  of   the
Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account are held separate and apart from the assets
of  any other segregated  asset accounts of  the Company and  separate and apart
from the Company's general account assets. The Company maintains records of  all
purchases  and  redemptions  of  shares  of  each  Fund  held  by  each  of  the
Sub-Accounts of the Variable  Account. Additional protection  for the assets  of
the  Variable Account  is afforded by  the Company's fidelity  bond covering the
acts of officers and employees of the  Company which is presently in the  amount
of $100,000,000.
 
                          HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA
 
    Historical  performance  data  as  of  December 31,  1996  for  each  of the
Sub-Accounts of the Separate Account follows in the Financial Statements.
 
MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT YIELD
 
    From time to time,  the Money Market Sub-Account  may advertise its  "yield"
and  "effective yield." Both yield figures  will be based on historical earnings
and are not intended  to indicate future performance.  The "yield" of the  Money
Market  Sub-Account refers to the income  generated by Annuity Account Values in
the Money  Market Sub-Account  over a  seven-day period  (which period  will  be
stated  in the  advertisement). This income  is then "annualized."  That is, the
amount of income generated by the investment  during that week is assumed to  be
generated  each week over a  52-week period and is shown  as a percentage of the
Annuity Account Values in the Money Market Sub-Account. The "effective yield" is
calculated similarly but, when annualized, the income earned by Annuity  Account
Values  in  the  Money  Market  Sub-Account is  assumed  to  be  reinvested. The
"effective yield"  will be  slightly  higher than  the  "yield" because  of  the
compounding  effect of this  assumed reinvestment. The  computation of the yield
calculation includes a deduction for the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge,  the
Administrative Expense Charge, and the Annuity Account Fee.
 
    The  effective  yield is  calculated  by compounding  the  unannualized base
period return according to the following formula:
 
                EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD RETURN + 1)] - 1
 
    The yield on  amounts held  in the  Money Market  Sub-Account normally  will
fluctuate  on a daily basis.  Therefore, the disclosed yield  for any given past
period is  not an  indication or  representation of  future yields  or rates  of
return.  The Money Market  Sub-Account's actual yield is  affected by changes in
interest rates on  money market  securities, average portfolio  maturity of  the
Money  Market Fund, the  types and quality  of portfolio securities  held by the
Money Market Fund and its operating  expenses. The yield figures do not  reflect
withdrawal charges or premium taxes or any charges for Optional Death Benefit(s)
selected.
 
OTHER SUB-ACCOUNT YIELDS
 
    The  Company  may  from  time  to time  advertise  or  disclose  the current
annualized yield of  one or  more of the  Sub-Accounts of  the Variable  Account
(except  the Money Market Sub-Account) for  30-day periods. The annualized yield
of a Sub-Account refers to income  generated by the Sub-Account over a  specific
30-day  period.  Because  the yield  is  annualized,  the yield  generated  by a
Sub-Account during the  30-day period  is assumed  to be  generated each  30-day
period over a 12-month period. The yield is
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
computed by: (i) dividing the net investment income per accumulation unit earned
during  the period by the maximum offering price per unit on the last day of the
period, according to the following formula:
 
Yield = 2   [(a - b + 1) - 1]
                       cd
 
Where:    a    =   Net investment income earned during the period by
                   the Fund attributable to shares owned by the
                   Sub-Account.
          b    =   Expenses accrued for the period.
          c    =   The average daily number of accumulation units
                   outstanding during the period.
          d    =   The maximum offering price per accumulation unit
                   on the last day of the period.
 
    Because of the charges and deductions  imposed by the Variable Account,  the
yield for a Sub-Account of the Variable Account will be lower than the yield for
its  corresponding Fund. The yield calculations do not reflect the effect of any
premium taxes or deferred sales charges  that may be applicable to a  particular
Contract.  Deferred sales charges range from 7% to 1% of the amount withdrawn or
surrendered on total Premium Payments paid less prior partial withdrawals, based
on the Contract Year in which the withdrawal or surrender occurs.
 
    The yield  on amounts  held  in the  Sub-Accounts  of the  Variable  Account
normally  will fluctuate over time. Therefore, the disclosed yield for any given
past period is not an indication or representation of future yields or rates  of
return. A Sub-Account's actual yield is affected by the types and quality of the
Fund's investments and its operating expenses.
 
TOTAL RETURNS
 
    The  Company may from  time to time  also advise or  disclose annual average
total returns for one or  more of the Sub-Accounts  of the Variable Account  for
various  periods of time. When a Sub-Account has  been in operation for 1, 5 and
10 years, respectively,  the total return  for these periods  will be  provided.
Total returns for other periods of time may from time to time also be disclosed.
Total returns represent the average annual compounded rates of return that would
equate the initial amount invested to the redemption value of that investment as
of the last day of each of the periods.
 
    Total  returns will  be calculated using  Sub-Account Unit  Values which the
Company calculates on  each Valuation  Period based  on the  performance of  the
Sub-Account's  underlying Fund, and the deductions for the mortality and expense
risk charge, the administrative expense charge, and the Account Fee. The Account
Fee is reflected by dividing the  total amount of such charges collected  during
the  year that are attributable to the Variable Account by the total average net
assets of all the  Variable Sub-Accounts. The  resulting percentage is  deducted
from  the return in calculating the  ending redeemable value. These figures will
not reflect any  premium taxes  or any charges  for any  Optional Death  Benefit
selected  by the  Owner. Total  return calculations  will reflect  the effect of
deferred sales charges that may be applicable to a particular period. The  total
return will then be calculated according to the following formula:
 
                                  P(1+T) = ERV
 
Where:    P    =   A hypothetical initial Premium Payment of $1,000.
          T    =   Average annual total return.
          n    =   Number of years in the period.
         ERV   =   Ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000
                   payment made at the beginning of the one, five or
                   ten-year period, at the end of the one, five or
                   ten-year period (or fractional portion thereof).
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
OTHER PERFORMANCE DATA
 
    The Company may from time to time also disclose average annual total returns
in  a  non-standard format  in conjunction  with  the standard  format described
above. The non-standard format will be identical to the standard one except that
the deferred sales charge percentage will be assumed to be 0%.
 
    The Company  may from  time to  time disclose  cumulative total  returns  in
conjunction  with the  standard format  described above.  The cumulative returns
will be calculated using the following formula assuming that the deferred  sales
charge percentage will be 0%.
 
                               CTR = (ERV/P) - 1
 
Where:   CTR   =   The cumulative total return net of Sub-Account
                   recurring charges for the period.
         ERV   =   The ending redeemable value of the hypothetical
                   investment made at the beginning of the one, five
                   or ten-year period, at the end of the one, five or
                   ten-year period (or fractional portion thereof).
          P    =   A hypothetical initial payment of $10,000
 
    All  non-standard performance data  will only be  advertised if the standard
performance data is also disclosed.
 
    The Company  may also  from  time to  time  use advertising  which  includes
hypothetical  illustrations to  compare the difference  between the  growth of a
taxable investment and a tax-deferred investment in a variable annuity.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Legal advice regarding  certain matters relating  to the federal  securities
laws applicable to the issuance of the Contracts described in the Prospectus and
this  Statement  has  been  provided  by  Edwin  L.  Kerr,  Counsel,  Individual
Insurance, CIGNA Companies.  All matters  of Connecticut law  pertaining to  the
Contracts,  including the validity  of the Contracts and  the Company's right to
issue the Contracts  under Connecticut  Insurance Law and  any other  applicable
state  insurance  or  securities  laws,  have  been  passed  upon  by  Robert A.
Picarello, Chief Counsel, Individual Insurance, CIGNA Companies.
 
                               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    There are no legal proceedings to which  the Variable Account is a party  or
to  which the  assets of the  Variable Account  are subject. The  Company is not
involved in any  litigation that is  of material importance  in relation to  its
total assets or that relates to the Variable Account.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The  consolidated financial statements of Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and for each of the three years in  the
period  ended  December  31,  1996  included  in  this  Statement  of Additional
Information have been so included in reliance on the report of Price  Waterhouse
LLP,  independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting. Price Waterhouse LLP's consent to this reference to the
firm as an  "expert" is filed  as an  exhibit to the  registration statement  of
which this Statement of Additional Information is a part.
 
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The  consolidated financial statements of the  Company which are included in
this Statement  should be  considered only  as  bearing on  the ability  of  the
Company  to  meet  the  obligations  under the  Contracts.  They  should  not be
considered as bearing on  the investment performance of  the assets held in  the
Variable  Account, or  on the Guaranteed  Interest Rate credited  by the Company
during a Guaranteed Period. The financial statements of the Variable Account  as
of December 31, 1996 are also included.
 
                                [To Be Supplied]
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                           PART C.  OTHER INFORMATION
 
1
<PAGE>
ITEM 24.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS*
 
    *  All exhibits, except exhibits (b)(4a), (b)(4b), (b)(5), (b)(9), and
       (b)(10), are incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2
       to this Form N-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933
       (File No. 33-83020) filed June 21, 1995. Exhibits (b)(4a) and (b)(5) are
       incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to this Form
       N-4 Registration Statement filed February 29, 1996.
 
                     (a) Financial Statements (to be provided by amendment
                         pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of
                         1933 in April 1997)
 
     (1)
       Registrant
 
       (A) Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 1996 and
           December 31, 1995
 
       (B) Statement of Operations for the Periods (as defined in the financial
           statements) ended December 31, 1996.
 
       (C) Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the Periods (as defined in the
           financial statements) ended December 31, 1996.
 
     (2)
       Depositor
 
       (A) Consolidated Statements of Income and Retained Earnings for the Years
           Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.
 
       (B) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995.
 
       (C) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December
           31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.
 
                    (b) Exhibits
 
     (1)
       Resolution of Board of Directors Authorizing Establishment of Registrant
 
     (2)
       Not Applicable
 
     (3)
       Form of Selling Agreement among Connecticut General Life Insurance
       Company, CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc. as principal underwriter, and
       selling dealers.
 
   
    (4a)
       Form of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company Variable Annuity
       Contract Form Number AN 421A, together with Form of Certificate Form
       Number AN 422A Optional Methods of Settlement Riders (Form Numbers AR
       421X, AR 421X-U, AR 422 and AR 422).
    
 
    (4b)
       Form of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company Variable Annuity
       Contract Form Number AN425.
 
     (5)
       Forms of Application or Order to Purchase Which May Be Used in Connection
       with the Contract and Certificate Shown As Exhibits (4), (4a) and (4b)
       (Form Numbers B 10279, 10280 and 10281)
 
     (6)
      (A)  Certificate of Incorporation (Charter) of Connecticut General Life
      Insurance Company, as amended
 
(B)  By-Laws of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
 
     (7)
       Not Applicable
 
     (8)
       Not Applicable
 
     (9)
       Opinion of Robert A. Picarello, Esq., Chief Counsel, Individual Insurance
       Division, of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
 
    (10)
      (A)  Consent of Independent Accountants
 
(B)  Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 9)
 
    (11)
       Not Applicable
 
    (12)
       Not Applicable
 
    (13)
       Not Applicable
 
    (14)
       Not Applicable
 
2
<PAGE>
ITEM 25.  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR
 
    The principal business address of each of the directors and officers of
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company") is the company's Home
Office, 900 Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, Connecticut 06152.
 
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF DEPOSITOR
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>
NAME                     POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH DEPOSITOR
- -----------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Thomas C. Jones          President (Principal Executive Officer)
Bradley K. Miller        Assistant Vice President and Actuary (Principal Financial Officer)
Robert Moose             Vice President (Principal Accounting Officer)
David C. Kopp            Corporate Secretary
Andrew G. Helming        Secretary
Stephen C. Stachelek     Vice President and Treasurer
H. Edward Hanway         Director and Chairman of the Board
Harold W. Albert         Director
Robert W. Burgess        Director
John G. Day              Director and Chief Counsel
Joseph M. Fitzgerald     Director and Senior Vice President
Carol M. Olsen           Director and Senior Vice President
John E. Pacy             Director and Senior Vice President
Arthur C. Reeds, III     Director and Senior Vice President
Patricia L. Rowland      Director and Senior Vice President
W. Allen Schaffer, MD    Director and Senior Vice President
(Vacant)                 Director, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 26.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE DEPOSITOR OR
REGISTRANT
 
    There follows a chart of persons controlled by or under common control with
the Depositor. The consolidated financial statements of the Depositor include
the accounts of the Depositor and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.
 
                               CIGNA CORPORATION
              (A Delaware corporation and ultimate parent company)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
CIGNA Holdings, Inc.
    CIGNA Information Services, Inc.
    CIGNA Investment Group, Inc.
        CIGNA International Finance, Inc.
            CIGNA International Investment Advisors, Ltd.
            CIGNA International Investment Advisors Australia Limited
            CIGNA International Investment Advisors K.K.
        CIGNA Investment Advisory Company, Inc.
        CIGNA Investments, Inc.
            CIGNA Leveraged Capital Fund, Inc.
    CIGNA Properties, Inc.
</TABLE>
 
                                                                               3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
        CIGNA Conference Facilities, Inc.
    Connecticut General Corporation
        CIGNA Associates, Inc.
        CIGNA Dental Health, Inc.
          (EI# 59-2308055 FL)
            CIGNA Dental Health of California, Inc.
              (EI# 59-2600475 CA)
            CIGNA Dental Health of Colorado, Inc.
              (EI# 59-2675861 CO)
            CIGNA Dental Health of Delaware, Inc.
              (EI# 59-2676987, NAIC# 47279 DE)
            CIGNA Dental Health of Florida, Inc.
              (EI# 59-1611217 FL, NAIC# 52021)
            CIGNA Dental Health of Illinois, Inc.
              (EI# 06-1351097 IL)
            CIGNA Dental Health of Kansas, Inc.
              (EI# 59-2625350 KS)
            CIGNA Dental Health of Kentucky, Inc.
              (EI# 59-2619589, NAIC# 52108 KY)
            CIGNA Dental Health of Maryland, Inc.
              (EI# 59-2740468, NAIC# 48119 DE)
            CIGNA Dental Health of New Jersey, Inc.
              (EI# 59-2308062 NJ)
            CIGNA Dental Health of New Mexico, Inc.
              (EI# 95-4452999 NM, NAIC# 47001)
            CIGNA Dental Health of North Carolina, Inc.
              (EI# 56-1803464 NC, NAIC# 95179)
            CIGNA Dental Health of Ohio, Inc.
              (EI# 59-2579774, NAIC# 47805 OH)
            CIGNA Dental Health of Pennsylvania, Inc.
              (EI# 52-1220578 PA)
            CIGNA Dental Health of Texas, Inc.
              (EI# 59-2676977 TX)
            CIGNA Dental Health of Arizona, Inc.
              (EI# 86-0807222 AZ)
        CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc.
          (EI# 060841987)
        CIGNA Health Corporation
            CIGNA HealthCare of Arizona, Inc.
              (EI# 86-0334392 AZ)
                CIGNA Community Choice, Inc.
                  (EI# 86-0759133 AZ)
</TABLE>
 
4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
            CIGNA HealthCare of California, Inc.
              (EI# 95-3310115 CA)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Colorado, Inc.
              (EI# 84-1004500 CO)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Connecticut, Inc.
              (EI# 06-1141174 CT)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Delaware, Inc.
              (EI# 52-1347731 DE)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Florida, Inc.
              (EI# 59-2089259 FL)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Georgia, Inc.
              (EI# 58-1641057 GA)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Illinois, Inc.
              (EI# 36-3385638 DE)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Louisiana, Inc.
              (EI# 75-2076466 LA)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Massachusetts, Inc.
              (EI# 06-1141175 MA)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Mid-Atlantic, Inc.
              (EI# 52-1404350 MD)
            CIGNA HealthCare of New Jersey, Inc.
              (EI# 22-2623507 NJ)
            CIGNA HealthCare of New York, Inc.
              (EI# 11-2758941 NY)
            CIGNA HealthCare of North Carolina, Inc.
              (EI# 62-1230905 NC)
            CIGNA HealthCare of North Louisiana, Inc.
              (EI# 75-1965033 LA)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Northern New Jersey, Inc.
              (EI# 22-2720890 NJ)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Ohio, Inc.
              (EI# 31-1146142 OH)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Oklahoma, Inc.
              (EI# 73-1223871 OK)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Pennsylvania, Inc.
              (EI# 23-2301807 PA)
            CIGNA HealthCare of St. Louis, Inc.
              (EI# 36-3359925 MO)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Tennessee, Inc.
              (EI# 62-1218053 TN)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Texas, Inc.
              (EI# 75-1677631 TX)
            CIGNA HealthCare of Utah, Inc.
              (EI# 62-1230908 UT)
</TABLE>
 
                                                                               5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
            CIGNA HealthCare of Virginia, Inc.
              (EI# 54-1252797 VA)
            Lovelace Health Systems, Inc.
              (EI# 85-0327237 NM)
            Temple Insurance Company Limited (Bermuda)
        *Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
          (EI# 06-0303370, NAIC# 62308, CT)
            All-Net Preferred Providers, Inc.
            Capital Outdoor Acquisition Co., Inc.
              (92.87% owned by CG Life; 7.13% owned by LINA)
            *CIGNA Life Insurance Company
              (EI# 06-1050034, NAIC# 93629, CT)
            Cottage Grove Vessels, Inc. (72.48%)
              (Remaining interests owned by Affiliate)
            Don Ce Sar Resort Hotel, Ltd. (86% L.P. interest)
              (Remaining Interest Owned by Rosado Grande Inc.-1% and unaffiliated
            parties)
            Goodwin Square LLC
              (9.9% membership interest and managing member on behalf of Separate Account
              Connecticut) (Remaining interests owned by Unaffiliated Parties)
            ICO, INC.
            Quebec Street Investments, Inc.
            Ridgedale REIT, Inc. - (49.9%)
              (Remaining interests owned by Unaffiliated Parties)
            1717 Main Street Corporation
            Southland REIT, Inc. - (49.9%)
              (Remaining interests owned by Unaffiliated Parties)
        *INA Life Insurance Company of New York
          (EI# 13-2556568, NAIC# 64548, NY)
        International Rehabilitation Associates, Inc. d/b/a INTRACORP
        *Life Insurance Company of North America
          (EI# 23-1503749, NAIC# 65498, PA)
            AIC Holdings, Inc.
            *CIGNA Life Insurance Company of Canada (Canada)
            CIGNA Private Equities, Inc. (51.43%)
            (Remaining Interest Owned by Affiliates)
            *INA Life Insurance Co., Ltd. (Japan) (90%)
        MCC Behavioral Care, Inc.
        Trilog, Inc.
    INA Corporation
        CIGNA International Holdings, Ltd.
            Afia (CIGNA) Corporation, Limited
</TABLE>
 
6
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
            Afia (INA) Corporation, Limited
            Afia Finance Corporation
                *CIGNA Reinsurance New Zealand Limited (New Zealand)
                CIGNA Thai Company Limited (Thailand) (49%)
                *P.T. Asuransi CIGNA Indonesia (Indonesia) (50%)
            CIGNA G. B. Holdings, Ltd.
                *CIGNA Reinsurance Company (UK) Ltd. (United Kingdom)
            *CIGNA Insurance Asia Pacific Limited (Australia)
            *CIGNA Insurance Company of Puerto Rico
              (EI# 66-0437305, NAIC# 30953, PR)
            *CIGNA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd.
                *CIGNA Accident and Fire Insurance Company, Ltd. (Japan)
                *CIGNA Insurance Company of Europe S.A.-N.V. (Belgium) (97.07%)
                (Remaining Interest Owned by Affiliate)
                    CIGNA Overseas Holdings, Inc.
            *CIGNA Worldwide Insurance Company
              (EI# 23-2088429, NAIC# 40819, DE)
                *PCIB CIGNA Life Insurance Corporation (Philippines) (50%)
                *P.T. Asuransi Niaga CIGNA Life Indonesia (60%)
            INACAN Holdings, Ltd.
            Inversiones INA Limitada (Chile) (98.603%)
            (Remaining Interest Owned by an Affiliate)
                *CIGNA Compania de Seguros de Vida (Chile) S.A. (Chile) (98.64%)
            LATINA Holdings, Ltd.
                *CIGNA Seguros de Colombia S.A. (Colombia) (85.763%)
                (Remaining Interest Owned by Affiliates)
                *COLINA Insurance Company Limited (Bahamas)
                *Empresa Guatemalteca CIGNA de Seguros, Sociedad Anonima (Guatemala
                (97.365%)
        INA Financial Corporation
            Brandywine Holdings Corporation
                Assurex Development
                *CIGNA International Reinsurance Company, Ltd. (Bermuda)
                *Century Indemnity Company
                  (EI# 05-6105395, NAIC# 20710, PA)
                    *Century Reinsurance Company
                      (EI# 06-0988117, NAIC# 35130, PA)
                    *CIGNA Reinsurance Company
                      (EI# 23-1740414, NAIC# 22705, PA)
</TABLE>
 
                                                                               7
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
                        *CIGNA Reinsurance Company, S.A.-N.V. (Belgium)
                          (98.35%) (1.65% owned by an affiliate)
                        The 1792 Company
                CIGNA Run-Off Services
                Cravens, Dargan & Company, Pacific Coast
                    Cravens, Dargan & Company, Pacific Coast, (Illinois)
                International Surplus Adjusting Services
                National Employee Benefits Corporation
                    Self-Insurers' Management Corporation
                Robert F. Coleman, Inc.
                Lewis & Norwood, General Agents
                Premium Recovery Services, Inc.
                Western Agency Management, Inc.
            INA Holdings Corporation
                American Adjustment Company, Inc.
                    American Lenders Facilities, Inc.
                *Bankers Standard Insurance Company
                  (EI# 75-1320184, NAIC# 18279, PA)
                    *Bankers Standard Fire and Marine Company
                      (EI# 75-6014863, NAIC# 20591, TX)
                Global Surety Network, Inc.
                CIGNA Excess & Surplus Insurance Services, (CA)
                CIGNA Excess & Surplus Insurance Services, (GA)
                CIGNA Excess & Surplus Insurance Services, (IL)
                CIGNA Excess & Surplus Insurance Services, (PA)
                *CIGNA Property and Casualty Insurance Company
                  (EI# 06-0237820, NAIC# 20699, CT)
                    ALIC Incorporated (Management Company and Attorney-In-Fact)
                        *CIGNA Lloyds Insurance Company (Sponsored Lloyds Association
                          (EI# 75-1365570, NAIC# 18511, TX)
                    *CIGNA Fire Underwriters Insurance Company
                      (EI# 06-6032187, NAIC# 20702, PA)
                    *CIGNA Insurance Company
                      (EI# 95-2371728, NAIC# 22667 CA)
                        *Pacific Employers Insurance Company
                          (EI# 95-1077060, NAIC# 22748, CA)
                            *CIGNA Insurance Company of Texas
                              (EI# 74-1480965, NAIC# 22721, 22920, TX)
                            *Illinois Union Insurance Company
                              (EI# 36-2759195, NAIC# 27960, IL)
</TABLE>
 
8
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
                    *CIGNA Insurance Company of the Midwest
                      (EI# 06-0884361, NAIC# 26417, IN)
                    CIGNA Real Estate, Inc.
                        2525 East Arizona Biltmore Circle Corporation
                        Congen Properties, Inc.
                    LP Associates (75%)
                      (Remaining Interest Owned by Affiliates)
                ESIS, Inc
                Excess & Surplus Insurance Services, Inc.
                INAC Corp.
                INAC Corp. of California
                INAMAR Insurance Underwriting Agency, Inc.
                INAPRO, Inc.
                INA Special Risk Facilities, Inc.
                Railroad Insurance Brokers, Inc
                *Insurance Company of North America
                  (EI# 23-0723970, NAIC# 22713, PA)
                    *Atlantic Employers Insurance Company
                      (EI# 23-2173820, NAIC# 38938, NJ)
                    *CIGNA Employers Insurance Company
                      (EI# 23-2137343, NAIC# 38741, PA)
                    *CIGNA Insurance Company of Ohio
                      (EI# 23-1859893, NAIC# 22764, OH)
                    CIGNA International Stock Fund
                      (A series of shares of CIGNA Institutional Fund Group)
                    *Indemnity Insurance Company of North America
                      (EI# 06-1016108, NAIC# 43575, PA)
                        *Allied Insurance Company
                          (EI# 23-2021364, NAIC# 36528, CA)
                        *CIGNA Indemnity Insurance Company
                          (EI# 92-0040526, NAIC# 10030, PA)
                        *CIGNA Insurance Company of Illinois
                          (EI# 36-2709121, NAIC# 22691, IL)
                    Rain & Hail Insuance Services Incorporated
                    *INA Surplus Insurance Company
                    (formerly Delaware Reinsurance Company)
                      (EI# 52-1208598, NAIC# 42072, PA)
                Marketdyne International, Inc.
                Recovery Services International, Inc.
</TABLE>
 
                                                                               9
<PAGE>
ITEM 27.  NUMBER OF PURCHASERS
 
    As of December 31, 1996 there were 2,965 Contract Owners of variable annuity
contracts funded through Registrant.
 
ITEM 28.  INDEMNIFICATION
 
    Indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents of the
Depositor is governed, effective January 1, 1997, by Sections 33-770 through
33-778 of the Connecticut Stock Corporation Act. ("Act"). The Act sets forth the
fullest indemnification which a Connecticut corporation such as Depositor is
permitted to provide. The Act also permits a corporation to purchase and
maintain insurance with respect to liabilities asserted against or incurred by
persons in the capacity or status of directors, officers, employees or agents
regardless of whether direct indemnification by the corporation would be
permitted. The Act allows a corporation to adopt provisions in its certificate
of incorporation narrowing the scope of indemnification which would otherwise be
permitted by the Act, and Depositor is currently considering amending its
certificate of incorporation to provide for narrower indemnification. Until and
unless such an amendment is adopted, Depositor is obligated to provide the
fullest indemnification permitted by the Act, on condition that a determination
has been made by Depositor's Board of Directors (or, in special circumstances,
by shareholders or special legal counsel) that the person to be indemnified
acted in good faith, reasonably believed his conduct was in the corporation's
best interest, and had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
 
ITEM 29.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER
 
   
    The Registrant's principal underwriter is CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc.
("CFA"). CFA also acts as the general distributor of other variable annuity
contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the Company, and by the
CIGNA Life Insurance Company. CFA is located at 900 Cottage Grove Road,
Bloomfield, Connecticut (mailing address Hartford, CT 06152). Deferred sales
charges of $39,289 were paid on the variable portion of the Contracts issued
pursuant to CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II during the year ended
December 31, 1996.
    
 
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           POSITIONS
                                                                            AND
                                                                           OFFICES
                                                                           WITH
  NAME                                                                     DEPOSITOR
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------  -----
  <S>                                                                      <C>
                                                                           President
                                                                            and
  Edward M. Berube                                                          Director
                                                                           Director
                                                                            and
                                                                            Assistant
                                                                            Vice
  Karen E. Goldman                                                          President
                                                                           Vice
                                                                           President
                                                                            and
  Karen R. Matheson                                                         Director
                                                                           Vice
  James F. Meehan                                                          President
                                                                           Vice
  Joy P. McConnell                                                         President
                                                                           Vice
  Peter R. Scanlon                                                         President
                                                                           Vice
                                                                           President
                                                                            and
  Allan P. Wick                                                            Treasurer
                                                                           Chief
                                                                           Counsel
                                                                            and
                                                                            Assistant
  Robert A. Picarello                                                       Secretary
                                                                           Assistant
                                                                            Vice
  H. Edward Cohen                                                          President
                                                                           Assistant
                                                                            Vice
  Robert B. Pinkham                                                        President
                                                                           Assistant
                                                                            Vice
  Therese M. Squillacote                                                   President
  David C. Kopp                                                            Secretary
                                                                           Assistant
  David A. Carlson                                                         Secretary
                                                                           Assistant
  David M. Porcello                                                        Secretary
                                                                           Assistant
  Pamela S. Williams                                                       Secretary
                                                                           Assistant
  Brian W. Villalobos                                                      Treasurer
</TABLE>
 
10
<PAGE>
ITEM 30.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS
 
    The records required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 and Rules 31a-1 to 31a-3 promulgated thereunder are
maintained by Connecticut General Life Insurance Company at its Home Office at
900 Cottage Grove Road, Bloomfield, Connecticut (mailing address: Hartford, CT
06152).
 
ITEM 31.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES
 
    All management policies are discussed in Part A or Part B.
 
ITEM 32.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
    (a) Registrant undertakes that it will file a post effective amendment to
this registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 as frequently as
necessary to ensure that the audited financial statements in the registration
statement are never more than 16 months old for so long as Premium Payments
under the Contracts may be accepted.
 
    (b) Registrant undertakes that it will include either (i) a postcard or
similar written communication affixed to or included in the Prospectus that the
applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional Information or (ii) a
space in the Contract application or order to purchase that an applicant can
check to request a Statement of Additional Information.
 
    (c) Registrant undertakes to deliver promptly, upon written or oral request
made to Connecticut General Life Insurance Company at the address or phone
number listed in the Prospectus, any Statement of Additional Information and any
financial statements required by Form N-4 to be made available to applicants or
owners.
 
FEES AND CHARGES REPRESENTATION
 
    The Company represents that the fees and charges deducted under the
Contracts, in the aggregate, are reasonable in relation to the services
rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed by the
Company.
 
SECTION 403(B) REPRESENTATION
 
    Registrant represents that it is relying on a no-action letter dated
November 28, 1988, to the American Council of Life Insurance (Ref. No. IP-6-88),
regarding Sections 22(e), 27(c)(1) and 27(d) of the Investment Company Act of
1940, in connection with redeemability restrictions on Section 403(b) Contracts,
and that paragraphs numbered (1) through (4) of that letter will be complied
with.
 
                                                                              11
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of
1940, the Registrant CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II, has duly caused
this Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 to its Registration Statement on Form N-4
(File No. 33-83020) to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the Town of Bloomfield and State of Connecticut on the 25th
day of February, 1997.
    
 
                                          CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT
                                          II
                                          (Name of Registrant)
 
                                          By:         /s/ THOMAS C. JONES
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                       Thomas C. Jones
                                                          PRESIDENT
                                             CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                                         COMPANY
 
                                          CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                          COMPANY
                                          (Name of Depositor)
 
                                          By:      /s/ THOMAS C. JONES    (Seal)
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                       Thomas C. Jones
                                                          PRESIDENT
 
   
    As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment No.
6 to this Registration Statement (File No. 33-83020) has been signed below on
February 25, 1997 by the following persons, as officers and directors of the
Depositor, in the capacities indicated.
    
 
             SIGNATURE                              TITLE
- -----------------------------------  -----------------------------------
 
        /s/ THOMAS C. JONES
- -----------------------------------  President (Principal Executive
          Thomas C. Jones             Officer)
 
                                    * Assistant Vice President and
- -----------------------------------   Actuary
         Bradley K. Miller            (Principal Financial Officer)
 
                                    *
- -----------------------------------  Vice President
           Robert Moose               (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
                                    *
- -----------------------------------  Director
         Harold W. Albert
 
                                    *
- -----------------------------------  Director
         Robert W. Burgess
 
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>                                  <S>
                                     *
- -----------------------------------  Director
            John G. Day
 
                                    *
- -----------------------------------  Director
       Joseph M. Fitzgerald
 
                                     *
- -----------------------------------  Director
         H. Edward Hanway
 
                                     *
- -----------------------------------  Director
          Carol M. Olson
 
                                    *
- -----------------------------------  Director
           John E. Pacy
 
                                     *
- -----------------------------------  Director
        Patricia L. Rowland
 
                                    *
- -----------------------------------  Director
       W. Allen Schaffer, MD
 
    *By /s/ ROBERT A. PICARELLO
- ----------------------------------
        Robert A. Picarello
         ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
 
                     (A Majority of the Directors)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY*
 
    We,  the  undersigned directors  and  officers of  Connecticut  General Life
Insurance Company, hereby  severally constitute  and appoint David  C. Kopp  and
Robert  A.  Picarello,  and  each  of them  individually,  our  true  and lawful
attorneys-in-fact, with full power to them and  each of them to sign for us,  in
our  names and  in the  capacities indicated  below, any  and all  amendments to
Registration Statement  No.  33-83020 filed  with  the Securities  and  Exchange
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, hereby ratifying and confirming our
signatures  as they may be signed by either of our attorneys-in-fact to any such
Registration Statement.
 
    WITNESS our hands and common seal on this 31st day of May, 1995.
 
             SIGNATURE                              TITLE
- -----------------------------------  -----------------------------------
 
        /S/ THOMAS C. JONES
- -----------------------------------  President (Principal Executive
          Thomas C. Jones             Officer)
 
        /S/ JAMES T. KOHAN
- -----------------------------------  Vice President and Actuary
          James T. Kohan              (Principal Financial Officer)
 
         /S/ ROBERT MOOSE
- -----------------------------------  Vice President
           Robert Moose               (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
       /S/ HAROLD W. ALBERT
- -----------------------------------  Director
         Harold W. Albert
 
      /S/ S. TYRONE ALEXANDER
- -----------------------------------  Director
        S. Tyrone Alexander
 
       /S/ MARTIN A. BRENNAN
- -----------------------------------  Director
         Martin A. Brennan
 
       /S/ ROBERT W. BURGESS
- -----------------------------------  Director
         Robert W. Burgess
 
          /S/ JOHN G. DAY
- -----------------------------------  Director
            John G. Day
 
     /S/ JOSEPH M. FITZGERALD
- -----------------------------------  Director
       Joseph M. Fitzgerald
 
* Previously filed as part of Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to this
  registration statement (File No. 33-83020) and incorporated by reference
  thereto.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>                                  <S>
     /S/ ARTHUR C. REEDS, III
- -----------------------------------  Director
       Arthur C. Reeds, III
 
      /S/ PATRICIA L. ROWLAND
- -----------------------------------  Director
        Patricia L. Rowland
 
     /S/ W. ALLEN SCHAFFER, MD
- -----------------------------------  Director
       W. Allen Schaffer, MD
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                   CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
     A Stock Company          Home Office Location:    900 Cottage Grove Road
                                                       Bloomfield, Connecticut
     MAILING ADDRESS:    CIGNA INDIVIDUAL INSURANCE
                         ANNUITY & VARIABLE LIFE SERVICE CENTER - ROUTING S249
                         HARTFORD, CT  06152-2249



The Company agrees with the Owner to provide the benefits in this contract.

RIGHT TO EXAMINE CONTRACT.  The contract may be returned to the individual
through whom it was purchased or to the Company within 10 days after its receipt
(20 days after its receipt where required by law for a contract issued in
replacement of another contract).  If the contract is so returned, it will be
deemed void from the Date of Issue, and the Company will refund the Premium
Payment(s) as provided plus or minus any investment gains or losses under the
contract as of the date the returned contract is received by the Company, unless
required otherwise by law.

The contract is issued and accepted subject to the terms set forth on this page
and on the following pages which are made a part of the contract.  In
consideration of the Premium Payment(s) as provided, this contract is executed
by Connecticut General Life Insurance Company as of its Date of Issue.

                                                                                
                                                             /s/ Thomas G. Jones
          Registrar                                                 PRESIDENT   


PAYMENTS AND VALUES BASED ON THE FIXED ACCOUNT ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT FORMULA, THE OPERATION OF WHICH MAY RESULT IN UPWARD OR DOWNWARD
ADJUSTMENTS IN AMOUNTS PAYABLE TO THE OWNER, INCLUDING WITHDRAWALS AND
TRANSFERS.  PAYMENTS MADE FROM THE FIXED ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO AN ELECTION WHICH
BECOMES EFFECTIVE AT THE END OF A GUARANTEED PERIOD AND PAYMENTS MADE UNDER THE
"ANNUITY BENEFIT" PROVISIONS ARE NOT SUBJECT TO THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. 
PAYMENTS MADE UNDER THE "DEATH BENEFIT" PROVISIONS ARE NOT SUBJECT TO ANY MARKET
VALUE ADJUSTMENT.

ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT WHEN BASED ON THE INVESTMENT
EXPERIENCE OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO
DOLLAR AMOUNT.

USE OF CONTRACT.  This contract is available for retirement and deferred
compensation plans some of which may qualify for special tax treatment under
various sections of the Internal Revenue Code.




               FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
              WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS - NON-PARTICIPATING

           THIS IS A LEGAL CONTRACT BETWEEN THE OWNER AND THE COMPANY
                          READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY.


AN425
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Premium Payments                                                           
     Allocation of Premium Payments                                             
     Annuity Account Continuation                                               
     Minimum Value Requirements                                                 

OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     Owner                                                                      
     Rights of Owner                                                            
     Transfer of Ownership                                                      
     Assignment                                                                 
     Beneficiary                                                                
     Change of Beneficiary                                                      

FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     Fixed Account and Sub-Accounts
     Variable Account and Sub-Accounts
     Investment Risk
     Investments of the Variable Account Sub-Accounts
     Substituted Securities

CONTRACT VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . .13
          Part A - Fixed Account Value
                   Guaranteed Periods
                   Guaranteed Interest Rates
                   Fixed Accumulation Value
                   Minimum Surrender Value
          Part B - Variable Account Value
                   Acquisition and Redemption of Variable Accumulation Units
                   Variable Accumulation Unit Value
                   Variable Accumulation Value
                   Net Investment Factor
          Part C - General
                   Annuity Account
                   Transfer Privilege
                   Annuity Account Fee

CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
          Cash Withdrawals
          Withdrawal Charges
          Market Value Adjustment


AN425                                                                          2
<PAGE>

                          TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)


PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS, TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS . . . . . . .18
     Penalty-Free Partial Withdrawals or Transfers
     Full or Partial Withdrawals and Transfers at the End of a
          Guaranteed Period
     Waiver of Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment on 
          Death or Annuity Date
     Penalty-Free Annuitization

BENEFIT PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
     Annuity Benefit
     Annuity Date
     Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to Annuity Benefit
     Determination of Amount
     Income Payment Benefits
     Death Benefit
     Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to Death Benefit
     Payment of Death Benefit
     Amount of Death Benefit


GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
     The Contract
     Modification of Contract
     Non-Participation
     Loans
     Determination of Values
     Endorsement of Income Payments
     Misstatement of Age
     Claims of Creditors
     Periodic Reports

Followed by Optional Methods of Settlement and any Riders

Note:  Pages 4, 6 and 8 are intentionally "blank."


AN425                                                                          3
<PAGE>

                             CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS

ANNUITANT(S)   JOHN DOE                           SPECIMEN   CONTRACT NUMBER

AGE AT ISSUE   35                          JANUARY 1, 1997   DATE OF ISSUE

                                           JANUARY 1, 2027   ANNUITY DATE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           [ACCRU 2 VARIABLE ANNUITY]
FORM           BENEFIT                                       INITIAL PREMIUM
                                                                 PAYMENT

AN425     FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY             $50,000
          WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS

          INITIAL PREMIUM PAYMENT ALLOCATION                     
                                                                      PERCENTAGE


          FIXED ACCOUNT - SUB-ACCOUNTS
               PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENT TO INDEX RATE "B":  .50%
          
              INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD/INTEREST RATE       1/YEAR /4.55%    10%
              INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD/INTEREST RATE       5/YEARS/6.40%     0%
              INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD/INTEREST RATE      10/YEARS/6.90%     0%
     

          VARIABLE ACCOUNT - SUB-ACCOUNTS (FUNDS)
               
          ALGER AMERICAN FUND
               ALGER AMERICAN GROWTH PORTFOLIO                               10%
               ALGER AMERICAN LEVERAGE ALLCAP PORTFOLIO                       0%
               ALGER AMERICAN MIDCAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO                         0%
               ALGER AMERICAN SMALL CAPITALIZATION PORTFOLIO                  0%

          FIDELITY INVESTMENTS
            VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND
               FIDELITY HIGH INCOME PORTFOLIO                                10%
               FIDELITY EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO                              10%
               FIDELITY OVERSEAS PORTFOLIO                                    0%
            VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II
               FIDELITY INVESTMENT GRADE BONDS PORTFOLIO                      0%
               FIDELITY CONTRA FUND PORTFOLIO                                 0%
            VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND III
               FIDELITY GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO                        0%
     
          MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
               MFS TOTAL RETURN SERIES                                        0%
               MFS UTILITIES SERIES                                          10%
               MFS EMERGING GROWTH SERIES                                     0%
               MFS RESEARCH SERIES                                            0%
               MFS GROWTH WITH INCOME SERIES                                 10%

(Continued on Page 5.1)


AN425                                                                          5
<PAGE>

                       CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)

ANNUITANT(S)   JOHN DOE                                SPECIMEN  CONTRACT NUMBER

AGE AT ISSUE   35                               JANUARY 1, 1997  DATE OF ISSUE

                                                JANUARY 1, 2027  ANNUITY DATE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


          NEUBERGER & BERMAN ADVISERS MANAGEMENT TRUST ("AMT")
               AMT PARTNERS PORTFOLIO                                         0%
               AMT LIMITED MATURITY BOND PORTFOLIO                           10%

          OCC ACCUMULATION TRUST
               OCC GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO                                   10%
               OCC MANAGED PORTFOLIO                                         10%
               OCC SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO                                        0%

          CIGNA VARIABLE PRODUCTS GROUP
               CIGNA VARIABLE PRODUCTS MONEY MARKET FUND                     10%

          TOTAL                                                             100%




LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFERS FROM FIXED ACCOUNT:  IN EACH CONTRACT YEAR, AN OWNER IS
ALLOWED TO MAKE ONE OR MORE TRANSFERS FROM EACH SUB-ACCOUNT, AND THE AMOUNT(S)
TRANSFERRED IN AGGREGATE MAY NOT EXCEED MORE THAN [15%] OF THE THEN CURRENT
VALUE OF THE APPLICABLE SUB-ACCOUNT(S).

THIS CONTRACT IS FOR USE WITH "CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II"; A
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY SEPARATE INVESTMENT ACCOUNT WHICH WAS
ESTABLISHED ON JANUARY 25, 1994.



OWNER: THE ANNUITANT

BENEFICIARY: THE PERSON(S) DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER AND RECORDED BY THE
             COMPANY

MINIMUM SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM PAYMENTS:

          $2,000 PER FIXED ACCOUNT GUARANTEED PERIOD
          $100 PER VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNT


AN425                                                                         5A
<PAGE>

                     SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES

ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE:  The Annuity Account Fee is $35 per Contract Year and will
be deducted on the last Valuation Date of each Contract Year.  The Annuity
Account Fee, however, will be waived for any Contract Year for which the Annuity
Account Value equals or exceeds $100,000 as of the last Valuation Date of such
Contract Year.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGES:  The Withdrawal charges applicable under this contract are
as follows.

 Withdrawal Charge                           
  Against Premium                                 Year
 Payment Withdrawn                             Applicable
 -----------------                             ----------
       [7%]                   During 1st year since Premium Payment Accepted
       [7%]                   During 2nd year since Premium Payment Accepted
       [7%]                   During 3rd year since Premium Payment Accepted
       [6%]                   During 4th year since Premium Payment Accepted
       [6%]                   During 5th year since Premium Payment Accepted
       [5%]                   During 6th year since Premium Payment Accepted
       [4%]                   During 7th year since Premium Payment Accepted
       [0%]                        Thereafter

Each Subsequent Premium Payment will be subject to its own 7-year period.

Any Withdrawal from the Fixed Account prior to the end of a Guaranteed Period
may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment as described on page 17 which
may increase, decrease, or have no effect on the applicable account value(s).  A
Market Value Adjustment would not apply to a withdrawal effective at the end of
a Guaranteed Period.

PENALTY-FREE PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL CHARGES: The Withdrawal charges are not
applicable to certain partial withdrawals of 15% or less of Premium Payments
annually (see page 18).  Withdrawal charges and a Market Value Adjustment are
not applicable to annuitization of the contract at any time.  Withdrawal charges
and a Market Value Adjustment are not applicable to payment of the Death
Benefit.  (See "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization
Provisions.")

ASSET CHARGES:  The Company imposes a mortality and expense ("M&E") risk charge
and an administrative expense charge, each of which is calculated as a
percentage of asset value of each Variable Account Sub-Account, to cover
mortality and expense risk and other administrative costs.  The percentages
applied to asset value to determine these charges are the Daily M&E Rate and the
Daily Administrative Rate.  These charges are deducted from each Variable
Account Sub-Account by reducing the Variable Accumulation Unit Value at the end
of each Valuation Period.  The Daily M&E Rate is equal to the daily rate
equivalent of the annual rate of [1.25%] and the Daily Administrative Rate is
equal to the daily rate equivalent of the annual rate of [0.15%].

In addition, Daily Fund Operating Expenses will be applied by each Fund as a
percent of the daily fund balance as set forth in the prospectus for the
applicable Fund(s).

AN425                                                                          7
<PAGE>

               SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES (CONTINUED)

TAXES:  Premium tax equivalents (including any related retaliatory taxes), if
any, and any other taxes due under this contract will be deducted if applicable.
It is currently the Company's practice to deduct such taxes, if any, at the time
the Annuity Account Value, or any portion thereof, becomes payable. (Refer to
Definition of "Annuity Account Value".)
















































AN425                                                                        7.1
<PAGE>

                                   DEFINITIONS

ACCUMULATION PERIOD.  The period from the Date of Issue to the Annuity Date, the
date on which the Death Benefit becomes payable, or the date on which the
contract is surrendered or annuitized, whichever is earliest.

ANNUITANT(S).  The person or persons on whose life the first Income Payment is
to be made.  The Annuitant(s) on the Date of Issue is/are the person(s)
designated in the Contract Specifications and will remain the Annuitant(s) under
the contract unless the Owner exercises the right to change the Annuitant(s) as
set forth in the "Rights of Owner" provision. If prior to the Annuity Date, the
Annuitant predeceases the Owner, the Owner will then become the Annuitant until
such time as the Owner exercises the right to designate a new Annuitant as set
forth in the "Rights of Owner" provision.  (Provided that the Contract Owner is
a natural person.)  If joint Annuitants are named and if one of the Annuitants
predeceases the Owner prior to the Annuity Date, the contract will thereupon
become an annuity contract on the surviving Annuitant until such time that the
Owner exercises the right to designate another joint Annuitant as set forth in
the "Rights of Owner" provision.)  A request for change of Annuitant(s) must be
in writing to the Company at its Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's
Mailing Address and will not take effect until recorded by the Company.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT.  The account which is comprised of the Fixed and Variable
Accounts with respect to this contract.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT VALUE.  The account value which at any time equals the sum of
all the then current values of the Fixed and Variable Accounts with respect to
this contract.  Applicable premium taxes, if any, will be deducted when the
Annuity Account Value amount to be applied under the Annuity Benefit, Death
Benefit, Cash Withdrawals or Penalty-Free Withdrawal and Annuitization
provisions is determined.

ANNUITY DATE.  The date on which Income Payments begin upon annuitization of the
contract.

CONTRACT YEARS AND CONTRACT ANNIVERSARIES.  All Contract Years and Contract
Anniversaries are 12-month periods measured from the Date of Issue.

DAILY M&E RATE.  The rate applied by the Company as a percentage of each
Variable Account Sub-Account's asset value to determine the M&E charge for its
assumption of mortality and expense risks for a 24-hour period.

DATE OF ISSUE.  The date on which the contract becomes effective.

DUE PROOF OF DEATH.  An original certified copy  of an official death
certificate, an original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction as to the finding of death, or any other proof of death
satisfactory to the Company.

EXPIRATION DATE(S).  The date(s) on which Guaranteed Period(s), if any, end.

FIXED ACCOUNT.  The term "Fixed Account" under this contract means all Sub-
Account(s) associated with Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest Rate(s).
Fixed Account assets are general assets of the Company and are distinguishable
from those allocated to a separate account of the Company.

FUND(S).  The Variable Account Sub-Accounts in which Premium Payments, or
Transfers in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision, may be
invested.

GUARANTEED PERIOD.  The Guaranteed Period is the period for which interest, at
either an initial or subsequent Guaranteed Interest Rate will be credited to an
amount under a Fixed Account Sub-Account.

HOME OFFICE.  The term "Home Office" means Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company, the mailing address of which for this contract is CIGNA Individual
Insurance, Annuity & Variable Life Service Center, Routing S249, Hartford,
Connecticut 06152-2249.


AN425                                                                          9
<PAGE>

                             DEFINITIONS (CONTINUED)

IN WRITING.  The term "in writing" means in a written form satisfactory to the
Company and received by the Company at its Annuity & Variable Life Service
Center's Mailing Address.

INCOME PAYMENTS.  Income Payments are the amounts payable under this contract as
determined by the settlement options provisions of the contract.

PAYOUT PERIOD. The period during which Income Payments are made under this
contract.

SEC.  The Securities and Exchange Commission.

SUB-ACCOUNT.  That portion of the Fixed Account associated with specific
Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest Rate(s) and that portion of the
Variable Account which invests in shares of a specific Fund.

VALUATION DATE.  Any day on which the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is open
for business, except a day during which trading on the NYSE is restricted or on
which an emergency exists as a result of which the valuation or disposal of
securities is not reasonably practicable.

VALUATION PERIOD.  The period beginning immediately after the close of business
on a Valuation Date and ending at the close of business on the next Valuation
Date.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT.  The term "Variable Account" under this contract means all
Sub-Account(s) associated with investments in the Fund(s).  Variable Account
assets are separate account assets of the Company, the investment performance of
which is kept separate from that of the general assets of the Company and are
not chargeable with general liabilities of the Company.

VARIABLE ANNUITY UNITS.  A unit of measure used in the calculation of the value
of the variable portion of the Annuity Account during the Payout Period.

VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT.  A unit of measure used in the calculation of the
value of the variable portion of the Annuity Account before the Payout Period.

                           PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS

PREMIUM PAYMENTS.  Premium Payments are payable to the Company at its Annuity &
Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address (or its lockbox address) or to an
authorized agent of the Company.  A Company receipt will be furnished upon
request.  The Initial Premium Payment is the amount paid to the Company as
consideration for the benefits provided under the contract on the Date of Issue.
Subsequent Premium Payments may be paid to the Company from time to time after
the Date of Issue and prior to the Annuity Date.  The Company will not accept
any Premium Payment which is less than the minimum amount requirement then in
effect as determined by the Company.  In addition, the prior approval of the
Company is required before it will accept a Premium Payment in excess of the
maximum amount limit then in effect as determined by the Company.  All Premium
Payments must meet the allocation requirements specified under the "Allocation
of Premium Payments" provision.  The payment of any amount under the contract
which is derived, all or in part, from any Premium Payments made by check or
draft may be postponed until such check or draft has been honored by the
financial institution upon which it is drawn.

The Initial Premium Payment attributable to the contract is shown on the
Contract Specifications page.

ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS.  Upon receipt by the Company at its Annuity &
Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address, each Premium Payment will be
added to the Annuity Account established under the contract.  The Annuity
Account is described under the "Annuity Account" provision and is comprised of
Fixed Account Sub-Account(s) and Variable Account Sub-Account(s).  The Initial
Premium Payment will be allocated to one or more such Sub-Accounts in accordance
with the allocation percentages specified by the Owner and shown in the Contract
Specifications, provided such allocations to Fixed and/or Variable Accounts 
conform  to the Company's minimum deposit requirements in effect as  of  the
Date of Issue.


AN425                                                                         10
<PAGE>

                     PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

Subsequent Premium Payments will be allocated as directed by the Owner.  If no
direction is given, the allocation percentages will be that which has been most
recently directed for payments by the Owner.  If a portion of the most recent
previous Premium Payment was allocated to the Fixed Account and the allocation
percentages when applied to a Subsequent Premium Payment does not produce an
amount which meets the Fixed Account minimum requirements, the Company will
promptly seek further instructions from the Owner regarding allocation of the
premium or otherwise return the applicable portion of such Premium Payment as
provided by law.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT CONTINUATION.  The Annuity Account shall be continued
automatically in full force from the Date of Issue until the Annuity Date or
until the contract is surrendered or annuitized, the Death Benefit is paid, or
the Annuity Account Value no longer meets the requirements specified in the
"Minimum Value Requirements" provision, whichever occurs first.

MINIMUM VALUE REQUIREMENTS.  If no Premium Payments have been made for three
consecutive years and the Annuity Account Value decreases to less than $1,000
during that period, or if any partial withdrawal decreases the Annuity Account
Value to less than $1,000, the Company reserves the right to cancel the contract
and pay to the Owner an adjusted value of the Annuity Account as would be
calculated under the "Determination of Amount" provision.  The Company will,
however, provide at least 30 days advance notice to the Owner of its intended
action.  During the notification period an additional Premium Payment may be
made to meet the minimum value requirements.

                OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS

OWNER. The Owner on the Date of Issue will be the person designated in the
Contract Specifications. If no Owner is designated, the Annuitant(s) will be the
Owner.

RIGHTS OF OWNER. The Owner may exercise all rights and privileges under the
contract including the right to: (a) agree with the Company to any change in or
amendment to the contract, (b) transfer all rights and privileges to another
person, (c) change the Beneficiary, (d) change the Annuitant(s) any time prior
to the Annuity Date or name a new Annuitant if the Annuitant, or one of the
Annuitants named under a joint life annuity, predeceases the Owner, (e) name the
payee to whom Income Payments are to be directed, and (f) assign the contract.

All rights and privileges of the Owner may be exercised without the consent 
of any designated transferee, or any Beneficiary if the Owner has reserved 
the right to change the Beneficiary. All such rights and privileges, however, 
may be exercised only with the consent of any assignee on record with the 
Company.

TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP.  The Owner may transfer all rights and privileges of the
Owner. On the effective date of transfer, (a) the transferee will become the
Owner and will have all the rights and privileges of the Owner, and (b) the
amount of Death Benefit applicable under the contract will change as set forth
under the "Amount of Death Benefit" provision.  The Owner may revoke any
transfer prior to its effective date.

Unless provided otherwise, a transfer will not affect the interest of any 
Beneficiary designated prior to the effective date of the transfer.

A transfer of Ownership, or a revocation of transfer, must be in writing to the
Company at its Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address.  A
transfer or a revocation will not take effect until recorded in writing by the
Company at its Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address. When a
transfer or revocation has been so recorded, it will take effect as of the
effective date specified by the Owner. Any payment made or any action taken or
allowed by the Company before the transfer or the revocation is recorded will be
without prejudice to the Company.

ASSIGNMENT. The Company will not be affected by any assignment of the contract
until the original assignment or a certified copy of the assignment is filed
with the Company at its Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's Mailing
Address.

AN425                                                                         11
<PAGE>

          OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

The Company does not assume responsibility for the validity or sufficiency of
any assignment.  An assignment of the contract will operate so long as the
assignment remains in force.

To the extent provided under the terms of the assignment, an assignment will
transfer the interest of any designated transferee or of any Beneficiary if the
Owner has reserved the right to change the Beneficiary.

BENEFICIARY. The Beneficiary is the person who has the right to receive the
Death Benefit set forth in the contract and, for Non-Qualified Contracts, who is
the "designated beneficiary" for purposes of Section 72(s) of the Internal
Revenue Code in the event of the Owner's death.  The Beneficiary on the Date of
Issue will be the person designated in the Contract Specifications.

Unless provided otherwise, the interest of any Beneficiary who dies before the
Owner will vest in the Owner or the Owner's administrators or assigns.

CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY.  A new Beneficiary may be designated from time to time. A
request for change of Beneficiary must be in writing to the Company at its
Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address. The request must be
signed by the Owner. The request must also be signed by the Beneficiary if the
right to change the Beneficiary has not been reserved to the Owner.

A change of Beneficiary will not take effect until recorded by the Company. 
When a change of Beneficiary has been so recorded, whether or not the Owner 
is then alive, it will take effect as of the date the request was signed. Any 
payment made or any action taken or allowed by the Company before the change 
of Beneficiary is recorded will be without prejudice to the Company.

Unless provided otherwise, the right to change any Beneficiary is reserved to
the Owner.

                     FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS

FIXED ACCOUNT AND SUB-ACCOUNTS.  Fixed Account assets are general assets of the
Company and are distinguishable from those allocated to a separate account of
the Company.  Any portion of Premium Payments allocated by the Owner to a Fixed
Account Sub-Account will become part of the Fixed Account.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND SUB-ACCOUNTS.  The Variable Account to which the variable
accumulation values, if any, under this contract relate is shown in the Contract
Specifications.  It was established pursuant to a resolution of its Board of
Directors as a "separate account" under governing law of Connecticut, the
Company's state of domicile, and registered as a unit investment trust under the
1940 Act.  Under Connecticut law, the Variable Account assets (except assets in
excess of its reserves and other contract liabilities) cannot be charged with
the general liabilities from any other business of the Company and the income,
gains or losses from the Variable Account assets are credited or charged against
the Variable Account without regard to the income, gains or losses of the
Company.  The Variable Account assets are owned and controlled exclusively by
the Company, and the Company is not a trustee with respect to those assets.

The Variable Account is divided into Sub-Accounts.  Each Variable Account Sub-
Account's assets are invested in shares of a particular Fund made available as a
funding vehicle under this contract.  For each Variable Account Sub-Account, the
Company maintains Variable Accumulation Units whose values reflect the
investment performance of the Fund whose shares are held in that Sub-Account.

Subject to any vote by persons having the right under the 1940 Act to vote
thereon, the Company may elect to operate the Variable Account as a management
company rather than a unit investment trust under the 1940 Act, or, if
registration is no longer required, to deregister the Variable Account.  In such
event, the Company may endorse this contract to reflect such change and any
necessary or appropriate action taken to effect the change.  Any changes in
Variable Account investment policy shall have been approved by the Connecticut
Insurance Commissioner and approved or filed, as required, in the state or other
jurisdiction where this policy was issued.

AN425                                                                         12
<PAGE>

               FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

INVESTMENT RISK.  Each Variable Account Sub-Account's assets are always fully
invested in the shares of the particular Fund purchased for that Sub-Account. 
Each Variable Account Sub-Account's investment performance reflects the
investment performance of the Fund.  Fund share values fluctuate, reflecting the
risks of changing economic conditions and the ability of a Fund's investment
advisor or sub-adviser to manage that Fund and anticipate changes in economic
conditions.   As to the Variable Account assets, the Owner bears the entire
investment risk of gain or loss. 

INVESTMENTS OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNTS.  All amounts allocated to a
Variable Account Sub-Account will be used to purchase shares of a specific Fund.
The Funds available on the Date of Issue are shown in the Contract
Specifications; more may be subsequently added.  The Fund is an open-end
management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of
1940.  Any and all distributions made by the Fund(s) will be reinvested to
purchase additional shares of that Fund at net asset value.  Deductions from the
Variable Account Sub-Accounts will, in effect, be made by redeeming a number of
Fund shares at net asset value equal in total value to the amount to be
deducted.  Assets of Variable Account Sub-Accounts will be fully invested in
Fund shares at all times.

SUBSTITUTED SECURITIES. Shares corresponding to a particular Fund may not always
be available for purchase or the Company may decide that further investment in
such Fund is no longer appropriate in view of the purposes of the Variable
Account, or in view of legal, regulatory or federal income tax restrictions.  In
such event, shares of another registered open-end investment company or unit
investment trust may be substituted both for Fund shares already purchased
and/or as the securities to be purchased in the future, provided that these
substitutions meet applicable Internal Revenue Service diversification
guidelines and have been approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission and
such other regulatory authorities as may be necessary.  In the event of any
substitution pursuant to this provision, the Company may make appropriate
endorsement(s) to this contract to reflect the substitution.

              CONTRACT VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS

PART A - FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE

GUARANTEED PERIODS.  The Initial Guaranteed Period(s), if any, are selected by
the Owner and are shown in the Contract Specifications.  The duration of the
Initial Guaranteed Period(s) will affect the Initial Guaranteed Interest
Rate(s).  Any Premium Payment or the portion thereof (or amount transferred in
accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision described below) allocated to
a particular Guaranteed Period will earn interest at the specified Guaranteed
Interest Rate during the Guaranteed Period.  Initial Guaranteed Periods begin on
the date a Premium Payment is accepted (or, in the case of a transfer, on the
effective date of the transfer) and end on the Expiration Date for each duration
selected.

Any portion of the Annuity Account Value comprising a particular Fixed Account
Sub-Account (including interest earned thereon) will be referred to in this
contract as the "Guaranteed Period Amount."  As a result of renewals, Subsequent
Payments, and transfers of portions of the Annuity Account Value, Guaranteed
Amounts for Guaranteed Periods of the same duration may have different
Expiration Dates, and each Guaranteed Period Amount will be treated separately
for purposes of determining any Market Value Adjustment.

The Company will send written notice to the Owner by ordinary mail to the most
recent address in the Company's records about the upcoming expiration of a
Guaranteed Period with respect to a Fixed Account Sub-Account at least 60 days
prior to the Expiration Date of such Guaranteed Period.  A subsequent Guaranteed
Period of the same duration will begin automatically at the end of the previous
Guaranteed Period unless the Company receives, in writing at its Annuity &
Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address within the 60-day period
immediately preceding the end of such Guaranteed Period, an election by the
Owner of a different Guaranteed Period from among those being offered by the
Company at such time, or instructions to transfer all or a portion of the
applicable Guaranteed Period Amount to one or more Fixed Account or Variable
Account Sub-Accounts in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision.


AN425                                                                         13
<PAGE>

        CONTRACT VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES.  The Company will establish the applicable Guaranteed
Interest Rate that will be used to determine the interest with respect to a
Fixed Account Sub-Account for each Guaranteed Period at the beginning of the
Guaranteed Period.  This rate will be guaranteed for the duration of the
applicable Guaranteed Period.  The Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Interest
Rate will never be less than 3% per year, compounded annually.  Subsequent
Guaranteed Interest Rate(s) will also be determined at the beginning of
Guaranteed Period(s) and may be higher or lower than the previous rate, but will
never be less than 3% per year, compounded annually.  (See "Minimum Surrender
Value" provision.)

FIXED ACCUMULATION VALUE.  Upon receipt of a Premium Payment by the Company at
its Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address, all or that
portion, if any, of the Premium Payment which is allocated to the Fixed Account
will be credited to the Fixed Account and allocated to the Fixed Account Sub-
Accounts selected by the Owner.  The Fixed Accumulation Value, if any, at any
time, is equal to the sum of the then current values of all Guaranteed Period
Amounts with respect to this contract.

MINIMUM SURRENDER VALUE.  The Minimum Surrender Value for the Fixed Account for
a given contract year is the Premium Payment(s), or portion thereof, and
transfers allocated to the Fixed Account accumulated at 3% per year, compounded
annually, less the deduction of the applicable withdrawal charge(s), any prior
withdrawals or transfers out of the Fixed Account, premium taxes, if any, and
applicable Annuity Account Fee(s).

PART B - VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE

ACQUISITION AND REDEMPTION OF VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNITS.  Any dollar amounts
allocated to a Variable Account Sub-Account shall be converted into Variable
Accumulation Units and credited to the Variable Account Sub-Account on a unit
basis.  The number of Variable Accumulation Units into which a dollar amount
would be converted is calculated by dividing the dollar amount by the Variable
Accumulation Unit Value for the particular Sub-Account.  Any redemption of units
from a Variable Account Sub-Account will be processed at the end of a Valuation
Period, including any units redeemed to fund a monthly deduction, and shall
result in the redemption and cancellation of Variable Accumulation Units having
an aggregate dollar value equal to the amount of such withdrawal.

VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE.  The Variable Accumulation Unit Value at the
beginning of the first Valuation Period of each Variable Account Sub-Account was
established at $10.00.  The Variable Accumulation Unit value in any later
Valuation Period is equal to the net asset value per unit of the particular Sub-
Account as of the end of such Valuation Period.

VARIABLE ACCUMULATION VALUE.  The Variable Accumulation Value of the Annuity
Account, if any, for any Valuation Period is equal to the sum of the value of
all Variable Accumulation Units of each Variable Account Sub-Account credited to
the Variable Account with respect to this contract at the end of such Valuation
Period.  The Variable Accumulation Value of each Variable Account Sub-Account is
determined by multiplying the number of Variable Accumulation Units, if any,
credited to each Variable Account Sub-Account with respect to this contract at
the end of a Valuation Period, by the Variable Accumulation Unit Value of the
particular Variable Account Sub-Account for such Valuation Period. 

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR.  An index, calculated as described below, that provides a
measure of the investment performance of a Variable Account Sub-Account for each
Valuation Period.  The Net Investment Factor is equal to A+B-C     where:
                                                         ----- - E
                                                           D

     A is the net asset value per unit of the Fund held in the Variable Account
     Sub-Account (such net asset value being determined as described in the
     prospectus for the Fund) as of the end of the Valuation Period;

     B is any dividend or other distribution payable with respect to units held
     of record during the Valuation Period;

AN425                                                                         14
<PAGE>

        CONTRACT VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)


     C is the per unit amount of any tax determined by the Company to be
     attributable to the operation of the Variable Account Sub-Account during
     such Valuation Period;

     D is the net asset value of each unit of the Fund as of the close of
     business on the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Valuation Period;
     and

     E is the sum of the Daily M&E Rate plus the Daily Administrative Rate,
     multiplied by the number of 24-hour periods included in the Valuation
     Period.

The Net Investment Factor may be 1.0 or may be greater or less than 1.0,
reflecting the possibility that the Variable Accumulation Unit Value of a
particular Variable Account Sub-Account may remain the same, increase or
decrease.

PART C - GENERAL

ANNUITY ACCOUNT.  The Company will establish an Annuity Account under the
contract and will maintain the Annuity Account during the Accumulation Period. 
The Annuity Account Value at any time equals the sum of all the then current
values of the Fixed and Variable Accounts with respect to this contract.

TRANSFER PRIVILEGE.  At any time during the Accumulation Period, other than
during the "Right to Examine Contract" period, the Owner may transfer all or
part of the Annuity Account Value to one or more of the Fixed or Variable
Account Sub-Accounts then available under the contract, subject to the
provisions set forth below.  Transfers may be made in writing or by telephone,
if telephone transfers have been previously authorized in writing.  Transfer
requests must be received at the Company's Annuity & Variable Life Service
Center prior to the time of day set forth in the prospectus, and provided the
New York  Stock Exchange is open for business, in order to be processed  as of
the close of business on the date the request is received; otherwise, the
transfer will be processed on the next business day the New York Stock Exchange
is open for business.  The Company will not be held legally responsible for (a)
any liability for acting in good faith upon any transfer instructions given by
telephone, or (b) the authenticity of such instructions.
Transfers involving Variable Account Sub-Accounts will reflect the purchase or
cancellation of Variable Accumulation Units having an aggregate value equal to
the dollar amount being transferred to or from a particular Variable Account
Sub-Account.  The purchase or cancellation of such units shall be made using
Variable Accumulation Unit Values of the applicable Variable Account Sub-Account
at the end of the Valuation Period for which the transfer is effective. 
Transfers to a Fixed Account Sub-Account will result in a new Guaranteed Period
for the amount being transferred.  Any such Guaranteed Period will begin on the
effective date of the transfer.  The amount transferred into such Fixed Account
Sub-Account will earn interest at the Guaranteed Interest Rate declared by the
Company for that Guaranteed Period as of the effective date of the transfer.

Transfers shall be subject to the following conditions: (a) Not more than 12
transfers may be made per Contract Year (including the frequency limitation
shown in the Contract Specifications with respect to transfers from the Fixed
Account), unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Company; (b) No
withdrawal charge will be imposed on transferred amounts, however, transfers of
all or a portion out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account may be subject to the Market
Value Adjustment set forth below unless such transfer is made in accordance with
the "Full or Partial Withdrawals and Transfers at the End of a Guaranteed
Period" provision; (c) The amount being transferred may not be less than $100
unless the entire value of the Fixed or Variable Account Sub-Account is being
transferred; (d) The amount being transferred may not exceed the Company's
maximum amount limit then in effect; (e) The amount transferred to any Fixed
Account Sub-Account may not be less than $2,000, or $100 to a Variable Sub-
Account; (f) Unless a transfer out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account is made in
accordance with the "Full or Partial Withdrawals and Transfers at the End of a
Guaranteed Period" provision, the amount transferred from each Fixed Account
Sub-Account during any contract year may not exceed the limits shown in the
Contract Specifications; (g) Any value remaining in a Fixed Account Sub-Account
may not be less than $2,000, or a Variable Account Sub-Account may not


AN425                                                                         15
<PAGE>

        CONTRACT VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

be less than $50; (h) The Company reserves the right to defer transfers of
amounts from the Fixed Account for a period not to exceed six months from the
date the request for such transfer is received by the Company in writing or by
telephone, if such has been previously authorized, at its Annuity & Variable
Life Service Center; and (i) Transfers involving Variable Account Sub-Account(s)
shall be subject to such terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Funds.

TRANSFER FEE.  The Company reserves the right to charge a fee up to $10 for each
transfer after the Annuity Date if there have been more than twelve transfers
made in the Contract Year.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE.  Prior to the Annuity Date, on the anniversary date of each
Contract Year the Company will deduct from the value of the Annuity Account the
annual Annuity Account Fee, if any, shown in the Schedule of Charges, Expenses
and Fees to reimburse it for administrative expenses relating to the Annuity
Account.  The Annuity Account Fee will be deducted on a pro rata basis from
amounts allocated to each Fixed and Variable Account Sub-Account in which the
Annuity Account values are invested at the time of such deduction.  If the
Annuity Account is surrendered for its full value, the Annuity Account Fee will
be deducted in full at the time of such surrender.  On the Annuity Date the
value of the Annuity Account will be reduced by a proportionate amount of the
Annuity Account Fee to reflect the time elapsed between the last valuation date
of the most recent Contract Year and the day before the Annuity Date.

                 CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
                           VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS

CASH WITHDRAWALS.  At any time before the Annuity Date, the Owner may elect to
receive a cash withdrawal payment  from the Company by filing with the Company
at its Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's  Mailing Address a written
election in such form as the Company may require.  Any such election shall
specify the amount of the withdrawal and will be effective on the date that it
is received at the Company's Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's Mailing
Address.  Any cash withdrawal payment will be paid within seven days of the
Company's receipt of such request, except as the Company may be permitted to
defer the payment of amounts withdrawn from the Variable Account in accordance
with the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Company reserves the right to defer
the payment of amounts withdrawn from the Fixed Account for a period not to
exceed six months from the date written request for such withdrawal is received
by the Company at its Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address.

The amount of the cash withdrawal payment may be for any amount not to exceed
the Annuity Account Value  at  the  end  of  the  Valuation Period during which
the election becomes effective, plus or minus any applicable Market Value
Adjustment, and less any applicable withdrawal charge and premium taxes.  In the
case of a full surrender, the Annuity Account will be canceled and the contract
will terminate.  A partial withdrawal will result in a decrease in the Annuity
Account Value by an amount with an aggregate dollar value equal to the dollar
amount of the cash withdrawal payment, plus or minus any applicable Market Value
Adjustment, any applicable withdrawal charge and premium taxes.

In the case of a partial withdrawal, the Owner must instruct the Company as to
the amounts to be withdrawn from each Fixed and/or Variable Account Sub-Account.
If not so instructed, the Company will effect such withdrawal from each Fixed
and/or Variable Sub-Account in proportion to the then current Sub-Account
values.  Partial withdrawals cannot reduce any Fixed Account Sub-Account below
$2,000 or any Variable Account Sub-Account below $50.  Such partial withdrawals
will be treated as a full surrender of that Sub-Account and the balance will be
transferred to the largest Variable Account Sub-Account, if any.  Partial
withdrawals may not reduce the total Annuity Account Value below $1,000.  (See
"Minimum Value Requirements" provision.)  Such partial withdrawals may be
treated as a full surrender.

Cash withdrawals from a Variable Account Sub-Account will result in the
cancellation of Variable Accumulation Units attributable to the Annuity Account
with an aggregate value on the effective date of the withdrawal equal to the
total amount by which the Variable Account Sub-Account is reduced.  The
cancellation of such units will be based on the Variable Accumulation Unit
values of the Variable Account Sub-Account at the end of the Valuation Period
during which the cash withdrawal is effective.

AN425                                                                         16
<PAGE>

                 CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
                     VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

All cash withdrawals or transfers of any portion of Fixed Account Sub-Accounts,
except those specified otherwise under "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and
Annuitization Provisions," will be subject to the Market Value Adjustment
described below.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGES.  If a cash withdrawal is made, a withdrawal charge may be
assessed by the Company.  The length of time between the Company acceptance of
the Premium Payment(s) and the receipt of a withdrawal request determines the
withdrawal charge.  For this purpose each withdrawal is deemed to represent a
withdrawal of a Premium Payment previously accepted (or a portion thereof). 
Premium Payments will be deemed to have been withdrawn in the order in which the
Premium Payments were received by the Company (i.e., oldest premium first). 
After all Premium Payments have been deemed withdrawn, the Company will deem
further withdrawals to be from net investment results attributable to such
Premium Payments, if any.  The schedule of withdrawal charges is set forth in
the "Schedule of Charges, Expenses and Fees."  On withdrawal, any applicable
Annuity Account Fee and Market Value Adjustment will be deducted before
application of any withdrawal charge.

Withdrawal charges are deducted proportionately from the Fixed and/or Variable
Account Sub-Account(s) from which the withdrawal is to be made, provided such
Sub-Account(s) have sufficient account value(s) for making such deduction(s). 
If any of the account value(s) of such Sub-Account(s), however, are
insufficient, its remaining withdrawal charges will be deducted on a pro rata
basis from all Fixed and/or Variable Account Sub-Accounts in proportion to the
then current account value(s) of Such Sub-Account(s).

See "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization Provisions" for
situations in which a withdrawal charge is not imposed.

For the purpose of any qualified plan riders which may be attached to this
contract, the term "Surrender Charge" wherever referenced therein, shall mean
"withdrawal charge" as set forth above.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT.  Any cash withdrawal or transfer from a Fixed Account
Sub-Account, except those specified otherwise under the "Penalty-Free
Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization Provisions," will be subject to a
Market Value Adjustment.

The amount payable on such cash withdrawal or transfer may be adjusted up or
down by the application of the Market Value Adjustment.  The Index Rate Factor
applicable to the amount of such cash withdrawal or transfer is:

                                        N
                                   (1+A)
                                   -----
                                        N
                                   (1+B)
where:

A = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity Series published by
the Federal Reserve) for a security with time to maturity equal to the
applicable Guaranteed Period, determined at the beginning of the Guaranteed
Period.

B = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity Series published by
the Federal Reserve) for a security with time to maturity equal to the
applicable Guaranteed Period, determined at the time of cash withdrawal or
transfer, plus the percentage adjustment to "B" as shown in the Contract
Specifications.  If Index Rates "A" and "B" are within .25% of each other when
the Index Rate Factor is determined, no such percentage adjustment to "B" will
be made.

N = The number of years remaining in the applicable Guaranteed Period (e.g. 1
year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2 years)

Straight-line interpolation is used for periods to maturity not quoted.


AN425                                                                         17
<PAGE>

        PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS, TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS

PENALTY-FREE PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS OR TRANSFERS.  Upon request in writing, the
Owner may, during any Contract Year prior to the Annuity Date, withdraw up to
[15%] of the Premium Payment(s) or portion remaining thereof, without incurring
a withdrawal charge.  For this purpose each withdrawal is deemed to represent a
withdrawal of a portion of a Premium Payment previously accepted.  Premium
Payments will be deemed to be withdrawn in the order in which they were received
by the Company (i.e., the oldest premium first).  Any such withdrawal from a
Fixed Account Sub-Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment unless the
withdrawal is made at the end of a Guaranteed Period as set forth below.  The
Owner must specify from which Fixed and/or Variable Account Sub-Accounts the
withdrawal is to be made, otherwise the Company may effect such withdrawal on a
proportionate basis from all Fixed and/or Variable Account Sub-Accounts in which
the Annuity Account is invested.

Such partial withdrawals may be either taken as a lump sum or, upon consent of
the Company, paid in equal installments.

No withdrawal charge will be imposed on any withdrawal with respect to a Premium
Payment after the end of the seventh year following the Company's acceptance of
that Premium Payment.

The Owner may also transfer amounts within the Annuity Account during the
Accumulation Period without the application of a withdrawal charge, however, any
transfers would be subject to any terms and conditions as may be imposed under
the "Transfer Privilege" provision.

FULL OR PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS AND TRANSFERS AT THE END OF A GUARANTEED PERIOD.  No
Market Value Adjustment will be imposed on a full or partial withdrawal or
transfer made from a Fixed Account Sub-Account which becomes effective at the
end of the applicable initial or subsequent Guaranteed Period.  In such event,
the Owner's proper request for withdrawal or transfer must be received at the
Company's Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address within a 45-
day period immediately preceding the end of such Guaranteed Period.

WAIVER OF WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ON DEATH OR ANNUITY
DATE.  No withdrawal charge or Market Value Adjustment will be imposed upon
payments made under the Annuity Benefit or Death Benefit provisions of this
contract. 

PENALTY-FREE ANNUITIZATION.  At any time the Owner may request in writing
payment of the then current Annuity Account Value in accordance with any one of
the settlement options set forth in this contract.  In such event, no withdrawal
charge or Market Value Adjustment will be imposed at the time such settlement is
made.  Such annuitization will automatically result in a change in the Annuity
Date to the date Income Payments commence under the settlement option elected.

                               BENEFIT PROVISIONS

ANNUITY BENEFIT.  On the Annuity Date the Company will pay all or a part of the
adjusted value of the Annuity Account (as set forth below) in cash or apply it
in accordance with the settlement option(s) elected by the Owner.  However, if
the amount to be applied under any settlement option is less than $5,000, or if
the first Income Payment payable in accordance with such option is less than
$50, the Company will pay the adjusted value in a single payment to the payee
designated by the Owner.


AN425                                                                         18
<PAGE>

                         BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

ANNUITY DATE.  The Annuity Date selected by the Owner is shown in the Contract
Specifications.  The Annuity Date may be changed from time to time by the Owner
by notifying the Company in writing.  The notice must be received at the
Company's Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address at least 45
days prior to the Annuity Date then in effect.  The new Annuity Date selected
must be at least 30 days after the effective date of the change and not later
than the Annuitant's 90th birthday.

After the Annuity Date, no change of a settlement option is permitted, no
payments may be requested under the "Cash Withdrawals" provision of the
contract, and no Death Benefit is payable under the contract except as otherwise
specified under the settlement option selected.

ELECTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO ANNUITY BENEFIT.  During
the lifetime of the Owner and prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may elect to
have the adjusted value of the Annuity Account applied on the Annuity Date under
one or more of the settlement options set forth in this contract, or under any
other settlement option as agreed to by the Company.  The Owner may also change
any election, but any election or change of election must be received at the
Company's Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address at least 45
days prior to the Annuity Date.  The election or change of election may be made
by filing with the Company at its Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's
Mailing Address written notice in such form as the Company may require.  If no
such election is in effect on the 30th day prior to the Annuity Date, the
adjusted value of the Annuity Account will be applied under a Life Annuity with
120 months guaranteed.  In such situation, the portion of the adjusted value of
the Annuity Account to be applied for a Fixed Life Annuity under the Second
Option and/or a Variable Life Annuity under Option II will be determined on a
pro rata basis from the composition of the Annuity Account on the Annuity Date.

DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT.  On the Annuity Date the Annuity Account will be
canceled and the adjusted value of the Annuity Account to be applied under the
settlement options provisions shall be equal to the Annuity Account Value for
the Valuation Period which ends immediately preceding the Annuity Date, minus
any applicable premium or similar tax.  For the purposes of any qualified plan
riders which may be attached to this contract, the term "Annuity Value,"
wherever referenced therein, shall mean the "adjusted value of the Annuity
Account" as defined above.

INCOME PAYMENT BENEFITS.  On the Annuity Date, the adjusted value of the Annuity
Account as determined under the "Determination of Amount" provision may be
applied, as elected by the Owner, under one or more of the settlement options
set forth in the contract to effect:  (a) a Fixed Income Payment Benefit or a
Variable Income Payment Benefit; or (b) a combination of the Fixed Income
Payment Benefit and the Variable Income Payment Benefit.  If a combination Fixed
and Variable Income Payment Benefit is elected, the Owner may specify the amount
to be allocated to the Fixed Income Payment Benefit and the amount to be
allocated to the Variable Income Payment Benefit.  Such election and allocation
may also be made by a Beneficiary to the extent provided in the "Election and
Effective Date of Election with Respect to Death Benefit Provision."

DEATH BENEFIT.  If the Owner dies before the Annuity Date, the Company will pay
the Death Benefit to the Beneficiary upon receipt of due proof of the death of
the Owner in accordance with the "Payment of Death Benefit" provision.  If there
is no designated Beneficiary living on the date of death of the Owner, the
Company will pay the Death Benefit, upon receipt of due proof of the death of
both the Owner and the designated Beneficiary, in one sum to the estate of the
Owner.

ELECTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO DEATH BENEFIT.  During
the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may elect
one or more of the settlement options set forth in this contract to effect an
annuity for the Beneficiary as payee after the death of the Owner.  This
election may be made or subsequently revoked by filing with the Company at its
Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address a written election or
revocation of an election in such form as required by the Company.

Any election or revocation of an election of a method of settlement of the Death
Benefit will become effective on the date it is received by the Company at its
Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address.

AN425                                                                         19
<PAGE>

                         BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

Unless otherwise specified in writing by the Owner, the Beneficiary may elect
(a) to receive the Death Benefit as a cash payment, in which event the Annuity
Account will be canceled, or (b) to have the Death Benefit applied under one or
more of the settlement options set forth under the contract.  This election may
be made by filing with the Company a written request in a form as required by
the Company.  Any written request for an election of a settlement option for the
Death Benefit by the Beneficiary will become effective on the later of (a) the
date the request is received by the Company at its Annuity & Variable Life
Service Center's Mailing Address; or (b) the date due proof of the death of the
Owner is received by the Company at its Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's
Mailing Address.  If a written request for a settlement option by the
Beneficiary is not received by the Company within 60 days following the date due
proof of the death of the Owner is received by the Company, the Beneficiary
shall be deemed to have elected a cash payment as of the last day of the 60-day
period.

Notwithstanding the above, the Owner or Beneficiary may only elect a settlement
option which provides for the distribution of the entire Death Benefit to the
Beneficiary within five years of the Owner's death unless; (a) the entire
interest in the contract is distributed over the life of the Beneficiary, with
distributions beginning within one year of the Owner's death; (b) the entire
interest in the contract is distributed over a period not extending beyond the
life expectancy of the Beneficiary, with distributions beginning within one year
of the Owner's death; or (c) the Beneficiary is the deceased Owner's spouse and
elects to continue the contract and become the new Owner, but in no event may
such an election be made under this contract more than once.

For purposes of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code, if any Owner is not
an individual, the death or change of any Annuitant is treated as the death of
an Owner, and if the Owner is grantor trust within the meaning of the Internal
Revenue Code, the death of the grantor of such trust is also treated as the
death of an Owner.

PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT.  If the Death Benefit is to be paid in cash to the
Beneficiary, payment will be made within 7 days of the date the election becomes
effective or is deemed to become effective, provided due proof of the death of
the Owner is received by the Company at its Annuity & Variable Life Service
Center's Mailing Address, except as the Company may be permitted to defer any
such payment of amounts derived from the Variable Account in accordance with the
Investment Company Act of 1940.  If the Death Benefit is to be paid in one sum
to the estate of the deceased Owner, payment will be made within 7 days of the
date due proof of the death of the Owner and/or Beneficiary is received by the
Company at its Annuity & Variable Life Service Center's Mailing Address, except
as the Company may be permitted to defer any such payment of amounts derived
from the Variable Account in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940.
If settlement under the settlement option provisions is elected, the Income
Payments will commence 30 days following the effective date or the deemed
effective date of the election and the Annuity Account will be maintained in
effect until such Income Payments commence.

AMOUNT OF DEATH BENEFIT.  The Death Benefit is determined as of the effective
date or deemed effective date of the Death Benefit election and is equal to the
greatest of (a) the Annuity Account Value for the Valuation Period during which
the Death Benefit election is effective or is deemed to become effective, (b)
the sum of all the Premium Payment(s) made under the contract less the sum of
all partial withdrawals, or (c) the highest Annuity Account Value ever attained
on a Contract Anniversary date, occurring on or before the Owner's 80th birthday
(or the Annuitant's 80th birthday in the case of a non-natural Owner), with
adjustments for any subsequent Premium Payments, partial withdrawals and charges
made since such Contract Anniversary Date.  However, the Death Benefit on or
after the Owner's 90th birthday (if a natural person) will be the greater of the
sum of all the Premium Payment(s) with adjustments for any subsequent Premium
Payments, partial withdrawals and charges made since such Contract Anniversary
Date or the Annuity Account Value for the Valuation Period during which the
Death Benefit election is effective or is deemed to become effective.

On and after the effective date of each transfer of Ownership, the Amount of
Death Benefit will be equal to the greatest of 1) the sum of Premium Payments
made prior to the date of such transfer of Ownership, less 

AN425                                                                         20
<PAGE>

                         BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

the sum of all withdrawals made on or before the effective date of such
transfer, plus the sum of all Premium Payments made on or after the effective
date of such transfer, less the sum of all partial withdrawals made on or after
the effective date of such transfer, 2) the Annuity Account Value for the
Valuation Period during which the Death  Benefit  election if  effective or is
deemed to become effective, or 3) the highest Annuity Account Value ever
attained on a Contract Anniversary date occurring on or after the date of such
transfer of Ownership, with adjustments for any subsequent Premium Payments,
partial withdrawals and charges made since such Contract Anniversary Date.

SECTION 72(s).  The provisions above will be interpreted so as to comply with
the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code.

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

THE CONTRACT.  The contract constitutes the entire contract between the parties.


Only the President, a Vice President, an Assistant Vice President, a Secretary,
a Director or an Assistant Director of the Company may make or modify this
contract.

The contract is executed at the Company's Home Office, the mailing address of
which for this contract is CIGNA Individual Insurance, Annuity & Variable Life
Service Center, Routing S249, Hartford, Connecticut 06152-2249.

MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT.  The Company reserves the right to modify this
contract to meet the requirements of applicable state and federal laws or
regulations.  The Company will notify the Owner in writing of any changes.

NON-PARTICIPATION.  The contract is not entitled to share in surplus
distribution.

LOANS.  Loans are not permitted under this contract.

DETERMINATION OF VALUES.  The method of determination by the Company of the Net
Investment Factor and the number and value of Accumulation Units and Annuity
Units shall be conclusive upon the Owner, and any Beneficiary or payee.

ENDORSEMENT OF INCOME PAYMENTS.  The Company will make each Income Payment at
the Home Office by check.  Each check must be personally endorsed by the
payee/Annuitant, or the Company may require that proof of the payee/Annuitant's
survival be furnished.

MISSTATEMENT OF AGE.  If the age of an Annuitant is misstated, the amount
payable under the contract will be adjusted to be the amount of Income which the
actual premium paid would have purchased for the correct age according to the
Company's rates in effect on the Date of Issue.  Any overpayment by the Company,
with interest at the rate of 6% per year, compounded annually, will be charged
against the payments to be made next succeeding the adjustment.  Any
underpayment by the Company will be paid in a lump sum, with interest at the
rate of 6% per year, compounded annually.

CLAIMS OF CREDITORS.  To the extent permitted by law, no amounts payable under
this contract will be subject to the claims of creditors of any payee.

PERIODIC REPORTS.  At least once each calendar year, the Company will furnish
the Owner a report as required by law showing the Annuity Account Value at the
end of the preceding year, all transactions during the year, the current Annuity
Account Value, the number of Accumulation Units in each Variable Accumulation
Account, the applicable Accumulation Unit Value as of the date of the report and
the interest rate credited to the Fixed Account Sub-Account(s).  The Company
will also send such statements reflecting transactions in the Annuity Account as
may be required by applicable laws, rules and regulations.


AN425                                                                         21
<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     We, the undersigned directors and officers of Connecticut General Life
Insurance Company, hereby severally constitute and appoint David C. Kopp and
Robert A. Picarello, and each of them individually, our true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact, with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, in
our names and in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to
Registration Statement No. 33-83020 filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, on behalf of the Company in its own
name or in the name of one of its Separate Accounts, hereby ratifying and
confirming our signatures as they may be signed by either of our attorneys-in-
fact to any such Registration Statement.

     WITNESS our hands and common seal on the 24th day of February, 1997.

SIGNATURE                          TITLE
- ---------                          -----

/s/                           President (Principal Executive Officer)
- ------------------------
Thomas C. Jones

/s/                           Assistant Vice President and Actuary
- ------------------------      (Principal Financial Officer)
Bradley K. Miller

/s/                           Vice President (Principal Accounting Officer)
- ------------------------
Robert Moose

/s/                           Director
- ------------------------
Harold W. Albert

/s/                           Director
- ------------------------
Robert W. Burgess

/s/                           Director
- ------------------------
John G. Day

/s/                           Director
- ------------------------
Joseph M. Fitzgerald

/s/                           Director
- ------------------------
H. Edward Hanway

/s/                           Director
- ------------------------
Carol M. Olsen

/s/                           Director
- ------------------------
John E. Pacy

/s/                           Director
- ------------------------
Marc L. Preminger

/s/                           Director
- ------------------------
Arthur C. Reeds, III

/s/                           Director
- ------------------------
Patricia L. Rowland

/s/                           Director
- ------------------------
W. Allen Schaffer, M.D.

<PAGE>

                                  [CIGNA LETTERHEAD]



February 26, 1997



Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, DC  20549

Re: Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
    CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II
    File No. 33-83020
    Post-Effective Amendment No. 6

Dear Sirs:

As Chief Counsel of the Individual Insurance Division of the CIGNA Companies, I
am familiar with the actions of the Board of Directors of Connecticut General
Life Insurance Company (the "Company"), establishing the CG Variable Annuity
Separate Account II (the "Account") and its method of operation and authorizing
the filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 for the
securities to be issued by the Account and the Investment Company Act of 1940
for the Account itself.

In the course of preparing this opinion, I have reviewed the Certificate of
Incorporation and the By-Laws of the Company, the Board actions with respect to
the Account, and such other matters as I deemed necessary or appropriate. Based
on such review, I am of the opinion that the variable annuity contracts (and
interests therein) which are the subject of the registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933 filed for the Account will, when issued, be legally
issued and will represent binding obligations of the Company, the depositor for
the Account.

I further consent to the use of this opinion as an Exhibit to said Registration
Statement and to the reference to me under the heading "Experts" in said
Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,


/s/ Robert A. Picarello
Robert A. Picarello
Chief Counsel
<PAGE>

                                  [CIGNA LETTERHEAD]





February 26, 1997


Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, NW
Washington, DC  20549

Commissioners:

I hereby consent to the reference to my name under the caption "Legal Matters"
in the Statement of Additional Information contained in Post-Effective Amendment
No. 6 to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 33-83020) to be filed
by Connecticut General Life Insurance Company and CG Variable Annuity Separate
Account II with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Very truly yours,


/s/ Edwin L. Kerr
Edwin L. Kerr


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission